You are on page 1of 686

Xerox Wide Format 6705 System

Service Manual 1st Edition


Xerox Wide Format 6705 System
Service Manual 1st Edition
Issued: January 2013

 This service manual covers the following models:  Confidentiality:


XEROX  This service manual is issued intending use by maintenance service personnel authorized
Xerox Wide Format 6705 System by Xerox. Copying, transferring or leasing this manual without prior consent by Xerox is
prohibited.
 Whenever a page is eliminated because of issuance of a replacement page containing
 Related: changes or modifications, burn it or take the necessary action including cutting by a
No related manuals other than Xerox Wide Format 6705 System Service Manual shredder.
 Be careful of handling to avoid losing or damaging the manual.

 Revision and Modification Information:


When design changes or revisions relating to this service manual occur, overseas technical
information or overseas service bulletins may be provided to cover them until such changes
are accommodated in an appropriate updated version of this service manual.
Note Important changes including revisions of spare part numbers and adjustment
specifications must immediately be reflected on appropriate pages of this service
manual upon reception of such information.

Company
Name
Department

Tel No.
Employee
Name No.
Introduction
Chapter 1 Service Summary
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Chapter 5 Parts List
Chapter 6 General
Chapter 7 Wiring Data
Chapter 8 Installation and Removal
Introduction
Table of Contents

1 Getting to know this Service Manual .................................................................. xi


2 How to use the Service Manual ......................................................................... xi
2.1 Contents of Manual ...................................................................................... xi
2.2 About the Revision Information .................................................................... xi
3 Terms and Symbols .......................................................................................... xii

Table of Contents ix
Introduction
x Table of Contents
Introduction
1 Getting to know this Service Manual 6.6 Firmware Version Update
This manual is used as the standard service manual for the Xerox Wide Format 6705 6.7 System Settings (Detailed Settings) List
System. Chapter 7 Wiring Data
• Publication Comment Sheet This chapter contains the wiring information.
Enter any comments and/or corrections regarding the Xerox Wide Format 6705 System 7.1 Plug/Jack Locations
service manual into the Publication Comment Sheet, and send it to the CS Department 7.2 Wire Network
TS Section.
7.3 BSD (Block Schematic Diagram)
Chapter 8 Accessories
2 How to use the Service Manual
This chapter contains the installation and removal procedures for the Accessories.
This manual describes the standard service procedures for the Xerox Wide Format 6705
System. Refer to Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure for efficient and effective servicing Chapter 9 Installation and Removal
during maintenance calls. This chapter describes the machine installation and removal procedures, as well as
the option installation procedures.

2.1 Contents of Manual


• Hardware
2.2 About the Revision Information
This manual summarizes all technical information on the Xerox Wide Format 6705 This manual will be revised as follows. Revisions must be incorporated correctly to keep the
System. manual up-to-date.

• Chapters • Updating Procedure:

This manual is divided into 9 chapters as follows. When the entire manual is revised, "1st Edition" on the front cover will be renamed to
1st Edition, 2nd Edition, 3rd Edition and so on.
Chapter 1 Service Summary
Partial revisions will be marked starting with "Revision A", and follows the order of
This chapter describes the general work and servicing procedures for maintenance. Revision A, Revision B, Revision C and so on. Each revised page is marked with
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting "Revision A" or "Revision B" to clearly distinguish the revision status.
This chapter describes the troubleshooting procedures other than image quality • Revision Sidebar
troubleshooting. When any paragraph, table or figure has been added or amended, a revision sidebar
Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting will be added to indicate where the revision was made.
This chapter describes the types of test patterns and the image quality
troubleshooting procedures.
Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
This chapter describes the disassembly, assembly, and adjustment procedures for (E.g.)
the components.
If the same page is changed again due to a subsequent revision, revision sidebars
Chapter 5 Parts List associated with the previous revision(s) will be deleted.
This chapter contains the spare parts list.
Chapter 6 General
This chapter contains the following information.
6.1 Specifications
6.2 Tools/Service Consumables/Consumables/Modifications
6.3 Service Data
6.4 Service Mode
6.5 IIT PC-Diag

Getting to know this Service Manual xi


Introduction
3 Terms and Symbols The brackets used within the text are defined as follows:
The symbols used in each chapter are listed on their respective introduction. The symbols [ ]: Indicates the section to refer to in the service manual.
listed here are used across all chapters. [ ]: Indicates the message and setting item displayed in the UI Panel, the name of a PC
The terms and symbols used at the beginning of a text are defined as follows: folder/file and dialog box, and the message displayed in a dialog box.
DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, such as death or serious [ ]: Indicates the name of a menu or button displayed in the UI Panel, the menu and button
injury if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding displayed in a PC screen and dialog box, the name of a command.
the statement. ' ': Indicates setting data and entered characters.
WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as death or serious < >: Indicates the hardware key and LED at the UI Panel and the hardware key at the PC.
injury if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding
the statement.
CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as injury or property
damage if operators do not handle the machine correctly by disregarding
the statement.
Instruction Used to alert you to a procedure, if not strictly observed, could result in
damage to the machine or equipment.
Note Used when work procedures and rules are emphasized.
Reference Used when other explanations are given.
Purpose Used to explain purpose of adjustment.

The terms and symbols used within the text are defined as follows:
REP Indicates the disassembly/assembly procedure for reference.
ADJ Indicates the adjustment procedure for reference.
PL Indicates the Parts List for reference.
CH Indicates the BSD for reference.
SCC (Safety Critical Component)
For the safety management, etc. of components that have been specified as Safety
Critical Components, follow the regulations regarding the Safety Critical
Components set by Xerox Co., Ltd.
A component that is designated as an SCC has to be replaced whole, as a unit. Do
not attempt to disassemble it or replace its internal parts.
Doing so is prohibited as Xerox Co., Ltd. is not able to guarantee the quality and
safety of the machine if anything other than the specified parts had been installed.
ISC (Important Information Stored Component)
This component stores all the important customer information that is input after the
installation. When performing replacement, follow the procedures in [Chapter 4
Adjustment] to replace/discard. Make absolutely sure that no customer information
gets leaked outside.

xii Terms and Symbols


Introduction
Chapter 1 Service Summary
Table of Contents

1.1 Things to take note during maintenance service ........................................... 3


1.1.1 Note on Safety ............................................................................................................. 3
1.1.2 Things to Take Note When Handling Customer Information......................................... 4
1.1.3 Other Precautions ........................................................................................................ 4
1.2 Service Call Procedure ................................................................................. 6
1.3 TRIM Service ................................................................................................ 7
1.3.1 TRIM Service Interval ................................................................................................... 7
1.3.2 Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts ........................................................... 7
1.3.3 TRIM Checklist ............................................................................................................. 8

Table of Contents 1-1


Chapter 1 Service Summary
1-2 Table of Contents
Chapter 1 Service Summary
1.1 Things to take note during maintenance service 7. Organic Solvents 12. Other Safety Precautions
1.1.1 Note on Safety When using an organic solvent such as the Drum For safety, you should also pay attention to
Cleaner, pay attention to the following: precautions other than the above items 1 to 11.
To prevent any accident that may occur during a
maintenance service, any warning or any caution • When using the Drum Cleaner, wear gloves for Follow the instructions in the Safe Working Practices
regarding the servicing must be strictly observed. protection. for Engineers to ensure greater safety during
• Pay extra attention to the ventilation of the room servicing.
Do not perform any hazardous operation. so that you will not inhale steam in a large
1. Power Supply amount or continuously.
• As the organic solvent is a flammable liquid,
To prevent electrical shocks, burns, or injury, etc., be keep it from a fire, do not discard into a fire or
sure to switch OFF the machine and unplug the do not heat it.
power plug before starting the maintenance service. • Never store it near open flames or sparks.
If the machine has to be switched ON, such as when
measuring the voltage, take extra care so as not to 8. Cleaning the Toner and Developer
get an electrical shock. As the toner can be explosive, sweep or brush the
2. Drive Area spilled toner into a container for collecting the
sweepings. To clean away the remaining toner using
Never inspect or lubricate the moving parts such as a vacuum cleaner, always use an FX standard
the chain, belt, sprocket and gears when the vacuum cleaner that is toner-tolerant. Never use the
machine is in operation. customer's vacuum cleaner. Take note of this when
3. Heavy Parts cleaning the Developer also because it contains
some toner as well.
When removing or installing heavy parts, take extra
care of your working posture to prevent potential 9. Earthquake Preparedness Measures
back injuries. If the customer requests earthquake proofing, an
4. Safety Device earthquake preparedness kit that is to be secured to
the bottom of the machine is available. As the
Make sure that the safety devices for preventing
earthquake preparedness kit is a charged sales
mechanical accidents, such as fuses, circuit
promotion parts, the sales representative has to
breakers, interlock switches, etc., and those for
issue a sales promotion parts application and deliver
protecting customers from injury, such as panels
the kit to the customer.
and covers, function properly. Modifications that
hinder the function of any safety devices are strictly The earthquake preparedness kit can take up to 3
prohibited. months for delivery as it is only produced upon an
order.
5. Installing and Removing Parts
10. Modifications to the Machine
The edge of parts and covers may be sharp, take
care not to touch them. If oil gets onto your hand, Although modifications to the machine is "Prohibited
wipe it off before getting on with servicing. When in principle", in case you need to carry it out, be sure
removing parts or cables, do not pull them out by to go through a prior inspection.
force but remove them slowly. 11. Lithium Battery
6. Specified Tools CAUTION
Follow the instruction when a tool is specified. The battery may explode if it is not replaced
properly.
Replace the battery with only the spare part
battery (same model or equivalent).
After the replacement, follow the handling
instruction by the manufacturer to dispose the
used battery.

1.1 Things to take note during maintenance service 1-3


Chapter 1 Service Summary
1.1.2 Things to Take Note When Handling Customer 4. When connecting our company machine to the 1.1.3 Other Precautions
Information customer's network during maintenance, make sure
that you have gone through the person-in-charge to Pay attention to the following when performing
1. Handling of customer's electronic information - obtain permission from the customer's systems maintenance service to avoid wrong or redundant
samples of copy/print/received fax (paper data), log administrator (or person-in-charge) before servicing:
files (Activity Report), and etc. proceeding. 1. Reference Materials
Before you bring back any samples for the purpose 5. Other things to take note when handling customer Before performing a maintenance service, read all
of investigation/analysis, always obtain permission data relevant materials such as the Technical Information,
from the customer. Make sure to assure them that and use a systematic approach to proceed.
the data will not be used for any other purpose. When handling customer data, you should also pay
attention to precautions other than the above items 2. Disassembling
When requesting for a retrieval application from the 1 to 4.
customer, either use the "FX Data Security Make sure to check that the machine is in a properly
Regulations: Annex 15 - Confidential [FX] assembled condition before proceeding with parts
Information/Personal Information Request Form Follow the "Excellence in Customer Information removal or disassembling it.
(IS-019)" or use a letterhead that has been specified Asset Protection - Do it Now! Do it Together!" issued
3. Installation/Adjustment
by the customer after obtaining their agreement. by CS Department and ensure that customer data
do not get leaked out when servicing. After the installation or adjustment is complete,
2. Handling of a PWB/HDD, etc. that contains check that no parts or tools are left inside or on the
customer information. [IBG]
assemblies before using the machine.
Follow the safety guidelines established within the
Data such as Fax Address Numbers and URLs that OpCo and ensure that customer data do not get 4. Handling of replaced parts/consumables
are registered in the customer's machine are all leaked out when servicing.
important customer information. These types of Make sure that the replaced parts or consumables
information are stored in the PWB/HDD, etc. within as well as their packaging materials are collected
the machine. Take extra care when handling them. back to the Service Center.

1) In case of replacements, transfer the data to the Note For the separation and processing methods
new PWB/HDD and make sure that all data in for the collected items, refer to the Common
the old components are thoroughly erased Technical Information No. 2-138 for all
before disposing them. Make sure that no machines.
important customer information gets leaked. WARNING
(For details, refer to the preface in Chapter 4 Drum Cleaner
and 5)
Never discard the Drum Cleaner into a fire.
2) If a component was replaced and it was not Always keep it from open flames to prevent it
found to be the cause of the malfunction, return from catching and causing a fire. Always
it to the machine it came from. (For components dispose the Drum Cleaner after it is completely
that were temporarily installed/removed for used up.
troubleshooting, etc. clear the data using Diag
etc.) For recyclable parts, fill the necessary items in the
"U-TAG" and perform collection.
3) When unable to electrically erase the data in the
HDD and the customer has requested for it, 5. General Precautions
destroy the HDD (charges applies). • Take care not to disturb the customer's daily
3. Security related NVM values that were changed work.
during maintenance. • When there is a high probability that the
workspace might get dirty, take note to make
If any security related NVM values, such as polling,
sure to spread a drop cloth or paper to prevent
were set for test purposes, make sure you return
this.
them to their original values after the test. (E.g.: for
the details on polling, refer to the Common Technical • Throw any trash generated during the
Information No. 2-202 for all machines.) maintenance service into a trash bag and bring
them back to the Service Center.

1-4 1.1 Things to take note during maintenance service


Chapter 1 Service Summary
• Record clearly the service details and the
consumables and parts replaced at visit in the
Machine Service Log.

1.1 Things to take note during maintenance service 1-5


Chapter 1 Service Summary
1.2 Service Call Procedure
Service Call Procedure Flowchart

Initial Actions

1. Ask the operator(s) about the


machine condition.
2. Record the Printer Counter.
3. Check the error print.
4. Check the Service Log.
(Take note of any peculiar
settings.)
5. Decide on the type of
maintenance service.

A. Scheduled Maintenance (SM) B. Unscheduled Maintenance + TRIM C. Unscheduled Maintenance (UM)

Perform TRIM when it is within ±1K of the specified (If within ±1K of the specified TRIM counter) 1. Check the problem status by performing [2.2
TRIM counter. 1. Check the problem status by performing [2.2 Level 1 Troubleshooting].
1. Perform [1.3 TRIM Service]. Level 1 Troubleshooting]. 2. Perform the troubleshooting specified by the
2. Perform the troubleshooting specified by the Level 1 Troubleshooting.
Level 1 Troubleshooting.
3. Perform [1.3 TRIM Service].

Check overall operation/function

1. Make several sheets of test copies or test prints


from all Rolls and the Bypass Tray to check for
abnormalities in the machine.
2. Request the customer to perform a plot output
and check for abnormalities in the machine.

Final Actions

1. Check the machine exterior and consumables.


2. When needed, perform operator training.
3. Complete the Service Log and Service Report.
4. Provide an after-service print sample for the
customer to verify.

1-6 1.2 Service Call Procedure


Chapter 1 Service Summary
1.3 TRIM Service
1.3.1 TRIM Service Interval
The Servicing Items of a TRIM Service for the purpose of maintaining machine performance
differs by the C/V.
It is performed at the following C/V intervals according to the [1.3.3 TRIM Checklist].
• Perform for every 10 kCV

1.3.2 Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts


During TRIM Service, check the C/V usage to determine whether to replace the
consumables and periodic replacement parts.
<Consumables>
Consumables Product Code Replacement Guideline
Drum CT100063 36 km
Toner Cartridge CT200647 3.6 km/unit (image density 3%)
Waste Toner Container CWAA0608 22 km (image density 3%)

<Periodic Replacement Parts>


Periodic Replacement Replacement Guideline
Remarks
Parts (CV conversion value)
BCR 36 km (64.8 kCV)
BTR 60 km (108 kCV)
DTS 60 km (108 kCV)
Drum 36 km (64.8 kCV)
Drum Finger 60 km (108 kCV)
Mag Roll 90 km (162 kCV)
Mag Blade 90 km (162 kCV)
Cleaner Blade 36 km (64.8 kCV)
Heat Roll 80 km (144 kCV)
Strip Finger 80 km (144 kCV)
Heat Roll Thermistor 80 km (144 kCV)
RFC1/2 Cutter 150 k times

<Recording of Service Report>


If consumables and/or periodic replacement parts are replaced during the TRIM Service,
record the following in the parts section of the Service Report.
Pro AREA Cause Action Parts No. Qty
949 XXXX 39 51 XXXXXXXXXX XX

1.3 TRIM Service 1-7


Chapter 1 Service Summary
1.3.3 TRIM Checklist
 : Perform checking. Clean, replace or supply if necessary.  : Always perform cleaning and checking.
Replacement C/V Interval
Things to Take Note when
No. Servicing Items Guideline (CV Every Service Details Related Problems
10 kCV Servicing
conversion value) time
Output a test print from each roll and perform
Checking the overall
1 -   checks such as print quality, paper movement,
operation before servicing
and abnormal noise.
Check the history file for information such as
2 Check the history file -   paper jam and parts life, and decide on the
necessary procedures.
Check that the toner in the toner box is filled
3 Add Toner -  
evenly.
Optical System
Clean by using a damp cloth and allow it to dry
4 Platen Glass -   Black Streaks
sufficiently.
Clean by using a damp cloth and allow it to dry
5 White Platen -   Black Streaks
sufficiently.
Drum cleaner can be used. white streaks in solid
6 LPH -   To prevent joint misalignment, Use silicon cloth to perform cleaning. 1 dot line becomes thinner
wipe the lens lightly. black streaks in halftone
XERO
For extremely dirty area, use a wet cloth to
clean before wiping with a dry cloth. Pay special Density difference,
7 BCR 36 km (64.8 kCV)   attention as not to get oily residue on. Clean the background, abnormal noise,
shaft and inner side of the bearing with a dry horizontal lines.
cloth.
Usually not cleaned.
If it is very dirty, use dry cloth to clean it. (Do not Poor transfer, uneven
8 BTR 60 km (108 kCV)   Do not use a damp cloth.
use cloth that shed fibers when used, such as density
cotton.)
Lead Edge finger mark
9 DTS 60 km (108 kCV)   Do not allow to change shape. Clean using a brush.
Mis-strip
Use a wet cloth to clean off excess toner that Side 2 contamination, Lead
10 Upper Baffle/Lower Baffle -   Do not allow to change shape.
has piled on the chutes. Edge contamination.
When removing the Drum, cover Usually, only cleaning of toner that sticks to both
it with black vinyl cover to prevent sides of the Drum is needed.
11 Drum 36 km (64.8 kCV)   light fatigue. If the Drum is extremely dirty, use rayon wool to background
Do not use Drum cleaner or clean it.
refiner. When installing, use the dusting pouch.

1-8 1.3 TRIM Service


Chapter 1 Service Summary
Replacement C/V Interval
Things to Take Note when
No. Servicing Items Guideline (CV Every Service Details Related Problems
10 kCV Servicing
conversion value) time
Retract the Finger Shaft and clean the finger tips Lead Edge finger mark
12 Drum Finger 60 km (108 kCV)   Do not allow to change shape.
by using a cloth. Mis-strip
Assemble such that the layer of
toner on the magnetic roll is of Only replace, there is no cleaning.
13 Mag Roll/Mag Blade 90 km (162 kCV)   even thickness. Do not allow Check that the layer of toner on the magnetic Uneven density
other objects (e.g. screws) to roll is of even thickness after assembling.
stick to the magnets.
If the specified sheet number
Consider the usage C/V and remaining amount after "Waste Toner Bottle
Make sure to perform
for replacement. Full" was detected is
14 Waste Toner Container 22 km (39.6 kCV)   replacement with the Clamshell in
(The guideline for replacement is 2/3 and exceeded, the machine will
open state
above) no longer accept any print
request.
Cleaning
Take note so as not to cause the
15 Cleaner Blade 36 km (64.8 kCV)   Black streaks, Ghost image
blade edge to chip.
After cleaning with a brush, use a damp cloth to
clean off clinging toner, and allow it to dry
Service carefully to prevent Scratched Drum, Toner
16 Toner Seal -   sufficiently.
change of shape. droplet.
If the part that contacts the Drum is wavy or has
cracks, replace it.
Paper Transport
Clean off paper dust with a damp cloth and
17 Manual Feed Roller -  Paper Jam
allow it to dry sufficiently.
Use a damp cloth to clean off paper dust and Registration failure, dirty
18 Regi Roll - 
toner from the surface of the roller. printout
Paper System
Check for bits and pieces of paper that might
Be careful with the blade of the
19 RFC1/2 Cutter  remain in the cutter. Paper jam within the RFC
cutter.
If found, remove them.
Fusing
Wait until the hot fuser area cools Clean off toner that got stuck and paper dust
20 Inlet Chute -   Creased paper
down before servicing. with a damp cloth and allow it to dry sufficiently.
Be careful as the finger tips break Clean off toner contamination from the surface
21 Heat Roll 80 km (144 kCV)  Thin black spots
easily. of Heat Roll.
Do not scratch the surface of the Clean off toner contamination from the surface
22 Pressure Roll -  Thin black spots
Heat Roll. of Pressure Roll.

1.3 TRIM Service 1-9


Chapter 1 Service Summary
Replacement C/V Interval
Things to Take Note when
No. Servicing Items Guideline (CV Every Service Details Related Problems
10 kCV Servicing
conversion value) time
Wait until the hot fuser area cools Clean off toner contamination on the tips of the Paper Jam, scratches on
23 Strip Finger 80 km (144 kCV) 
down before servicing. Strip Finger. Heat Roll
Be careful as the finger tips break Clean off toner that piled up on the lower section Creased paper, Paper Jam
24 Heat Roll Thermistor (STS) 80 km (144 kCV) 
easily. of the Thermistor using a damp cloth. Overheat
Exit Chute and Exit Baffle Do not scratch the surface of the Clean off toner that got stuck and paper dust Contamination due to
25 - 
Guide Heat Roll. with a damp cloth and allow it to dry sufficiently. rubbing parts

1-10 1.3 TRIM Service


Chapter 1 Service Summary
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Table of Contents 005-906 IIT Sensor Pull Out Jam 1A................................................................................ 35
005-907 IIT Sensor Pull Out Jam 1B................................................................................ 35
2.1 Preface ......................................................................................................... 5 005-908 IIT Sensor Push In Jam 1A ................................................................................ 35

2.1.1 Troubleshooting Procedures ........................................................................................ 5 005-909 IIT Sensor Push In Jam 1B ................................................................................ 35

2.1.2 Notes for Troubleshooting ............................................................................................ 5 062-371 IIT CIS Lamp Failure .......................................................................................... 35

2.1.3 Glossary ....................................................................................................................... 5 062-372 Image Sensor Failure......................................................................................... 36


062-373 Image Sensor Not Connect................................................................................ 36
2.2 Level 1 Troubleshooting ................................................................................ 6
062-374 Image Sensor Communication Fail .................................................................... 36
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting ................................................................................ 7
062-375 Image Sensor Control Fail ................................................................................. 36
2.3.1 Error Code List ............................................................................................................. 7
<IOT> ............................................................................................................................... 37
<IIT> .................................................................................................................................. 7
010-310 Overheated Thermistor 1 (Software) .................................................................. 37
<IOT> .............................................................................................................................. 20
010-311 Overheated Thermistor 2 (Software) .................................................................. 37
<CP-Cont> ....................................................................................................................... 29
010-312 Overheated Thermistor 3 (Software) .................................................................. 37
2.3.2 Error Code FIP ........................................................................................................... 31
010-313 Overheated Thermostat (Hardware) .................................................................. 38
<IIT> ................................................................................................................................ 31
010-314 Overheated Thermistor 2 (Hardware) ................................................................ 38
005-102 IIT Sensor Static Jam 2A ................................................................................... 31
010-315 Overheated Thermistor 4 (Hardware) ................................................................ 38
005-103 IIT Sensor Static Jam 2B ................................................................................... 31
010-316 Low Temp. Thermistor 1..................................................................................... 38
005-104 IIT Size Sensor Miss Set Jam 2A ...................................................................... 32
010-317 Low Temp. Thermistor 3..................................................................................... 39
005-105 IIT Size Sensor Miss Set Jam 2B ...................................................................... 32
010-318 Thermistor Open (Thermistor 1)......................................................................... 40
005-106 IIT Sensor Pull Out Jam 2A ............................................................................... 33
010-319 Thermistor Open (Thermistor 2)......................................................................... 40
005-107 IIT Sensor Pull Out Jam 2B ............................................................................... 33
010-320 Thermistor Open (Thermistor 3)......................................................................... 40
005-108 IIT Sensor Push In Jam 2A ................................................................................ 33
010-321 Thermistor Open (Thermistor 4)......................................................................... 41
005-109 IIT Sensor Push In Jam 2B ................................................................................ 33
010-322 Warm Up Time-out (Thermistor 1) ..................................................................... 41
005-120 IIT Feed Right Over Skew ................................................................................. 33
010-323 Warm Up Time-out (Thermistor 3) ..................................................................... 42
005-121 IIT Feed Left Over Skew .................................................................................... 33
010-324 Fusing Drive Motor Error.................................................................................... 42
005-122 IIT Feed Max Length Error................................................................................. 34
010-325 RH Exhaust Fan Error........................................................................................ 43
005-132 IIT Regi Sensor Lead Edge Jam ........................................................................ 34
010-326 LH Exhaust Fan Error ........................................................................................ 43
005-133 IIT Regi Sensor Tail Edge Jam .......................................................................... 34
010-327 Temp. Incline Error (Thermistor 1) ..................................................................... 44
005-300 IIT Cover Open (In Operation) ........................................................................... 34
010-328 Temp. Incline Error (Thermistor 3) ..................................................................... 44
005-301 IIT Cover Open (Not in Operation) ..................................................................... 34
010-329 Temp. Gap Error (Thermistor 1) ......................................................................... 44
005-900 IIT Sensor Stay Jam A ....................................................................................... 35
010-330 Temp. Gap Error (Thermistor 2) ......................................................................... 44
005-901 IIT Sensor Stay Jam B ....................................................................................... 35
010-331 Temp. Minimum Error (Thermistor 1) ................................................................. 45
005-902 IIT Sensor Static Jam 1A ................................................................................... 35
010-332 Temp. Minimum Error (Thermistor 3) ................................................................. 45
005-903 IIT Sensor Static Jam 1B ................................................................................... 35
010-970 Re-WarmUp Error .............................................................................................. 45
005-904 IIT Size Sensor Miss Set Jam 1A ...................................................................... 35
042-312 USB Disconnected Error .................................................................................... 45
005-905 IIT Size Sensor Miss Set Jam 1B ...................................................................... 35

Table of Contents 2-1


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
046-310 LVPS 24B Monitor Error .................................................................................... 46 072-313 Roll 2 Cutter Fail (Cutter at Abnormal Position) ................................................. 56
046-311 LVPS 24C Monitor Error .................................................................................... 46 072-900 Static Jam (RFC 2)............................................................................................. 56
046-312 LVPS 5B Monitor Error ...................................................................................... 46 072-940 Roll 2 No Paper ................................................................................................. 56
061-310 LVPS 5C Monitor Error ...................................................................................... 47 072-941 Roll 2 Cutter Cover Open................................................................................... 57
061-316 LPH Error (FPGA Initializing) ............................................................................. 47 075-100 Manual Feed Stop Sensor ON Jam ................................................................... 57
061-319 LPH Error (Data Reading) ................................................................................. 47 075-101 Manual Page Sync Sensor ON Jam .................................................................. 57
061-320 LPH Error (Data Comparison)............................................................................ 47 075-102 Manual Page Sync Sensor OFF Jam................................................................. 58
061-321 Thermistor Error (LPH Overheat)....................................................................... 48 075-900 Static Jam (MSI)................................................................................................. 58
061-322 Thermistor Error (LPH Disconnected/ Open Wire)............................................. 48 075-940 MSI No Paper .................................................................................................... 58
071-100 Roll 1 A3 Sensor ON Jam (Auto-load) ............................................................... 48 075-941 MSI Size Mismatch ............................................................................................ 59
071-101 Roll 1 A3 Sensor ON Jam (Rewind) .................................................................. 48 077-100 RFC Vertical Jam Sensor ON Jam..................................................................... 59
071-102 Roll 1 Feed Jam (Core Peeled Off).................................................................... 48 077-101 RFC Page Sync Sensor ON Jam ....................................................................... 60
071-103 Roll 1 Cut Trigger Sensor ON Jam .................................................................... 49 077-103 Exit Jam Switch ON Jam ................................................................................... 60
071-104 Roll 1 Cut Trigger OFF Jam ............................................................................... 49 077-104 RFC Vertical Jam Sensor OFF Jam ................................................................... 60
071-105 Roll 1 Mis-cut Jam ............................................................................................. 49 077-105 RFC Page Sync Sensor OFF Jam ..................................................................... 61
071-300 Roll 1 Cutter Cover Open (During Printing) ....................................................... 49 077-106 Exit Jam Switch OFF Jam.................................................................................. 61
071-301 RFC 1 Drawer Open (During Printing) ............................................................... 50 077-107 Exit Motion Sensor Jam ..................................................................................... 61
071-310 Roll 1 Feed Motor Fail ....................................................................................... 50 077-300 Swing Frame Interlock Open ............................................................................. 62
071-311 Roll 1 Cutter Fail (Move Not Complete) ............................................................. 51 077-301 Fusing Cover Interlock Open ............................................................................. 62
071-312 Roll 1 Cutter Fail (Bounce) ................................................................................ 51 077-302 Front Door Interlock Open ................................................................................. 62
071-313 Roll 1 Cutter Fail (Cutter at Abnormal Position) ................................................. 51 077-303 H-Tra Interlock Open.......................................................................................... 63
071-900 Static Jam (RFC 1) ............................................................................................ 52 077-304 Swing Frame Interlock Open (During Printing) .................................................. 63
071-940 Roll 1 No Paper ................................................................................................. 52 077-305 Fusing Cover Interlock Open (During Printing) .................................................. 63
071-941 Roll 1 Cutter Cover Open .................................................................................. 52 077-306 Front Door Interlock Open (During Printing) ...................................................... 63
072-100 Roll 2 A3 Sensor ON Jam (Auto-load) ............................................................... 53 077-307 H-Tra Interlock Open (During Printing)............................................................... 63
072-101 Roll 2 A3 Sensor ON Jam (Rewind) .................................................................. 53 077-310 Main Motor Fail .................................................................................................. 64
072-102 Roll 2 Feed Jam (Core Peeled Off).................................................................... 53 077-900 Static Jam .......................................................................................................... 65
072-103 Roll 2 Cut Trigger Sensor ON Jam .................................................................... 53 077-901 Static Jam (Low Power Mode) ........................................................................... 65
072-104 Roll 2 Cut Trigger OFF Jam ............................................................................... 53 077-902 Static Jam (After Paper Output) ......................................................................... 65
072-105 Roll 2 Mis-cut Jam ............................................................................................. 54 091-300 Rear Top Cover Open ........................................................................................ 66
072-300 Roll 2 Cutter Cover Open (During Printing) ....................................................... 54 091-301 Rear Top Cover Open (During Printing) ............................................................. 66
072-301 RFC 2 Drawer Open (During Printing) ............................................................... 54 091-310 Open Air Sensor Fail 1 (Humidity) ..................................................................... 66
072-310 Roll 2 Feed Motor Fail ....................................................................................... 54 091-311 Open Air Sensor Fail 2 (Humidity) ...................................................................... 66
072-311 Roll 2 Cutter Fail (Move Not Complete) ............................................................. 55 091-312 Open Air Sensor Disconnect Fail ....................................................................... 66
072-312 Roll 2 Cutter Fail (Bounce) ................................................................................ 55 091-313 Open Air Sensor Short Circuit Fail ..................................................................... 66

2-2 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting


Table of Contents
091-910 Toner Empty ...................................................................................................... 66
091-911 Toner Pot Full ..................................................................................................... 67
<CP-Cont> ....................................................................................................................... 68
103-311 CP Cont-IIT Communication Fail ....................................................................... 68
121-311 EPSV Communication Fail................................................................................. 68
124-311 CP Cont-IOT Communication Fail ...................................................................... 68
2.3.3 Other FIP ................................................................................................................... 69
Not Powered Failure FIP ................................................................................................. 69
Nothing Displayed in UI Panel FIP................................................................................... 70
HEATER Lamp Not Turn On Failure FIP (100-120V) ....................................................... 71
HEATER Lamp Not Turn On Failure FIP (200-240V) ....................................................... 72
HEATER Lamp Not Turn Off Failure FIP (100-120V) ....................................................... 74
HEATER Lamp Not Turn Off Failure FIP (200-240V) ....................................................... 74
2.3.4 Generic FIP ................................................................................................................ 75
Reflective Sensor Failure FIP .......................................................................................... 75
Permeable Sensor Failure FIP......................................................................................... 75
Switch (Normal Open) Failure FIP ................................................................................... 75
Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP ..................................................................... 76
Solenoid/Clutch Left Energized Failure FIP ..................................................................... 76
Motor Not Rotate Failure FIP ........................................................................................... 76
Motor Not Stop Failure FIP .............................................................................................. 77
2.4 UI Panel Troubleshooting ............................................................................ 78
2.5 Troubleshooting When CP-Cont is Started .................................................. 79
2.5.1 Screen Numbers in UI Panel and CP-Cont Startup States ......................................... 79
2.5.2 Identifying CP-Cont Errors ......................................................................................... 81
2.6 Troubleshooting During Copy/Plot Output ................................................... 82
2.6.1 Collecting Diag Report ............................................................................................... 82
2.6.2 Output Plot Error (Common among Data Formats) .................................................... 82

Table of Contents 2-3


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
2-4 Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Table of Contents
2.1 Preface 2.1.3 Glossary
2.1.1 Troubleshooting Procedures Error Code:
Troubleshooting procedures are roughly divided into two A code that appears on the UI Panel when a
categories. problem occurs
Level 1 Troubleshooting Power OFF:
Check error codes and the symptoms of the trouble The status when the Main Power Switch is turned
by using Level 1 FIP. OFF
Level 2 Troubleshooting WARNING
Make sure to turn the Circuit Breaker OFF and
Identify the cause of the trouble using the error code
unplug the power plug from the supply when
list, level 2 FIP and BSD and then repair the
instructed in the maintenance procedure. Or you
machine.
may get electrical shock or be injured.
Power ON:
2.1.2 Notes for Troubleshooting The status when the Main Switch is turned ON
- Check that connectors are securely connected before Turn the power OFF then ON.
replacing parts.
Turn the Main Switch OFF once and ON again.
- Turn the power OFF before replacing parts.
Note After turning the power OFF, make sure
WARNING that the machine has completely shut down,
Do not touch the following parts when power is ON. and wait for 5 seconds before turning it ON
Else you may get an electric shock. again.
- HVPS Enter IIT DC330 [004-001] and turn it ON:
- LVPS
Execute the IIT sub system diag code DC330
WARNING [004-001].
Be careful of the heat on and around the Heat Roll
and Pressure Roll. Do not touch them unless they Turn the IIT DC330 [004-001] OFF:
are cool enough. Or you may get burn injury. End the IIT sub system diag code DC330 [004-001].
REP4.1.3:
Refer to REP4.1.3 in Chapter 4
Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment.
ADJ4.1.3:
Refer to ADJ4.1.3 in Chapter 4
Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment.
PL4.2:
Refer to PL4.2 in Chapter 5 Parts List.
CH1.2:
Refer to CH1.2 in Chapter 7 Electrical Wiring Data
BSD.

2.1 Preface 2-5


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
2.2 Level 1 Troubleshooting

START

Switch ON the power of the M/C.

YES
Does the UI Panel appear?

NO
YES CP-Cont may not be started.
Does the progress bar remain
Refer to "2.5 Troubleshooting When CP-Cont is Started"
displayed in the UI Panel?
for troubleshooting.
NO

YES Perform appropriate troubleshooting items by referring


Is an error code displayed in the
UI Panel? to "2.1 Error Code List".

NO

YES
Refer to Chapter 3 "Image Quality Troubleshooting" for
Image quality problem? troubleshooting.
NO

YES
Refer to "2.6 Troubleshooting During Copy/Plot Output"
Problem when Plot is output? for troubleshooting.
NO

When the power does not switch ON, refer to "Not Check the DC120 Error Log Counters and DC122 Fail
Powered Failure FIP" and BSD, and check the power History、DC123 Jam History and troubleshoot.
supply system. In addition, check the Controller Job History and Error
When nothing is displayed in the UI Panel, refer to History.
"Nothing Displayed in UI Panel FIP" and BSD, and
check the UI Panel.
When the "Interrupt" and "Authentication" LEDs on the
UI Panel are blinking, refer to "2.4 UI Panel
Troubleshooting" and check the self-diagnostic results
of the UI Panel.

2-6 2.2 Level 1 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting
2.3.1 Error Code List
Note Refer to the list for the IIT, IOT, or CP-Cont depending on the error code (Chain-Link
code).
005-xxx / 062-xxx / 063-xxx: Refer to <IIT>
010-xxx / 012-xxx / 041-xxx / 042-xxx / 046-xxx / 061-xxx / 071-xxx / 072-xxx / 075-xxx /
077-xxx / 091-xxx: Refer to <IOT>
016-xxx/102-xxx/103-xxx/116-xxx/121-xxx/124-xxx: Refer to <CP-Cont>
<IIT>
Chain Error Log
Error Contents Type Remarks BSD
-Link DC120 DC122 DC123
Detected document jam, which is not due to document
feeding, between the period after N.B.R is received and
document is being fed.
Detected document anew by one of Document Detection
Document Stay Jam 2A (occurred
005-102 Feed Sensor when system call occurred, open cover, or Operator Call - - - Refer to 005-102 FIP CH6.10
when stopped)
when the key that stops document is activated.
(Equivalent to STATIC JAM Error)
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
opening and closing the cover had occurred.
Detected document jam, which is not due to document
feeding, between the period after N.B.R is received and
document is being fed.
Detected document anew by one of Document Detection
Document Stay Jam 2B (occurred
005-103 Feed Sensor when system call occurred, open cover, or Operator Call - - - Refer to 005-103 FIP CH6.10
when stopped)
when the key that stops document is activated.
(Equivalent to STATIC JAM Error)
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
simply pulling out the document had occurred.
Detected document misalignment between the period
when N.B.R is received and when Document Scan Feed
starts.
Document Misaligned describes the situation when
noncontiguous logic is detected on the sensor layout by
005-104 Document Misaligned 2A Operator Call - - - Refer to 005-104 FIP CH6.10
Document Size Detection Sensor.
(Example: The presence of document is detected by A4 or
A2 sensor, etc.)
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
opening and closing the cover had occurred.

2.2 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-7
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Error Log
Error Contents Type Remarks BSD
-Link DC120 DC122 DC123
Detected document misalignment between the period
when N.B.R is received and when Document Scan Feed
starts.
Document Misaligned describes the situation when
noncontiguous logic is detected on the sensor layout by
005-105 Document Misaligned 2B Operator Call - - - Refer to 005-105 FIP CH6.10
Document Size Detection Sensor.
(Example: The presence of document is detected by A4 or
A2 sensor, etc.)
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
simply pulling out the document had occurred.
Detected document being pulled out from the document
insertion slot between the period after N.B.R is received
005-106 Originals Pulled Out Jam 2A and document is being fed. Operator Call - - - Refer to 005-106 FIP CH6.10
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
opening and closing the cover had occurred.
Detected document being pulled out from the document
insertion slot between the period after N.B.R is received
005-107 Originals Pulled Out Jam 2B and document is being fed. Operator Call - - - Refer to 005-107 FIP CH6.10
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
simply pulling out the document had occurred.
Regi Sensor has detected document being pushed in at
the Pre-Feed Completion Pause after N.B.R is received.
Detected document being pulled out from the document
005-108 Originals Pushed In Jam 2A output slot between the period after N.B.R is received and Operator Call O - O Refer to 005-108 FIP CH6.10
document is being fed.
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
opening and closing the cover had occurred.
Regi Sensor has detected document being pushed in at
the Pre-Feed Completion Pause after N.B.R is received.
Detected document being pulled out from the document
005-109 Originals Pushed In Jam 2B output slot between the period after N.B.R is received and Operator Call O - O Refer to 005-109 FIP CH6.10
document is being fed.
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
simply pulling out the document had occurred.
Right Skew Sensor has detected document when
005-120 Right Overskew Operator Call O - O Refer to 005-120 FIP CH6.10
document is being transported.
Left Skew Sensor has detected document when
005-121 Left Overskew Operator Call O - O Refer to 005-121 FIP CH6.10
document is being transported.
The Regi Sensor detected that the paper being fed is over
005-122 Max Document Length Exceeded Operator Call O - O Refer to 005-122 FIP CH6.10
the max length during original feed.

2-8 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Error Log
Error Contents Type Remarks BSD
-Link DC120 DC122 DC123
The Regi Sensor did not detect the document lead edge
005-132 Regi Sensor Lead Edge Jam Operator Call O - O Refer to 005-132 FIP CH6.10
at the scheduled timing during original feed.
The Regi Sensor did not detect the document tail edge at
005-133 Regi Sensor Tail Edge Jam Operator Call O - O Refer to 005-133 FIP CH6.10
the scheduled timing during original feed.
The Interlock SW was detected to be open during IIT
005-300 Cover Open During Feed Operator Call O - - Refer to 005-300 FIP CH1.14
operation.
The Interlock SW was detected to be open when IIT has
005-301 Cover Open When Stopped Operator Call - - - Refer to 005-301 FIP CH1.14
stopped.
One of the Document Detection Feed Sensor has newly
detected document when right after power was turned ON
005-900 Document Remaining Jam A or when cover is closed. Operator Call - - - Refer to 005-900 FIP CH6.10
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
opening and closing the cover had occurred.
One of the Document Detection Feed Sensor has newly
detected document when right after power was turned ON
005-901 Document Remaining Jam B or when cover is closed. Operator Call - - - Refer to 005-901 FIP CH6.10
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
simply pulling out the document had occurred.
Detected document jam, which is not due to document
feeding, outside the period when N.B.R is received and
document is fed.
Detected document anew by one of Document Detection
Document Stay Jam 1A (occurred
005-902 Feed Sensor when system call occurred, open cover, or Operator Call - - - Refer to 005-902 FIP CH6.10
when stopped)
when the key that stops document is activated.
(Equivalent to STATIC JAM Error)
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
opening and closing the cover had occurred.
Detected document jam, which is not due to document
feeding, outside the period when N.B.R is received and
document is fed.
Detected document anew by one of Document Detection
Document Stay Jam 1B (occurred
005-903 Feed Sensor when system call occurred, open cover, or Operator Call - - - Refer to 005-903 FIP CH6.10
when stopped)
when the key that stops document is activated.
(Equivalent to STATIC JAM Error)
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
simply pulling out the document had occurred.

2.2 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-9
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Error Log
Error Contents Type Remarks BSD
-Link DC120 DC122 DC123
Detected document misalignment from the point when
document insertion is detected to Document Pre-Feed to
before N.B.R is received.
Document Misaligned describes the situation when
noncontiguous logic is detected on the sensor layout by
005-904 Document Misaligned 1A Operator Call - - - Refer to 005-904 FIP CH6.10
Document Size Detection Sensor.
(Example: The presence of document is detected by A4 or
A2 sensor, etc.)
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
opening and closing the cover had occurred.
Detected document misalignment from the point when
document insertion is detected to Document Pre-Feed to
before N.B.R is received.
Document Misaligned describes the situation when
noncontiguous logic is detected on the sensor layout by
005-905 Document Misaligned 1B Operator Call - - - Refer to 005-905 FIP CH6.10
Document Size Detection Sensor.
(Example: The presence of document is detected by A4 or
A2 sensor, etc.)
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
simply pulling out the document had occurred.
Detected document being pulled out from the document
insertion slot from the point when document insertion is
detected to Document Pre-Feed to before N.B.R is
005-906 Originals Pulled Out Jam 1A Operator Call - - - Refer to 005-906 FIP CH6.10
received.
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
opening and closing the cover had occurred.
Detected document being pulled out from the document
insertion slot from the point when document insertion is
detected to Document Pre-Feed to before N.B.R is
005-907 Originals Pulled Out Jam 1B Operator Call - - - Refer to 005-907 FIP CH6.10
received。
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
simply pulling out the document had occurred.
The Regi Sensor detected document push-in at the period
from document insertion detection to the start of
document pre-feed
005-908 Originals Pushed In Jam 1A The Regi Sensor detected document push-in before the Operator Call O - O Refer to 005-908 FIP CH6.10
Pre-Feed Completion Pause before N.B.R is received
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
opening and closing the cover had occurred.

2-10 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Error Log
Error Contents Type Remarks BSD
-Link DC120 DC122 DC123
The Regi Sensor has detected document being pushed in
from the point when document insertion is detected to the
start of Document Pre-Feed.
Regi Sensor has detected document being pushed in prior
005-909 Originals Pushed In Jam 1B Operator Call O - O Refer to 005-909 FIP CH6.10
to the Pre-Feed Completion Pause before N.B.R is
received.
Message appears when a jam that can be resolved by
simply pulling out the document had occurred.
FPGA SHINANO IIS Block Operation Operation error caused by the FPGA SHINANO IIS block
062-220 Service Call - O - CH3.7
Error was detected.
FPGA SHINANO IPS2 Block BKG Operation error caused by the FPGA SHINANO IPS2
062-227 Service Call - O - CH3.7
Module Operation Error block BKG module was detected.
FPGA SHINANO IPS2 Block RE Operation error caused by the FPGA SHINANO IPS2
062-228 Service Call - O - CH3.7
Module Operation Error block RE module was detected.
FPGA SHINANO IPS2 Block TRC Operation error caused by the FPGA SHINANO IPS2
062-229 Service Call - O - CH3.7
Module Operation Error block TRC module was detected.
FPGA SHINANO IPS2 Block DF Operation error caused by the FPGA SHINANO IPS2
062-230 Service Call - O - CH3.7
Module Operation Error block DF module was detected.
FPGA SHINANO IPS2 Block SG Operation error caused by the FPGA SHINANO IPS2
062-231 Service Call - O - CH3.7
Module Operation Error block SG module was detected.
FPGA SHINANO IOS Block DMAC2 Operation error caused by the FPGA SHINANO IOS block
062-240 Service Call - O - CH3.7
Module Operation Error DMAC2 module was detected.
FPGA SHINANO IOS Block SDRAM Operation error caused by the FPGA SHINANO IOS block
062-241 Service Call - O - CH3.7
Module Operation Error SDRAM module was detected.
FPGA SHINANO IOS Block OUT
Operation error caused by the FPGA SHINANO IOS block
062-242 (CONT Output) Module Operation Service Call - O - CH3.7
OUT (CONT Output) module was detected.
Error
Operation error caused by the CONT-USB IC was
062-243 CONT-USB IC Operation Error Service Call - O - CH3.7
detected.
062-290 Watch Dog Error The CPU Watch Dog timer activated S/W reset. Service Call - O - CH3.7
IPS Data Version Error
062-295 (Unsupported IPS module version Unsupported version of IPS Module is detected. Service Call - O - CH3.7
detected)
R/W check error for the FPGA SHINANO IIS block
062-320 FPGA SHINANO IIS Block H/W Error Service Call - O - CH3.7
register/built-in memory.
FPGA SHINANO IIS Block SDRAM R/W check error for the SDRAM used by the FPGA
062-321 Service Call - O - CH3.7
R/W Error SHINANO IIS block.
FPGA SHINANO IPS2 Block H/W R/W check error for the FPGA SHINANO IPS2 block
062-325 Service Call - O - CH3.7
Error register/built-in memory.

2.2 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-11
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Error Log
Error Contents Type Remarks BSD
-Link DC120 DC122 DC123
FPGA SHINANO IPS2 Block SDRAM R/W check error for the SDRAM used by the FPGA
062-326 Service Call - O - CH3.7
R/W Error SHINANO IPS2 block.
R/W check error for the FPGA SHINANO IOS block
062-330 FPGA SHINANO IOS Block H/W Error Service Call - O - CH3.7
register/built-in memory.
FPGA SHINANO IOS Block SDRAM R/W check error for the SDRAM used by the FPGA
062-331 Service Call - O - CH3.7
R/W Error SHINANO IOS block.
R/W check error for CONT I/F USB IC register/built-in
062-336 USB IC (for CONT I/F) H/W Error Service Call - O - CH3.7
memory.
Bus Error Between FPGA SHINANO Bus check error between FPGA SHINANO IOS -
062-357 Service Call - O - CH3.7
IOS - CONT-USB IC CONT-USB IC.
Lamp error is detected.
062-371 CIS Lamp Error Lamp was lit and the unit output average for all ICs were Service Call O O - Refer to 062-371 FIP CH6.11
below the limit.
The output average for the IC unit in the sensor is below
the limit for more than one IC.
062-372 Image Sensor Error Service Call O O - Refer to 062-372 FIP CH6.11
If all IC is below the limit, it will be considered as lamp
error.
Sensor connection was not detected.
062-373 Image Sensor Connection Failure (Initialization of Input FIFO from the sensor was not Service Call - O - Refer to 062-373 FIP CH6.11
completed)
Poor Communication with Image
062-374 Failed to establish serial communication with sensor. Service Call - O - Refer to 062-374 FIP CH6.11
Sensor
Sensor control failed. (e.g., Register R/W failed, not
062-375 Image Sensor Control Error Service Call - O - Refer to 062-375 FIP CH6.11
functioning, etc.)
Error was detected during the bus check between the
Error Between Image Sensor - sensor and FPGA SHINANO.
062-376 Service Call - O - CH6.11
SHINANO (Check SHINANO by outputting test pattern from the
sensor)
Abnormal EEPROM System Data Abnormal SUM value was detected in the system data
062-380 Service Call - O - CH3.7
Sum Value stored in the EEPROM.
062-382 EEPROM Write Error Error was detected while writing data into the EEPROM. Service Call - O - CH3.7
The value written in the EEPROM is different from the one
062-383 EEPROM Verify Error Service Call - O - CH3.7
written by user.
Abnormal EEPROM Error Abnormal data was detected in the error history/error log
062-384 Service Call - O - CH3.7
History/Error Log Data stored in the EEPROM.
Abnormal EEPROM Feed Error was detected in the Feed Count/Recycle Data
062-385 Service Call - O - CH3.7
Count/Recycle Data stored in the EEPROM.
062-386 System Data Setting Error Unable to function due to abnormal system data setting. Service Call - O - CH3.7
Abnormal SUM value was detected in the User part
062-390 Abnormal User Part S/W SUM Value Service Call - O - CH3.7
program.

2-12 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Error Log
Error Contents Type Remarks BSD
-Link DC120 DC122 DC123
Abnormal SUM value was detected in the Boot part
062-391 Abnormal Boot Part S/W SUM Value Service Call - O - CH3.7
program.
062-392 Abnormal IPS Data Sum Value Abnormal SUM value was detected in IPS data. Service Call - O - CH3.7
062-393 CPU Built-in RAM R/W Error Error was detected during CPU Built-in RAM R/W check. Service Call - O - CH3.7
Error was detected during R/W check for the areas except
062-394 External RAM R/W Error Service Call - O - CH3.7
the data backup area of the external RAM.
062-395 Flash ROM Erase Error Error was detected while erasing the Flash ROM. Service Call - O - CH3.7
062-396 Flash ROM Write Error Error was detected while writing data into the Flash ROM. Service Call - O - CH3.7
The value written in the Flash ROM is different from the
062-397 Flash ROM Verify Error Service Call - O - CH3.7
one written by user.
CIS position adjustment cannot be performed because the CIS Position
CIS Position Adjustment, Input Line
062-701 image line count read during CIS position adjustment Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Count Error
process is less than the specified value. Error
CIS Position
CIS Position Adjustment, Execution CIS position adjustment process was aborted due to an
062-702 Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Aborted abort request or occurrence of an error.
Error
CIS Position
CIS Position Adjustment, Parameter A parameter error has occurred during CIS position
062-703 Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Error adjustment process.
Error
CIS Position
CIS Position Adjustment, Internal An internal control error has occurred during CIS position
062-704 Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Control Error adjustment process.
Error
Horizontal lines for fast scan adjustment on the pattern
CIS Position Adjustment, Horizontal CIS Position
read during CIS position adjustment process could not be
062-710 Line Detection Error For Fast Scan Adjustment O - - CH6.11
detected.
Position Adjustment Error
(Indicates that one of the 062-71x errors has occurred)
CIS Position Adjustment, Horizontal The width of the horizontal lines for fast scan adjustment CIS Position
062-711 Line Width Error For Fast Scan on the pattern read during CIS position adjustment Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Position Adjustment process exceeded the upper limit. Error
CIS Position Adjustment, Horizontal The number of the horizontal lines for fast scan CIS Position
062-712 Line Count Error For Fast Scan adjustment on the pattern read during CIS position Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Position Adjustment adjustment process exceeded the upper limit. Error
CIS Position Adjustment, Horizontal The number of the horizontal lines for fast scan CIS Position
062-713 Line Count Error For Fast Scan adjustment on the pattern read during CIS position Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Position Adjustment adjustment process is less than the upper limit. Error
CIS Position Adjustment, Horizontal Horizontal lines for fast scan adjustment on the pattern CIS Position
062-714 Line For Fast Scan Position read during CIS position adjustment process could not be Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Adjustment Not Detected detected. Error

2.2 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-13
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Error Log
Error Contents Type Remarks BSD
-Link DC120 DC122 DC123
CIS Position Adjustment, Horizontal The position of the horizontal lines for fast scan CIS Position
062-715 Line Detection Position Error For Fast adjustment on the pattern read during CIS position Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Scan Position Adjustment adjustment process was abnormal. Error
Vertical lines for fast scan adjustment on the pattern read
CIS Position Adjustment, Vertical Line CIS Position
during CIS position adjustment process could not be
062-720 Detection Error For Fast Scan Adjustment O - - CH6.11
detected.
Position Adjustment Error
(Indicates that one of the 062-72x errors has occurred)
CIS Position Adjustment, Vertical Line The width of the vertical lines for fast scan adjustment on CIS Position
062-721 Width Error For Fast Scan Position the pattern read during CIS position adjustment process Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Adjustment exceeded the upper limit. Error
CIS Position Adjustment, Vertical Line The number of the vertical lines for fast scan adjustment CIS Position
062-722 Count Error For Fast Scan Position on the pattern read during CIS position adjustment Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Adjustment process exceeded the upper limit. Error
CIS Position Adjustment, Vertical Line Vertical lines for fast scan adjustment on the pattern read CIS Position
062-723 For Fast Scan Position Adjustment during CIS position adjustment process could not be Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Not Detected detected. Error
CIS Position Adjustment, Vertical Line The position of the vertical lines for fast scan adjustment CIS Position
062-724 Detection Position Error For Fast on the pattern read during CIS position adjustment Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Scan Position Adjustment process was abnormal. Error
CIS Position Adjustment, Intersection
The number of intersections of the horizontal and vertical CIS Position
Count Error of Horizontal and Vertical
062-725 lines for fast scan adjustment on the pattern read during Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Lines for Fast Scan Position
CIS position adjustment process was abnormal. Error
Adjustment
CIS Position Adjustment, Intersection
The position of intersections of the horizontal and vertical CIS Position
Position Error of Horizontal and
062-726 lines for fast scan adjustment on the pattern read during Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Vertical Lines for Fast Scan Position
CIS position adjustment process was abnormal. Error
Adjustment
Horizontal lines for slow scan adjustment on the pattern
CIS Position Adjustment, Horizontal CIS Position
read during CIS position adjustment process could not be
062-730 Line Detection Error For Slow Scan Adjustment O - - CH6.11
detected.
Position Adjustment Error
(Indicates that one of the 062-73x errors has occurred)
CIS Position Adjustment, Horizontal The width of the horizontal lines for slow scan adjustment CIS Position
062-731 Line Width Error For Slow Scan on the pattern read during CIS position adjustment Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Position Adjustment process exceeded the upper limit. Error
CIS Position Adjustment, Horizontal The number of the horizontal lines for slow scan CIS Position
062-732 Line Count Error For Slow Scan adjustment on the pattern read during CIS position Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Position Adjustment adjustment process exceeded the upper limit. Error
CIS Position Adjustment, Horizontal Horizontal lines for slow scan adjustment on the pattern CIS Position
062-733 Line For Slow Scan Position read during CIS position adjustment process could not be Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Adjustment Not Detected detected. Error

2-14 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Error Log
Error Contents Type Remarks BSD
-Link DC120 DC122 DC123
CIS Position Adjustment, Horizontal The interval between the horizontal lines for slow scan CIS Position
062-734 Line Interval Error For Slow Scan adjustment on the pattern read during CIS position Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Position Adjustment adjustment process was abnormal. Error
CIS Position Adjustment, Horizontal The position of the horizontal lines for slow scan CIS Position
062-735 Line Position Error For Slow Scan adjustment on the pattern read during CIS position Adjustment - - - CH6.11
Position Adjustment adjustment process was abnormal. Error
CIS Position Adjustment, CIS 2 to 5 An error was detected at judgment of the fast scan CIS Position
062-740 Fast Scan Position Adjustment Value position adjustment value of one of the CIS 2 to 5. Adjustment O - - CH6.11
Judgment Error (Indicates that one of the 062-74x errors has occurred) Error
As a result of judgment of the CIS 2 fast scan position
CIS Position Adjustment, CIS 2 Fast CIS Position
adjustment value, it was detected that a difference
062-741 Scan Position Adjustment Value Adjustment - - - CH6.11
between the current value and calculated value was more
Judgment Error Error
than the specified value.
As a result of judgment of the CIS 3 fast scan position
CIS Position Adjustment, CIS 3 Fast CIS Position
adjustment value, it was detected that a difference
062-742 Scan Position Adjustment Value Adjustment - - - CH6.11
between the current value and calculated value was more
Judgment Error Error
than the specified value.
As a result of judgment of the CIS 4 fast scan position
CIS Position Adjustment, CIS 4 Fast CIS Position
adjustment value, it was detected that a difference
062-743 Scan Position Adjustment Value Adjustment - - - CH6.11
between the current value and calculated value was more
Judgment Error Error
than the specified value.
As a result of judgment of the CIS 5 fast scan position
CIS Position Adjustment, CIS 5 Fast CIS Position
adjustment value, it was detected that a difference
062-744 Scan Position Adjustment Value Adjustment - - - CH6.11
between the current value and calculated value was more
Judgment Error Error
than the specified value.
CIS Position Adjustment, CIS 2 to 5 An error was detected at judgment of the slow scan CIS Position
062-750 Slow Scan Position Adjustment Value position adjustment value of one of the CIS 2 to 5. Adjustment O - - CH6.11
Judgment Error (Indicates that one of the 062-75x errors has occurred) Error
As a result of judgment of the CIS 2 slow scan position
CIS Position Adjustment, CIS 2 Slow CIS Position
adjustment value, it was detected that a difference
062-751 Scan Position Adjustment Value Adjustment - - - CH6.11
between the current value and calculated value was more
Judgment Error Error
than the specified value.
As a result of judgment of the CIS 3 slow scan position
CIS Position Adjustment, CIS 3 Slow CIS Position
adjustment value, it was detected that a difference
062-752 Scan Position Adjustment Value Adjustment - - - CH6.11
between the current value and calculated value was more
Judgment Error Error
than the specified value.
As a result of judgment of the CIS 4 slow scan position
CIS Position Adjustment, CIS 4 Slow CIS Position
adjustment value, it was detected that a difference
062-753 Scan Position Adjustment Value Adjustment - - - CH6.11
between the current value and calculated value was more
Judgment Error Error
than the specified value.

2.2 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-15
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Error Log
Error Contents Type Remarks BSD
-Link DC120 DC122 DC123
As a result of judgment of the CIS 5 slow scan position
CIS Position Adjustment, CIS 5 Slow CIS Position
adjustment value, it was detected that a difference
062-754 Scan Position Adjustment Value Adjustment - - - CH6.11
between the current value and calculated value was more
Judgment Error Error
than the specified value.
062-940 Self Diagnosis Sequence Error Sequence error occurred while receiving Diag parameter Self Diagnosis - - - CH3.7
062-941 Self Diagnosis Parameter Error Parameter error occurred while receiving Diag parameter Self Diagnosis - - - CH3.7
062-942 Self Diagnosis Aborted The diagnosis was aborted by the abort diag request Self Diagnosis - - - CH3.7
Self Diagnosis Execution Error Paper was jammed during the diagnosis that requires
062-943 Self Diagnosis - - - CH3.7
(Document Jam) original feed
Self Diagnosis Execution Error (Cover Cover was opened during the diagnosis that requires
062-944 Self Diagnosis - - - CH3.7
Open) original feed
Self Diagnosis Execution Error
062-945 An error occurred during diagnosis Self Diagnosis - - - CH3.7
(Others)
Self Diagnosis Execution Error (Not Diagnosis is not available because the item targeted for
062-946 Self Diagnosis - - - CH3.7
Installed) diagnosis is missing.
Code used only in IIT
CP-Cont Communication Not CP-Cont communication has not been established since
062-950 Warning - - - This was not used for external CH3.7
Established power was turned ON.
notification purpose
Code used only in IIT
Communication still failed after three retries when
062-951 CP-Cont Communication Error Warning - - - This was not used for external CH3.7
transferring data (Text, ACK, NAK) to the CP-Cont
notification purpose
Code used only in IIT
Received notification on inoperability from CP-Cont
062-952 CP-Cont Unavailable Warning - - - This was not used for external CH3.7
(CP-Cont error)
notification purpose
Overflow of final output buffer occurred during image
USB Output Buffer Storage/Overflow
062-961 transfer via the USB Warning O - - CH3.7
Error
(Data read delay occurred at CONT or HOST)
The IPS parameter reset process did not complete within
062-962 IPS Reset Error Warning O - - CH3.8
a specified time.
No data output for image transfer using CONT USB after
062-963 CONT USB Image Transfer Timeout Warning O - - CH3.8
a period of time
FPGA AZUSA IOS Block DMAC2 Operation error caused by the FPGA AZUSA IOS block
063-240 Service Call - O - CH3.8
Module Operation Error DMAC2 module was detected
FPGA AZUSA IOS Block SDRAM Operation error caused by the FPGA AZUSA IOS block
063-241 Service Call - O - CH3.8
Module Operation Error SDRAM module was detected
FPGA AZUSA IOS Block OUT Module Operation error caused by the FPGA AZUSA IOS block
063-242 Service Call - O - CH3.8
Operation Error OUT module was detected
FPGA TAKASE IOS Block DMAC2 Operation error caused by the FPGA TAKASE IOS block
063-244 Service Call - O - CH3.8
Module Operation Error DMAC2 module was detected
FPGA TAKASE IOS Block SDRAM Operation error caused by the FPGA TAKASE IOS block
063-245 Service Call - O - CH3.8
Module Operation Error SDRAM module was detected

2-16 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Error Log
Error Contents Type Remarks BSD
-Link DC120 DC122 DC123
FPGA TAKASE IOS Block OUT
Operation error caused by the FPGA TAKASE IOS block
063-246 (HOST Output) Module Operation Service Call - O - CH3.8
OUT (HOST Output) module was detected.
Error
Post-Codec Encoder (PM-36) Operation error caused by the Post-Codec Encoder
063-247 Service Call - O - CH3.8
Operation Error (PM-36) was detected
Operation error caused by the HOST-USB IC was
063-248 HOST-USB IC Operation Error Service Call - O - CH3.8
detected.
FPGA CHIKUMA PMC Encoder Operation error caused by the FPGA CHIKUMA PMC
063-250 Service Call - O - CH3.8
Module Operation Error block Encoder module was detected
FPGA CHIKUMA PMC Decoder Operation error caused by the FPGA CHIKUMA PMC
063-251 Service Call - O - CH3.8
Module Operation Error block Decoder module was detected
Pre-Codec Encoder (RB5C634 Operation error caused by the Pre-Codec Encoder
063-252 Service Call - O - CH3.8
Encoding) Operation Error (RB5C634 encoding) was detected
Pre-Codec Decoder (RB5C634 Operation error caused by the Pre-Codec Decoder
063-253 Service Call - O - CH3.8
Decoding) Operation Error (RB5C634 decoding) was detected
FPGA AZUSA ICS Block Operation Operation error caused by the FPGA AZUSA ICS block
063-254 Service Call - O - CH3.8
Error was detected
Operation error caused by the ASIC PRATO1 was
063-255 ASIC PRATO1 Operation Error Service Call - O - CH3.8
detected
Operation error caused by the ASIC PRATO1 was
063-256 ASIC PRATO1 Operation Error Service Call - O - CH3.8
detected
Operation error caused by the ASIC PRATO1 was
063-257 ASIC PRATO1 Operation Error Service Call - O - CH3.8
detected
Color Processing Board Not Installed
063-258 Color Processing Board (CIPS) is not installed Service Call - O - CH3.8
Error
063-280 DIMM Combination Error The combination of DIMM installed in all DIMM slots is NG Service Call - O - CH3.8
063-281 DIMM slot 1 R/W Error Error was detected during R/W check for DIMM in slot 1 Service Call - O - CH3.8
063-282 DIMM slot 2 R/W Error Error was detected during R/W check for DIMM in slot 2 Service Call - O - CH3.8
DIMM or PMEM Board Not Installed Memory is not installed in all DIMM slots
063-289 Service Call - O - CH3.8
Error Or, the PMEM Board is not installed
R/W check error for the FPGA AZUSA IOS block
063-330 FPGA AZUSA IOS Block H/W Error Service Call - O - CH3.8
register/built-in memory
FPGA AZUSA IOS Block SDRAM R/W check error for the SDRAM used by the FPGA
063-331 Service Call - O - CH3.8
R/W Error AZUSA IOS block
R/W check error for the JPEG decoder register/built-in
063-332 Post-Codec (Encode) H/W Error Service Call - O - CH3.8
memory at final output
R/W check error for the FPGA TAKASE IOS block
063-334 FPGA TAKASE IOS Block H/W Error Service Call - O - CH3.8
register/built-in memory
FPGA TAKASE IOS Block SDRAM R/W check error for the SDRAM used by the FPGA
063-335 Service Call - O - CH3.8
R/W Error TAKASE IOS block

2.2 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-17
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Error Log
Error Contents Type Remarks BSD
-Link DC120 DC122 DC123
R/W check error for HOST I/F USB IC register/built-in
063-337 USB IC (for HOST I/F) H/W Error Service Call - O - CH3.8
memory
R/W check error for the FPGA CHIKUMA PMC block
063-340 FPGA CHIKUMA PMC H/W Error Service Call - O - CH3.8
register/built-in memory
FPGA CHIKUMA PMC SDRAM R/W R/W check error for the SDRAM used by the FPGA
063-341 Service Call - O - CH3.8
Error CHIKUMA PMC block
R/W check error for the register/built-in memory of JPEG
063-342 Pre-Codec (Encode) H/W Error Service Call - O - CH3.8
encoder before page memory
R/W check error for the register/built-in memory of JPEG
063-343 Pre-Codec (Decode) H/W Error Service Call - O - CH3.8
encoder after page memory
R/W check error for the FPGA AZUSA ICS block
063-344 FPGA AZUSA ICS Block H/W Error Service Call - O - CH3.8
register/built-in memory
R/W check error for the ASIC PRATO1 register/built-in
063-345 ASIC PRATO1 H/W Error Service Call - O - CH3.8
memory
R/W check error for the ASIC PRATO2 register/built-in
063-346 ASIC PRATO2 H/W Error Service Call - O - CH3.8
memory
R/W check error for the ASIC PRATO3 register/built-in
063-347 ASIC PRATO3 H/W Error Service Call - O - CH3.8
memory
Bus Error Between FPGA SHINANO Bus check error between FPGA SHINANO IIS - FPGA
063-350 Service Call - O - CH3.8
IIS - FPGA CHIKUMA ENC CHIKUMA ENC
Bus Error Between FPGA CHIKUMA Bus check error between FPGA CHIKUMA ENC - JPEG
063-351 Service Call - O - CH3.8
ENC - JPEG 2000 IC (ENC) 2000 IC (ENC)
Bus Error Between JPEG 2000 IC Bus check error between JPEG 2000 IC (ENC) - Page
063-352 Service Call - O - CH3.8
(ENC) - Page Memory Memory
Bus Error Between Page Memory - Bus check error between Page Memory - JPEG 2000 IC
063-353 Service Call - O - CH3.8
JPEG 2000 IC (DEC) (DEC)
Bus Error Between JPEG 2000 IC Bus check error between JPEG 2000 IC (DEC) - FPGA
063-354 Service Call - O - CH3.8
(DEC) - FPGA CHIKUMA DEC CHIKUMA DEC
Bus Error Between FPGA CHIKUMA Bus check error between FPGA CHIKUMA ENC/DEC -
063-355 Service Call - O - CH3.8
ENC/DEC - FPGA SHINANO IPS FPGA SHINANO IPS
Bus Error Between FPGA CHIKUMA Bus check error between FPGA CHIKUMA ENC/DEC -
063-356 Service Call - O - CH3.8
ENC/DEC - FPGA AZUSA ICS FPGA AZUSA ICS
Bus Error Between FPGA SHINANO Bus check error between FPGA SHINANO IIS - FPGA
063-357 Service Call - O - CH3.8
IIS - FPGA AZUSA ICS AZUSA ICS
Bus Error Between FPGA AZUSA ICS Bus check error between FPGA AZUSA ICS - ASIC
063-360 Service Call - O - CH3.8
- ASIC PRATO1 PRATO1
Bus Error Between FPGA AZUSA ICS Bus check error between FPGA AZUSA ICS - ASIC
063-361 Service Call - O - CH3.8
- ASIC PRATO2 PRATO2
Bus Error Between FPGA AZUSA ICS Bus check error between FPGA AZUSA ICS - ASIC
063-362 Service Call - O - CH3.8
- ASIC PRATO3 PRATO3

2-18 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Error Log
Error Contents Type Remarks BSD
-Link DC120 DC122 DC123
Bus Error Between ASIC PRATO1 - Bus check error between ASIC PRATO1 - FPGA AZUSA
063-366 Service Call - O - CH3.8
FPGA AZUSA ICS ICS
Bus Error Between ASIC PRATO2 - Bus check error between ASIC PRATO2 - FPGA AZUSA
063-367 Service Call - O - CH3.8
FPGA AZUSA ICS ICS
Bus Error Between ASIC PRATO3 - Bus check error between ASIC PRATO3 - FPGA AZUSA
063-368 Service Call - O - CH3.8
FPGA AZUSA ICS ICS
Bus Error Between FPGA SHINANO Bus check error between FPGA SHINANO IPS2 - FPGA
063-370 Service Call - O - CH3.8
IPS2 - FPGA AZUSA IOS AZUSA IOS
Bus Error Between FPGA AZUSA IOS Bus check error between FPGA AZUSA IOS - FPGA
063-371 Service Call - O - CH3.8
- FPGA TAKASE IOS TAKASE IOS
Bus Error Between FPGA TAKASE Bus check error between FPGA TAKASE IOS - FPGA
063-372 Service Call - O - CH3.8
IOS - FPGA SHINANO IOS SHINANO IOS
Bus Error Between FPGA AZUSA IOS Bus check error between FPGA AZUSA IOS - JPEG IC
063-374 Service Call - O - CH3.8
- JPEG IC (OUT) (OUT)
Bus Error Between JPEG IC (OUT) -Bus check error between JPEG IC (OUT) - FPGA AZUSA
063-375 Service Call - O - CH3.8
FPGA AZUSA IOS IOS
Bus Error Between FPGA TAKASE Bus check error between FPGA TAKASE IOS -
063-376 Service Call - O - CH3.8
IOS - HOST-USB IC HOST-USB IC
Data transfer during Scan Mode or Scan & Copy
063-955 HOST Data Transfer Suspended Error (alternating output) Mode was stopped due to Stop Warning - - - CH3.8
request from Host
Abnormal HOST Communication Communication with Host is cut off after a period of time
063-956 Warning - - - CH3.8
Error for Scan Mode and Scan & Copy Mode
HOST Communication Not Communication with Host was not established.
063-957 Warning - - - CH3.8
Established/Cut Off Communication line cutoff is detected
063-960 Page Memory Storage/Overflow Error Page memory has failed to contain all scan data Warning O - - CH3.8
No data output for image transfer using HOST USB after
063-964 HOST USB Image Transfer Timeout Warning O - - CH3.8
a period of time

2.2 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-19
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
<IOT>
Chain Sub Error Log
Error Contents Type Action BSD
-Link System DC120 DC122 DC123
010-310 Overheat/Control/Thermistor-1 Fusing Overheat due to SW was detected. System error O O - Refer to 010-310FIP CH10.8
010-311 Overheat/Control/Thermistor-2 Fusing Overheat due to SW was detected. System error O O - Refer to 010-311FIP CH10.8
010-312 Overheat/Control/Thermistor-3 Fusing Overheat due to SW was detected. System error O O - Refer to 010-312FIP CH10.8
010-313 Overheat/HW/Thermostat Fusing Overheat due to HW was detected. System error O O - Refer to 010-313FIP CH10.8
010-314 Overheat/HW/Thermistor-2 Fusing Overheat due to HW was detected. System error O O - Refer to 010-314FIP CH10.8
010-315 Overheat/HW/Thermistor-4 Fusing Overheat due to HW was detected. System error O O - Refer to 010-315FIP CH10.8
Abnormally Low Temperature Temperature that is lower than the abnormal
010-316 Fusing System error O O - Refer to 010-316FIP CH10.8
Error/Thermistor-1 low temperature setting value was detected.
Abnormally Low Temperature Temperature that is lower than the abnormal
010-317 Fusing System error O O - Refer to 010-317FIP CH10.8
Error/Thermistor-3 low temperature setting value was detected.
010-318 Thermistor Open Error/Thermistor -1 Fusing Open circuit in the Thermistor was detected. System error O O - Refer to 010-318FIP CH10.8
010-319 Thermistor Open Error/Thermistor -2 Fusing Open circuit in the Thermistor was detected. System error O O - Refer to 010-319FIP CH10.8
010-320 Thermistor Open Error/Thermistor -3 Fusing Open circuit in the Thermistor was detected. System error O O - Refer to 010-320FIP CH10.8
010-321 Thermistor Open Error/Thermistor -4 Fusing Open circuit in the Thermistor was detected. System error O O - Refer to 010-321FIP CH10.8
Warm up was not completed within the
010-322 Warm Up Time Out/Thermistor -1 Fusing System error O O - Refer to 010-322FIP CH10.8
specified time.
Warm up was not completed within the
010-323 Warm Up Time Out/Thermistor -3 Fusing System error O O - Refer to 010-323FIP CH10.8
specified time.
It was detected that the Fusing Drive Motor
010-324 Motor Error/Fusing Fusing System error O O - Refer to 010-324FIP CH10.8
was out of sync (Lock).
It was detected that the Exhaust Fan RH had
010-325 Exhaust Fan Error/RH Fusing System error O O - Refer to 010-325FIP CH10.8
stopped.
It was detected that the Exhaust Fan LH had
010-326 Exhaust Fan Error/LH Fusing System error O O - Refer to 010-326FIP CH10.8
stopped.
Thermistor Error/Temperature Temperature did not rise regardless of
010-327 Fusing System error O O - CH10.8
Gradient/Thermistor-1 whether the lamp is turned ON
Thermistor Error/Temperature Temperature did not rise regardless of
010-328 Fusing System error O O - CH10.8
Gradient/Thermistor-3 whether the lamp is turned ON
Thermistor Error/Temperature Temperature did not exceed 93 degrees
010-329 Fusing System error O O - CH10.8
Difference/Thermistor-1 celsius after Power ON
Thermistor Error/Temperature Temperature did not exceed 93 degrees
010-330 Fusing System error O O - CH10.8
Difference/Thermistor-2 celsius after Power ON
Thermistor Error/Temperature Not Temperature did not exceed 93 degrees
010-331 Fusing System error O O - CH10.8
Reached/Thermistor-1 celsius after Power ON
Thermistor Error/Temperature Not Temperature did not exceed 93 degrees
010-332 Fusing System error O O - CH10.8
Reached/Thermistor-3 celsius after Power ON
The control temperature went below the Warm
010-970 Re-Warm Up Error Fusing Load error - - - Refer to 010-970FIP CH10.8
Up transition temperature.

2-20 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Sub Error Log
Error Contents Type Action BSD
-Link System DC120 DC122 DC123
Communication Command Length Error was detected in the command length
041-312 System System error O O - Replace the IOT PWB. (PL8.1) CH3.9
Error (Fail Safe)
Cut length notification error was detected
041-313 Cut Length Notification Delay Error System System error O O - Reinstall the CP-Cont firmware. CH3.9
(during synchronized cut)
Image length was not notified during stop
System error
041-314 Image Length Not Notified Error System process or when UNDERRUN interruption O O - Replace the IOT PWB. (PL8.1) CH3.9
(log record only)
occurred (during synchronized cut)
Watch Dog Timer time out was detected.
042-310 Watch Dog Timer Error Driver System error O O - Reinstall the IOT firmware. CH3.9
(Software (CPU) out of control)
042-311 Flash ROM Error Driver Flash ROM write or erase failure was detected System error O O - Replace the IOT PWB. (PL8.1) CH3.9
It was detected that the USB communication
line was cut (USB control line) due to
042-312 USB Disconnected Detection Error Driver System error O O - Refer to 042-312FIP CH3.9
disconnected USB connector or powered-off
CP-Cont
Replace the IOT PWB and CP
USB Video Control Interruption Status Image data from the CP-Cont for video
042-313 Driver System error O O - Control PWB in sequence. (PL8.1/PL CH3.9
UNDERRUN Error transmission to the LPHC was delayed.
8.6)
The EEPROM is not used (blank).
When the IOT PWB has been
042-314 EEPROM Error/Startup Driver Startup via an uninitialized EEPROM System error O O - CH3.9
replaced, always reinstall the used
EEPROM on the new IOT PWB.
Replace the IOT PWB. (PL8.1)
SUM error of both Flash ROM and EEPROM
042-315 NVM Error/Both Abnormal Driver System error O O - At this time, also replace the CH3.9
occurred immediately after startup
EEPROM with a new one.
1. Replace the IOT PWB. (PL8.1)
2. Enter Self Diagnosis mode and
check the Error History. If the error
EEPROM Error/Read/ACK No There were no ACK response when is resolved, it ends here.
042-601 Driver System error O - - CH3.9
Response address/data was sent to the EEPROM device 3. If the error cannot be resolved,
reuse the old IOT PWB and
replace the EEPROM with a new
one.
1. Replace the IOT PWB. (PL8.1)
2. Enter Self Diagnosis mode and
check the Error History. If the error
A time out occurred after address/data was is resolved, it ends here.
042-602 EEPROM Error/Read/Time Out Driver System error O - - CH3.9
sent to the EEPROM device 3. If the error cannot be resolved,
reuse the old IOT PWB and
replace the EEPROM with a new
one.

2.2 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-21
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Sub Error Log
Error Contents Type Action BSD
-Link System DC120 DC122 DC123
1. Replace the IOT PWB. (PL8.1)
2. Enter Self Diagnosis mode and
check the Error History. If the error
EEPROM Error/Write/ACK No There were no ACK response when is resolved, it ends here.
042-603 Driver System error O - - CH3.9
Response address/data was sent to the EEPROM device 3. If the error cannot be resolved,
reuse the old IOT PWB and
replace the EEPROM with a new
one.
1. Replace the IOT PWB. (PL8.1)
2. Enter Self Diagnosis mode and
check the Error History. If the error
A time out occurred after address/data was is resolved, it ends here.
042-604 EEPROM Error/Write/Time Out Driver System error O - - CH3.9
sent to the EEPROM device 3. If the error cannot be resolved,
reuse the old IOT PWB and
replace the EEPROM with a new
one.
Unless there is abnormal machine
operation, no action is required as it
is log record only.
The respective SUM in the Flash ROM and
Normally, the error can be resolved
EEPROM were correct directly after startup System error
042-605 NVM Error/SUM Mismatch Driver O O - by saving NVM using DC131. If the CH3.9
but their SUM mismatched (log record only)
error cannot be resolved or there is
(The NVM data is read from the EEPROM)
abnormal machine operation, replace
the IOT PWB or the EEPROM.
(PL8.1)
Unless there is abnormal machine
operation, no action is required as it
is log record only.
Flash ROM SUM error occurred immediately
System error Normally, the error can be resolved
042-606 NVM Error/Flash ROM Error Driver after startup O O - CH3.9
(log record only) by saving NVM using DC131. If the
(The NVM data is read from the EEPROM)
error cannot be resolved or there is
abnormal machine operation, replace
the IOT PWB. (PL8.1)
Unless there is abnormal machine
operation, no action is required as it
is log record only.
EEPROM SUM error occurred immediately
System error Normally, the error can be resolved
042-607 NVM Error/EEPROM Error Driver after startup O O - CH3.9
(log record only) by saving NVM using DC131. If the
(The NVM data is read from the Flash ROM)
error cannot be resolved or there is
abnormal machine operation, replace
the EEPROM.

2-22 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Sub Error Log
Error Contents Type Action BSD
-Link System DC120 DC122 DC123
Unless there is abnormal machine
operation, no action is required as it
EEPROM Verify Error/Recycle Verify error occurred while writing data into the System error is log record only.
042-608 Driver O - - CH3.9
Identification Information EEPROM (log record only) If there is abnormal machine
operation or 042-608 occurs
frequently, replace the EEPROM.
Unless there is abnormal machine
operation, no action is required as it
Verify error occurred while writing data into the System error is log record only.
042-609 EEPROM Verify Error/Recycle Data Driver O - - CH3.9
EEPROM (log record only) If there is abnormal machine
operation or 042-609 occurs
frequently, replace the EEPROM.
Unless there is abnormal machine
operation, no action is required as it
Verify error occurred while writing data into the System error is log record only.
042-610 EEPROM Verify Error/NVM Driver O - - CH3.9
EEPROM (log record only) If there is abnormal machine
operation or 042-610 occurs
frequently, replace the EEPROM.
046-310 LVPS Error/24B Monitor PSLV The LVPS 24B monitor signal was OFF System error O O - Refer to 046-310FIP CH1.14
046-311 LVPS Error/24C Monitor PSLV The LVPS 24C monitor signal was OFF System error O O - Refer to 046-311FIP CH1.14
046-312 LVPS Error/5B Monitor PSLV The LVPS 5B monitor signal was OFF System error O O - Refer to 046-312FIP CH1.14
061-310 LVPS Error/5C Monitor ROS The LVPS 5C monitor signal was OFF System error O O - Refer to 061-310FIP CH1.14
ROS ON interruption occurred during
061-311 ROS On Timing Error/Roll 1 ROS exposure preparation operation. System error O - - Reinstall the IOT firmware. CH6.10
(Normally, this seldom occurs)
ROS ON interruption occurred during
061-312 ROS On Timing Error/Roll 2 ROS exposure preparation operation. System error O - - Reinstall the IOT firmware. CH6.10
(Normally, this seldom occurs)
ROS ON interruption occurred during
061-314 ROS On Timing Error/Manual ROS exposure preparation operation. System error O - - Reinstall the IOT firmware. CH6.10
(Normally, this seldom occurs)
ROS ON interruption occurred before
061-315 Clear Feature Delay Error ROS receiving Clear Feature System error O O - Reinstall the CP-Cont firmware. CH6.10
(Normally, this seldom occurs)
An error in the LPHC of the IOT PWB was
061-316 LPHC Error/FPGA Initialization ROS System error O O - Refer to 061-316FIP CH6.10
detected
LPHC Error/Data Acquisition An error in the LPHC of the IOT PWB was
061-317 ROS System error O O - Replace the IOT PWB. (PL8.1) CH6.10
Operation detected
An error in the LPHC of the IOT PWB was
061-318 LPHC Error/Data Transfer Operation ROS System error O O - Replace the IOT PWB. (PL8.1) CH6.10
detected

2.2 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-23
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Sub Error Log
Error Contents Type Action BSD
-Link System DC120 DC122 DC123
An error in the LPHC of the IOT PWB was
061-319 LPHC Error/Data Read ROS System error O O - Refer to 061-319FIP CH6.10
detected
An error in the LPHC of the IOT PWB was
061-320 LPHC Error/Data Comparison ROS System error O O - Refer to 061-320FIP CH6.10
detected
LPH Temperature Sensor An earth fault of the LPH temperature sensor
061-321 ROS System error O O - Refer to 061-321FIP CH6.10
Error/Overheat Detected was detected (Step 150 or lower).
LPH Temperature Sensor Error/Open An open circuit of the LPH temperature sensor
061-322 ROS System error O O - Refer to 061-322FIP CH6.10
Circuit was detected (Step 1000 or higher).
The Roll 1 A3 Sensor was not turned ON
within a specified time during Roll 1 auto
071-100 Feed Jam/Auto Load/Roll 1 A3 RFC Door jam error O - O Refer to 071-100FIP CH7.5
loading (forward rotation after backward
rotation)
The Roll 1 A3 Sensor was not turned OFF
within a specified time during Roll 1 auto
071-101 Feed Jam/Rewind/Roll 1 A3 RFC Door jam error O - O Refer to 071-101FIP CH7.5
loading
(When auto loading/No Paper occurred)
Peeled-off core was detected during Roll 1
071-102 Feed Jam/Core Peeled Off/Roll 1 RFC feed Door jam error O - O Refer to 071-102FIP CH7.5
(Roll 1 A3 Sensor is turned OFF)
The Roll 1 Cut Trigger Sensor was not turned
071-103 Lead Edge Jam/Roll 1 Cut Trigger RFC Door jam error O - O Refer to 071-103FIP CH8.8
ON within a specified time.
The Roll 1 Cut Trigger Sensor was not turned
071-104 Tail Edge Jam/Roll 1 Cut Trigger RFC Door jam error O - O Refer to 071-104FIP CH8.8
OFF within a specified time.
Cutter error was detected during printing
071-105 Jam/Cut Error/Roll 1 RFC Door jam error - - - Refer to 071-105FIP CH8.8
(Jam when 071-311 occurred)
Roll 1 Cutter Cover was detected to be open
Door Open/Roll 1 Cutter/During
071-300 RFC during printing Door jam error O - O Refer to 071-300FIP CH1.14
Printing
(Normally, this seldom occurs)
RFC 1 Drawer was detected to be open during
071-301 Drawer Open/RFC 1/During Printing RFC Door jam error O - O Refer to 071-301FIP CH1.14
printing (This seldom occurs normally)
Motor pulses from the Roll 1 Feeder Motor
071-310 Motor Pulse Error/Roll 1 RFC System error O O - Refer to 071-310FIP CH8.8
cannot be detected.
Cutter was moved but its completion was not
Cutter Error/Roll 1/Move Complete detected.
071-311 RFC System error O O - Refer to 071-311FIP CH8.8
Not Detected (The Roll 1 Cutter Switch RH or Roll 1 Cutter
Switch LH was not ON)

2-24 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Sub Error Log
Error Contents Type Action BSD
-Link System DC120 DC122 DC123
Bounce was detected after the cutter motion
had completed.
071-312 Cutter Error/Roll 1/Bounce Detected RFC (The Roll 1 Cutter Switch RH or Roll 1 Cutter System error O O - Refer to 071-312FIP CH8.8
Switch LH was detected to be turned ON then
OFF)
The cutter is at an abnormal position.
071-313 Cutter Error/Roll 1/Error RFC (Both the Roll 1 Cutter Switch RH and Roll 1 System error O O - Refer to 071-313FIP CH8.8
Cutter Switch LH were either ON or OFF)
The Roll 1 Cut Trigger Sensor or RFC Page
071-900 Remaining Jam/RFC 1 RFC Sync Sensor was detected to be ON when the Door jam error - - - Refer to 071-900FIP CH8.8
Front Door was closed
Out of Paper was detected during feed (during
071-940 Out of Paper/Roll 1 RFC Load error - O - Refer to 071-940FIP CH7.5
printing)
The Roll 1 Cutter Cover was detected to be
071-941 Cutter Cover Error/Roll 1 RFC open when the lead edge was cut as the Roll Load error - - - Refer to 071-941FIP CH1.14
was removed or when paper was loaded
The Roll 2 A3 Sensor was not turned ON
within a specified time during Roll 2 auto
072-100 Feed Jam/Auto Load/Roll 2 A3 RFC Door jam error O - O Refer to 072-100FIP CH7.5
loading (forward rotation after backward
rotation)
The Roll 2 A3 Sensor was not turned OFF
within a specified time during Roll 2 auto
072-101 Feed Jam/Rewind/Roll 2 A3 RFC Door jam error O - O Refer to 072-101FIP CH7.5
loading
(When auto loading/No Paper occurred)
Peeled-off core was detected during Roll 2
072-102 Feed Jam/Core Peeled Off/Roll 2 RFC feed Door jam error O - O Refer to 072-102FIP CH7.5
(Roll 2 A3 Sensor is turned OFF)
The Roll 2 Cut Trigger Sensor was not turned
072-103 Lead Edge Jam/Roll 2 Cut Trigger RFC Door jam error O - O Refer to 072-103FIP CH8.8
ON within a specified time.
The Roll 2 Cut Trigger Sensor was not turned
072-104 Tail Edge Jam/Roll 2 Cut Trigger RFC Door jam error O - O Refer to 072-104FIP CH8.8
OFF within a specified time.
Cutter error was detected during printing
072-105 Jam/Cut Error/Roll 2 RFC Door jam error - - - Refer to 072-105FIP CH8.8
(Jam when 072-311 occurred)
Roll 2 Cutter Cover was detected to be open
Door Open/Roll 2 Cutter/During
072-300 RFC during printing Door jam error O - O Refer to 072-300FIP CH1.14
Printing
(Normally, this seldom occurs)
RFC 2 Drawer was detected to be open during
072-301 Drawer Open/RFC 2/During Printing RFC Door jam error O - O Refer to 072-301FIP CH1.14
printing (This seldom occurs normally)
Motor pulses from the Roll 2 Feeder Motor
072-310 Motor Pulse Error/Roll 2 RFC System error O O - Refer to 072-310FIP CH8.8
cannot be detected.

2.2 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-25
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Sub Error Log
Error Contents Type Action BSD
-Link System DC120 DC122 DC123
Cutter was moved but its completion was not
Cutter Error/Roll 2/Move Complete detected.
072-311 RFC System error O O - Refer to 072-311FIP CH8.8
Not Detected (The Roll 2 Cutter Switch RH or Roll 2 Cutter
Switch LH was not ON)
Bounce was detected after the cutter motion
had completed.
072-312 Cutter Error/Roll 2/Bounce Detected RFC (The Roll 2 Cutter Switch RH or Roll 2 Cutter System error O O - Refer to 072-312FIP CH8.8
Switch LH was detected to be turned ON then
OFF)
The cutter is at an abnormal position.
072-313 Cutter Error/Roll 2/Error RFC (Both the Roll 2 Cutter Switch RH and Roll 2 System error O O - Refer to 072-313FIP CH8.8
Cutter Switch LH were either ON or OFF)
The Roll 2 Cut Trigger Sensor or RFC Vertical
072-900 Remaining Jam/RFC 2 RFC Jam Sensor was detected to be ON when the Door jam error - - - Refer to 072-900FIP CH8.8
Front Door was closed
Out of Paper was detected during feed (during
072-940 Out of Paper/Roll 2 RFC Load error - O - Refer to 072-940FIP CH7.5
printing)
The Roll 2 Cutter Cover was detected to be
072-941 Cutter Cover Error/Roll 2 RFC open when the lead edge was cut as the Roll Load error - - - Refer to 072-941FIP CH1.14
was removed or when paper was loaded
The Manual Feed Stop Sensor did not turn
075-100 Feed Jam/Pre-feed/Bypass/Feed Stop Bypass ON within a specified time after Pre-Feed had Door jam error O - O Refer to 075-100FIP CH8.8
started.
The Manual Page Sync Sensor did not turn
075-101 Lead Edge Jam/Manual Page Sync Bypass Door jam error O - O Refer to 075-101FIP CH8.8
ON within a specified time.
The Manual Page Sync Sensor did not turn
075-102 Tail Edge Jam/Manual Page Sync Bypass Door jam error O - O Refer to 075-102FIP CH8.8
OFF within a specified time.
The Manual Feed Stop Sensor or Manual
075-900 Remaining Jam/Bypass Bypass Page Sync Sensor was detected to be ON Door jam error - - - Refer to 075-900FIP CH8.8
when paper was loaded
Paper was not loaded within a specified time
075-940 Out of Paper/Bypass Bypass after Out of Paper had been detected (during Load error - O - Refer to 075-940FIP CH7.5
printing)
Paper of a different width to the first piece was
075-941 Manual Size Mismatch Bypass Load error - O - Refer to 075-941FIP CH7.5
loaded for the same job during bypass printing
The RFC Vertical Jam Sensor did not turn ON
077-100 Lead Edge Jam/RFC Vertical Jam PH Door jam error O - O Refer to 077-100FIP CH8.8
within a specified time.
The RFC Page Sync Sensor did not turn ON
077-101 Lead Edge Jam/RFC Page Sync PH Door jam error O - O Refer to 077-101FIP CH8.8
within a specified time.

2-26 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Sub Error Log
Error Contents Type Action BSD
-Link System DC120 DC122 DC123
The Exit Jam Sensor did not turn ON within a
077-103 Lead Edge Jam/Exit Jam PH Door jam error O - O Refer to 077-103FIP CH10.8
specified time.
The RFC Vertical Jam Sensor did not turn
077-104 Tail Edge Jam/RFC Vertical Jam PH Door jam error O - O Refer to 077-104FIP CH8.8
OFF within a specified time.
The RFC Page Sync Sensor did not turn OFF
077-105 Tail Edge Jam/RFC Page Sync PH Door jam error O - O Refer to 077-105FIP CH8.8
within a specified time.
The Exit Jam Sensor did not turn OFF within a
077-106 Tail Edge Jam/Exit Jam PH Door jam error O - O Refer to 077-106FIP CH10.8
specified time.
The pulse detection time in the Exit Motion
077-107 Motion Jam PH Door jam error O - O Refer to 077-107FIP CH10.8
Sensor was below the specified time range.
077-300 Door Open/Swing Frame PH Swing Frame was detected to be open. Door jam error - - - Refer to 077-300FIP CH1.14
077-301 Door Open/Fusing Cover PH Fusing Cover was detected to be open. Door jam error - - - Refer to 077-301FIP CH1.14
077-302 Door Open/Front Door PH Front Door was detected to be open. Door jam error - - - Refer to 077-302FIP CH1.14
077-303 Door Open/H-Tra PH H-Tra was detected to be open. Door jam error - - - Refer to 077-303FIP CH10.8
Door Open/Swing Frame/During Swing Frame was detected to be open during
077-304 PH Door jam error O - O Refer to 077-304FIP CH1.14
Printing printing
Door Open/Fusing Cover/During Fusing Cover was detected to be open during
077-305 PH Door jam error O - O Refer to 077-305FIP CH1.14
Printing printing
Front Door was detected to be open during
077-306 Door Open/Front Door/During Printing PH Door jam error O - O Refer to 077-306FIP CH1.14
printing
H-Tra was detected to be open during printing
077-307 Door Open/H-Tra/During Printing PH Door jam error O - O Refer to 077-307FIP CH10.8
(Normally, this seldom occurs)
It was detected that the Main Drive Motor was
077-310 Motor Error/Main PH System error O O - Refer to 077-310FIP CH4.2
out of sync (Lock).
Paper was detected when the machine is
077-900 Remaining Jam PH Door jam error - - - Refer to 077-900FIP CH7.5
stopped.
Remaining Jam was detected in low power
077-901 Remaining Jam/In Low Power Mode PH Door jam error - - - Refer to 077-901FIP CH7.5
mode.
Remaining paper was detected after paper
077-902 Remaining Jam/After Paper Output PH Door jam error - - - Refer to 077-902FIP CH7.5
was output.
091-300 Door Open/Rear Top Cover XERO Rear Top Cover was detected to be open. Door jam error - - - Refer to 091-300FIP CH1.14
Door Open/Rear Top Cover/During Rear Top Cover was detected to be open
091-301 XERO Door jam error O - O Refer to 091-301FIP CH1.14
Printing during printing
Environment Humidity Sensor Open Air Sensor (Hum) error was detected
091-310 XERO System error O O - Refer to 091-310FIP CH9.5
Malfunction 1 (Step 700 or higher).
Environment Humidity Sensor Open Air Sensor (Hum) error was detected
091-311 XERO System error O O - Refer to 091-311FIP CH9.5
Malfunction 2 (Step 10 or lower)
Environment Temperature Sensor Open Air Sensor (Air) error was detected
091-312 XERO System error O O - Refer to 091-312FIP CH9.5
Error/Open Circuit (Step 1000 or higher).

2.2 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-27
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Sub Error Log
Error Contents Type Action BSD
-Link System DC120 DC122 DC123
Environment Temperature Sensor Open Air Sensor (Air) error was detected
091-313 XERO System error O O - Refer to 091-313FIP CH9.5
Error/Earth Fault (Step 100 or lower).
Printed paper longer than the specified length
(*) was output after Toner Low had been
091-910 Toner Empty Error XERO Load error O O - Refer to 091-910FIP CH9.5
detected
* Setting value in IOT DC131 910-429
Printed paper longer than the specified length
(*) was output after Toner Pot Full had been
091-911 Toner Pot Full XERO Load error O O - Refer to 091-911FIP CH9.5
detected
* Setting value in IOT DC131 910-430

2-28 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
<CP-Cont>
Chain Error Log
Error Module Type Remarks BSD
-Link DC120 DC122 DC123
016-320 NVM Initialization Error HWInit System Fail O O - -
016-321 NVM Connection Error HWInit System Fail O O - -
016-350 SW Process Conflict StampCps System Fail O O - -
016-351 SW Process Conflict StampCps System Fail O O - -
016-360 SW Process Conflict WaterMarkFix System Fail O O - -
016-361 SW Process Conflict WaterMarkNum System Fail O O - -
016-362 SW Process Conflict WaterMark System Fail O O - -
016-370 Job Log Full LogService System Fail O O - -
016-375 Login Data Damaged AuthLib System Fail O O - -
(The system received a PIN signal
016-380 Delete All Data Failed COMMON/common_lib System Fail O O - -
from the remote machine.)
016-385 Error Occurred at Controller Fan (Stops) FAN Task System Fail O O - -
016-750 SW Process Conflict StampCpd Warning O O - -
016-751 SW Process Conflict WaterMark Warning O O - -
102-311 SW Process Conflict UI Lib System Fail O O -
102-320 SW Process Conflict Dsp Mgr System Fail O O -
102-610 UI Parameter Corrected UI Mgr Record O O - -
103-310 SW Process Conflict IIT IF System Fail O O - -
103-311 IIT Communication Error IIT IF System Fail O O - HW may be malfunctioning. CH3.9
103-390 IIT FW Download Failed (Boot Type Unknown) Fwdl Mgr System Fail - - - Only Display System Error -
103-391 IIT FW Download Failed (DL Mode Reset NG) Fwdl Mgr System Fail - - - Only Display System Error -
103-392 IIT FW Download Failed (DL Ready NG) Fwdl Mgr System Fail - - - Only Display System Error -
103-393 IIT FW Download Failed (DL Proc NG) Fwdl Mgr System Fail - - - Only Display System Error -
103-394 IIT FW Download Failed (Normal Mode Reset NG) Fwdl Mgr System Fail - - - Only Display System Error -
103-395 IIT FW Download Failed (DL Proc Time Out) Fwdl Mgr System Fail - - - Only Display System Error -
103-710 SW Process Conflict IIT IF Warning O O - -
116-330 SW Process Conflict Copy Mgr System Fail O O - -
116-335 SW Process Conflict HD Long RW System Fail O O - -
116-340 SW Process Conflict Image Lib System Fail O O - -
116-350 SW Process Conflict Job Mgr System Fail O O - -
116-351 SW Process Conflict Job Mgr System Fail O O - -
116-352 SW Process Conflict Job Mgr System Fail O O - -
116-353 SW Process Conflict Job Mgr System Fail O O - -
116-354 SW Process Conflict Job Mgr System Fail O O - -
116-355 SW Process Conflict Job Mgr System Fail O O - -
116-360 SW Process Conflict Net Scan Mgr System Fail O O - -

2.2 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-29
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chain Error Log
Error Module Type Remarks BSD
-Link DC120 DC122 DC123
116-365 SW Process Conflict Print Ctrl System Fail O O - -
116-370 SW Process Conflict Scan Ctrl System Fail O O - -
116-375 SW Process Conflict Sys Mgr System Fail O O - -
116-380 SW Process Conflict Util Lib System Fail O O - -
116-383 SW Process Conflict NetworkEP Mgr System Fail O O - -
116-390 FW Update Failed (Error Detected in Update Setting File) Fwdl Mgr System Fail - - - Only Display System Error -
116-391 FW Update Failed (One Generation Backup Failed) Fwdl Mgr System Fail - - - Only Display System Error -
FW Update Failed (Cont SW Update Failed, Recovery to Original
116-392 Fwdl Mgr System Fail - - - Only Display System Error -
Ver. Successful)
FW Update Failed (IIT SW Update Failed, Recovery to Original Ver.
116-393 Fwdl Mgr System Fail - - - Only Display System Error -
Successful)
FW Update Failed (Cont SW Update Failed, Recovery to Original
116-396 Fwdl Mgr System Fail - - - Only Display System Error -
Ver. Failed)
FW Update Failed (IIT SW Update Failed, Recovery to Original Ver.
116-397 Fwdl Mgr System Fail - - - Only Display System Error -
Failed)
116-740 SW Process Conflict Image Lib Warning O O - -
116-741 SW Process Conflict Image Lib Warning O O - -
116-750 SW Process Conflict Job Mgr Warning O O - -
116-751 SW Process Conflict Job Mgr Warning O O - -
116-752 SW Process Conflict Job Mgr Warning O O - -
116-765 SW Process Conflict Print Ctrl Warning O O - -
116-770 SW Process Conflict Scan Ctrl Warning O O - -
116-780 SW Process Conflict Util Lib Warning O O - -
121-311 EPSV Communication Error EPSV System Fail O O - HW may be malfunctioning. CH3.9
124-310 SW Process Conflict IOT IF System Fail O O - -
124-311 IOT Communication Error IOT IF System Fail O O - HW may be malfunctioning. CH3.9
124-312 IOT Communication Error (Recycle Data Overflow) IOT IF System Fail O O - HW may be malfunctioning. CH3.9
124-320 All Billing Mismatch IOT IF System Fail O O - HW may be malfunctioning. CH3.9
124-321 NVM Billing Value Repair Failed IOT IF System Fail O O - HW may be malfunctioning. CH3.9
124-322 HDD Billing Value Repair Failed IOT IF System Fail O O - HW may be malfunctioning. CH3.9
124-323 IOT Billing Value Repair Failed IOT IF System Fail O O - HW may be malfunctioning. CH3.9
124-324 Billing Value Overflow IOT IF System Fail O O - HW may be malfunctioning. CH3.9
124-325 Serial Number Mismatch IOT IF System Fail O O - HW may be malfunctioning. CH3.9
124-326 Product Number Mismatch IOT IF System Fail O O - HW may be malfunctioning. CH3.9
124-610 NVM Billing Value Corrected IOT IF Record O O - CH3.9
124-611 HDD Billing Value Corrected IOT IF Record O O - CH3.9
124-612 IOT Billing Value Corrected IOT IF Record O O - CH3.9
124-710 SW Process Conflict IOT IF Warning O O - -

2-30 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
2.3.2 Error Code FIP A 005-103 IIT Sensor Static Jam 2B
<IIT> Enter IIT DC330 [005-104].
Reference BSD: CH6.1, CH6.2, CH6.3, CH6.10
Block the 17 INCH SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank
005-102 IIT Sensor Static Jam 2A paper. Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-104] change
Check Items
Reference BSD: CH6.1, CH6.2, CH6.10 from "H" to "L"? • Check the 34 INCH SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5), A0 SIZE
Y N SENSOR (PL3.5), A1 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5), 17 INCH
Check Items Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5), A2 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5), A3
• Check the 34 INCH SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5), A0 SIZE 17 INCH SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5). SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5), A4 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5), IIT
SENSOR (PL3.5), A1 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5), 17 INCH Enter IIT DC330 [005-103]. RIGHT SKEW SENSOR (PL3.5), and IIT REGI SENSOR
SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5), A2 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5), A3 (PL3.5) for improper installation, contamination, and
Block the A2 SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper.
SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5), and A4 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5) foreign substances.
Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-103] change from "H"
for improper installation, contamination, and foreign • Check to see whether there is any remaining document,
substances. to "L"?
paper dust, or foreign substances on the document
Y N
• Check to see whether there is any remaining document, transport path.
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
paper dust, or foreign substances on the document • Check whether the voltage of the customer's power
transport path. A2 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5).
supply and the +5V LVPS (5B) has fallen
Enter IIT DC330 [005-102].
• Check whether the voltage of the customer's power
Block the A3 SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper.
supply and the +5V LVPS (5B) has fallen
Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-102] change from "H" Procedure
to "L"? Enter IIT DC330 [005-107].
Procedure Y N Block the 34 INCH SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank
Enter IIT DC330 [005-107]. Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the paper. Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-107] change
Block the 34 INCH SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank A3 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5). from "H" to "L"?
paper. Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-107] change Enter IIT DC330 [005-101]. Y N
from "H" to "L"? Block the A4 SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper. Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
Y N Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-101] change from "H" 34 INCH SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5).
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the to "L"? Enter IIT DC330 [005-106].
34 INCH SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5). Y N Block the A0 SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper.
Enter IIT DC330 [005-106]. Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-106] change from "H"
Block the A0 SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper. A4 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5). to "L"?
Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-106] change from "H" Replace the IIT PWB (PL3.1). Y N
to "L"? Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
Y N A0 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5).
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Enter IIT DC330 [005-105].
A0 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5). Block the A1 SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper.
Enter IIT DC330 [005-105]. Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-105] change from "H"
Block the A1 SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper. to "L"?
Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-105] change from "H" Y N
to "L"? Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
Y N A1 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5).
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the A
A1 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5).
A

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-31
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
A 005-104 IIT Size Sensor Miss Set Jam 2A A
Enter IIT DC330 [005-104]. Enter IIT DC330 [005-104].
005-105 IIT Size Sensor Miss Set Jam 2B
Block the 17 INCH SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank Block the 17 INCH SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank
paper. Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-104] change Reference BSD: CH6.1, CH6.2, CH6.10 paper.
from "H" to "L"? Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-104] change from "H"
Y N Check Items to "L"?
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the • Check that the UPPER DOCUMENT TRANSPORT Y N
17 INCH SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5). (PL3.3) is installed properly.
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
Enter IIT DC330 [005-103]. • Check the document thickness and status (folding way, 17 INCH SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5).
Block the A2 SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper. etc).
Enter IIT DC330 [005-103].
Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-103] change from "H"
• Check the 34 INCH SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5), A0 SIZE Block the A2 SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper.
to "L"? SENSOR (PL3.5), A1 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5), 17 INCH Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-103] change from "H"
Y N SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5), A2 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5), A3
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5), and A4 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5)
to "L"?
A2 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5). for improper installation, contamination, and foreign Y N
Enter IIT DC330 [005-102]. substances. Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
Block the A3 SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper. A2 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5).
• Check whether an out of spec document is being used.
Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-102] change from "H" Enter IIT DC330 [005-102].
to "L"? Block the A3 SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper.
Y N Procedure Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-102] change from "H"
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Enter IIT DC330 [005-107]. to "L"?
A3 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5). Block the 34 INCH SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank Y N
Enter IIT DC330 [005-101]. paper. Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
Block the A4 SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper. Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-107] change from "H" A3 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5).
Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-101] change from "H" to "L"? Enter IIT DC330 [005-101].
to "L"? Y N Block the A4 SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper.
Y N
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-101] change from "H"
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
34 INCH SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5). to "L"?
A4 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5).
Enter IIT DC330 [005-106].
Enter IIT DC330 [005-111]. Y N
Block the A0 SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper. Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
Block the IIT RIGHT SKEW SENSOR by using a sheet of
blank paper. Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-111] Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-106] change from "H" A4 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5).
change from "H" to "L"? to "L"? Replace the IIT PWB (PL3.1).
Y N Y N
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
IIT RIGHT SKEW SENSOR (PL3.5). A0 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5).
Enter IIT DC330 [005-122]. Enter IIT DC330 [005-105].
Block the IIT REGI SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper. Block the A1 SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper.
Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-122] change from "H" Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-105] change from "H"
to "L"? to "L"?
Y N Y N
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
IIT REGI SENSOR (PL3.5).
A1 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5).
Replace the IIT PWB (PL3.1). A

2-32 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
005-106 IIT Sensor Pull Out Jam 2A 005-120 IIT Feed Right Over Skew 005-121 IIT Feed Left Over Skew
005-107 IIT Sensor Pull Out Jam 2B Reference BSD: CH6.3, CH6.10 Reference BSD: CH6.3, CH6.10
005-108 IIT Sensor Push In Jam 2A
Check Items Check Items
005-109 IIT Sensor Push In Jam 2B • Check that the UPPER DOCUMENT TRANSPORT • Check that the UPPER DOCUMENT TRANSPORT
(PL3.3) is installed properly. (PL3.3) is installed properly.
Reference BSD: CH6.3, CH6.2, CH6.10
• Check the document thickness and status (folding way, • Check the document thickness and status (folding way,
Check Items etc). etc).
• Check that the UPPER DOCUMENT TRANSPORT • Check the IIT RIGHT SKEW SENSOR (PL3.5) for • Check the IIT LEFT SKEW SENSOR (PL3.5) for improper
(PL3.3) is installed properly. improper installation, contamination, and foreign installation, contamination, and foreign substances.
• Check the document thickness and status (folding way, substances. • Check the document transport path for anything that
etc). • Check the document transport path for anything that might obstruct the document.
• Check the IIT REGI SENSOR (PL3.5) and A4 SIZE might obstruct the document. • Check the IIT DOCUMENT TRANSPORT ROLL (PL3.6)
SENSOR (PL3.5) for improper installation, contamination, • Check the IIT DOCUMENT TRANSPORT ROLL (PL3.6) and PINCH ROLL (PL3.3) for contamination, wear, and
and foreign substances. and PINCH ROLL (PL3.3) for contamination, wear, and revolution failure.
• Check the IIT DOCUMENT TRANSPORT ROLL (PL3.6) revolution failure. • Check whether an out of spec document is being used.
and PINCH ROLL (PL3.3) for contamination, wear, and • Check whether an out of spec document is being used.
revolution failure.
Procedure
• Check whether an out of spec document is being used. Procedure Enter IIT DC330 [005-112].
Enter IIT DC330 [005-111]. Block the IIT LEFT SKEW SENSOR by using a sheet of blank
Procedure Block the IIT RIGHT SKEW SENSOR by using a sheet of paper.
Enter IIT DC330 [005-122]. blank paper. Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-112] change from "H"
Block the IIT REGI SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper. Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-111] change from "H" to "L"?
Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-122] change from "H" to "L"? Y N
to "L"? Y N Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
Y N Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the IIT LEFT SKEW SENSOR (PL3.5).
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the IIT RIGHT SKEW SENSOR (PL3.5). Replace the IIT PWB (PL3.1).
IIT REGI SENSOR (PL3.5). Replace the IIT PWB (PL3.1).
Enter IIT DC330 [005-101].
Block the A4 SIZE SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper.
Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-101] change from "H"
to "L"?
Y N
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
A4 SIZE SENSOR (PL3.5).
Replace the IIT PWB (PL3.1).

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-33
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
005-122 IIT Feed Max Length Error A B 005-300 IIT Cover Open (In Operation)
005-132 IIT Regi Sensor Lead Edge Jam Check the following connection for open circuit and poor 005-301 IIT Cover Open (Not in Operation)
contact.
005-133 IIT Regi Sensor Tail Edge Jam - Between the IIT DRIVE MOTOR J703-2,5 and the IIT Reference BSD: CH1.13, CH1.14
Reference BSD: CH6.3, CH6.10, CH1.13 PWB J704-2,5.
- Between the IIT DRIVE MOTOR J703-1,3,4,6 and the Check Items
Note When the SWING FRAME INTERLOCK SWITCH IIT PWB J704-1,3,4,6. • Check the IIT COVER OPEN SENSOR R (PL3.5) for
and the FUSING COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH are improper installation, contamination, and foreign
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in substances.
open, the INTLK ON +24VDC is cut off and thus, the
sequence:
IIT DRIVE MOTOR does not turn ON. • Check that the UPPER DOCUMENT TRANSPORT
Keep the SWING FRAME and the FUSING COVER - IIT DRIVE MOTOR (PL3.6)
(PL3.3) is installed properly.
closed during Diag and during voltage measurement. - IIT PWB (PL3.1)
Replace the IIT PWB (PL3.1).
Procedure
Check Items
• Check the IIT REGI SENSOR (PL3.5) for improper Enter IIT DC330 [005-301].
installation, contamination, and foreign substances. Move the IIT COVER OPEN SENSOR R Actuator manually to
• Check the document transport path for anything that block/clear the light path to the sensor.
might obstruct the document. Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-301] change between
"H" and "L"?
• Rotate the rotor of the IIT DRIVE MOTOR (PL3.6)
manually to check for loading. Y N
Go to the Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and check the
• Check the IIT DOCUMENT TRANSPORT ROLL (PL3.6)
IIT COVER OPEN SENSOR R (PL3.5).
and PINCH ROLL (PL3.3) for contamination, wear, and
revolution failure. Replace the IIT PWB (PL3.1).

• Check the BELT (PL3.6), BEARING (PL3.6), PULLEY


(PL3.6), and etc. for disengagement and damage.
• Check whether an out of spec document is being used.

Procedure
Enter IIT DC330 [005-122].
Block the IIT REGI SENSOR by using a sheet of blank paper.
Does the display of IIT DC330 [005-122] change from "H"
to "L"?
Y N
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
IIT REGI SENSOR (PL3.5).
Enter IIT DC330 [005-001] and turn it ON.
Does the IIT DRIVE MOTOR rotate?
Y N
Is the voltage between the IIT PWB J630-7 (+) and
GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Check the +24VDC circuit to the IIT PWB J630-7
by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
A B

2-34 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
005-900 IIT Sensor Stay Jam A 005-906 IIT Sensor Pull Out Jam 1A 062-371 IIT CIS Lamp Failure
Reference BSD: CH6.1, CH6.2, CH6.10 005-907 IIT Sensor Pull Out Jam 1B Reference BSD: CH6.4, CH6.5, CH6.11, CH1.6
Reference BSD: CH6.3, CH6.2, CH6.10
Procedure Check Items
Go to the 005-102 IIT Sensor Static Jam 2A FIP. • Check the CIS ASSEMBLY (PL3.7) for improper
Procedure installation, contamination, and foreign substances.
Go to the 005-106 IIT Sensor Pull Out Jam 2A FIP.
• Check the PLATEN GLASS (PL3.7) for improper
installation, contamination, and foreign substances.
005-901 IIT Sensor Stay Jam B
Reference BSD: CH6.1, CH6.2, CH6.3, CH6.10 005-908 IIT Sensor Push In Jam 1A Procedure
Enter IIT DC330 [062-002] and turn it ON.
005-909 IIT Sensor Push In Jam 1B
Procedure Does the CIS LED LAMP light up?
Go to the 005-103 IIT Sensor Static Jam 2B FIP. Reference BSD: CH6.3, CH6.2, CH6.10 Y N
Is the voltage between the IIT PWB J630-11, 12 (+)
Procedure and GND (-) +5VDC?
Go to the 005-108 IIT Sensor Push In Jam 2A FIP. Y N
005-902 IIT Sensor Static Jam 1A Check the +5VDC circuit to the IIT PWB
J630-11,12 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Reference BSD: CH6.1, CH6.2, CH6.10
Check the following CIS CABLE (PL3.7) for open circuit
and poor contact.
Procedure
- Between the IIT PWB J740 to CIS_1.
Go to the 005-102 IIT Sensor Static Jam 2A FIP.
- Between the IIT PWB J741 to CIS_2.
- Between the IIT PWB J742 to CIS_3.
- Between the IIT PWB J743 to CIS_4.
- Between the IIT PWB J744 to CIS_5.
005-903 IIT Sensor Static Jam 1B
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in
Reference BSD: CH6.1, CH6.2, CH6.3, CH6.10 sequence:
- CIS ASSEMBLY (PL3.7)
Procedure - IIT PWB (PL3.1)
Go to the 005-103 IIT Sensor Static Jam 2B FIP. Check the following CIS CABLE (PL3.7) for open circuit and
poor contact.
- Between the IIT PWB J740 to CIS_1.
- Between the IIT PWB J741 to CIS_2.
005-904 IIT Size Sensor Miss Set Jam 1A - Between the IIT PWB J742 to CIS_3.
005-905 IIT Size Sensor Miss Set Jam 1B - Between the IIT PWB J743 to CIS_4.
- Between the IIT PWB J744 to CIS_5.
Reference BSD: CH6.1, CH6.2, CH6.10 If no problems are found, replace the IIT PWB (PL3.1).

Procedure
Go to the 005-104 IIT Size Sensor Miss Set Jam 2A FIP.

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-35
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
062-372 Image Sensor Failure 062-374 Image Sensor Communication Fail
Reference BSD: CH6.4, CH6.5, CH6.11, CH1.6 Reference BSD: CH6.4, CH6.5, CH6.11, CH1.6

Procedure Procedure
Go to the 062-371 IIT CIS Lamp Failure FIP. Go to the 062-373 Image Sensor Not Connect FIP.

062-373 Image Sensor Not Connect 062-375 Image Sensor Control Fail
Reference BSD: CH6.4, CH6.5, CH6.11, CH1.6 Reference BSD: CH6.4, CH6.5, CH6.11, CH1.6

Check Items Procedure


• Check the CIS ASSEMBLY (PL3.7) for improper 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
installation, contamination, and foreign substances. 2. If the problem persists, replace the following parts in
• Check the PLATEN GLASS (PL3.7) for improper sequence:
installation, contamination, and foreign substances.
- CIS ASSEMBLY (PL3.7)
- IIT PWB (PL3.1)
Procedure
Is the voltage between the IIT PWB J630-11, 12 (+) and GND
(-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the +5VDC circuit to the IIT PWB J630-11,12 by
referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Check the following CIS CABLE (PL3.7) for open circuit and
poor contact.
- Between the IIT PWB J740 to CIS_1.
- Between the IIT PWB J741 to CIS_2.
- Between the IIT PWB J742 to CIS_3.
- Between the IIT PWB J743 to CIS_4.
- Between the IIT PWB J744 to CIS_5.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in
sequence:
- CIS ASSEMBLY (PL3.7)
- IIT PWB (PL3.1)

2-36 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
<IOT> 010-311 Overheated Thermistor 2 (Software) 010-312 Overheated Thermistor 3 (Software)
010-310 Overheated Thermistor 1 (Software) Reference BSD: CH10.5, CH10.8 Reference BSD: CH10.5, CH10.8
Reference BSD: CH10.5, CH10.8
Check Items Check Items
• Check if fusing setting temperature is too high. • Check if fusing setting temperature is too high.
Check Items
• Check if fusing setting temperature is too high. • Check the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 2 (PL7.3) for • Check the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 3 (PL7.3) for
improper installation, contamination, and foreign improper installation, contamination, and foreign
• Check the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 1 (PL7.3) for substances. substances.
improper installation, contamination, and foreign
substances.
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF the power and allow the FUSING UNIT to cool Turn OFF the power and allow the FUSING UNIT to cool
Procedure
down. down.
Turn OFF the power and allow the FUSING UNIT to cool
Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J447. Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J447.
down.
Is the resistance between J447-17 and J447-18 a few Is the resistance between J447-15 and J447-16 a few
Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J447.
dozen kOhm? dozen kOhm?
Is the resistance between J447-13 and J447-14 a few
(Reference value: approximately 50 k to 90 kOhm) (Reference value: approximately 50 k to 90 kOhm)
dozen kOhm?
Y N Y N
(Reference value: approximately 50 k to 90 kOhm)
Check the connection between the relay connector Check the connection between the relay connector
Y N
P695-5 and the IOT PWB J447-17 for short circuit. P695-7 and the IOT PWB J447-15 for short circuit.
Check the connection between the relay connector
If no problems are found, replace the HEAT ROLL If no problems are found, replace the HEAT ROLL
P695-3 and the IOT PWB J447-13 for short circuit.
THERMISTOR 2 (PL7.3). THERMISTOR 3 (PL7.3).
If no problems are found, replace the HEAT ROLL
Connect the IOT PWB P/J447. Turn the power ON. Connect the IOT PWB P/J447. Turn the power ON.
THERMISTOR 1 (PL7.3).
Go to HEATER Lamp Not Turn Off Failure FIP. Go to HEATER Lamp Not Turn Off Failure FIP.
Connect the IOT PWB P/J447. Turn the power ON.
Go to HEATER Lamp Not Turn Off Failure FIP.

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-37
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
010-313 Overheated Thermostat (Hardware) 010-315 Overheated Thermistor 4 (Hardware) 010-316 Low Temp. Thermistor 1
Reference BSD: CH10.3 (100/120V), CH10.4 (200-240V), Reference BSD: CH10.5, CH10.8 Reference BSD: CH10.3 (100/120V), CH10.4 (200-240V),
CH10.8 CH10.5, CH10.8
Check Items
Note When the SWING FRAME INTERLOCK SWITCH • Check if fusing setting temperature is too high. Note When the SWING FRAME INTERLOCK SWITCH
and the FUSING COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH are • Check the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 4 (PL7.3) for and the FUSING COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH are
open, the INTLK ON +24VDC is cut off and thus, improper installation, contamination, and foreign open, the INTLK ON +24VDC is cut off and thus, the
cheat the INTERLOCK SWITCH during voltage substances. HEATER ROD does not turn ON.
measurement. Cheat the INTERLOCK SWITCH during Diag and
voltage measurement.
Procedure
Check Items
Turn OFF the power and allow the FUSING UNIT to cool
• Check if fusing setting temperature is too high. Check Items
down. • Check the HEAT ROLL (PL7.2) for remaining paper and
• Check the OVER HEAT THERMOSTAT (PL7.3) for Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J447. foreign substances.
improper installation and check that the OVER HEAT
Is the resistance between J447-19 and J447-20 a few
THERMOSTAT and the HEAT ROLL (PL7.2) are too near • Check the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 1 (PL7.3) for
due to deformed part, etc. dozen kOhm? improper installation, contamination, and foreign
(Reference value: approximately 50 k to 90 kOhm) substances.
Y N • Check that IOT DC120 and IOT DC122[010-310 to 315,
Procedure
Check the connection between the relay connector 318 to 321] (HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR or OVER HEAT
Is the voltage between the OVER HEAT THERMOSTAT
P695-9 and the IOT PWB J447-19 for short circuit. THERMOSTAT Open Circuit and Overheat Error) have
FS95 (+) and GND (-) +24DVC? not occurred.
If no problems are found, replace the HEAT ROLL
Y N
THERMISTOR 4 (PL7.3).
Check the +24VDC circuit to the OVER HEAT
Connect the IOT PWB P/J447. Turn the power ON. Procedure
THERMOSTAT FS95 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Go to HEATER Lamp Not Turn Off Failure FIP. Check the following Diags:
Check the connection between the OVER HEAT
THERMOSTAT FS96 and the IOT PWB J446-13 for open - Enter IOT DC330 [010-001] and turn it ON.
circuit and poor contact. - Enter IOT DC330 [010-002] and turn it ON. (200-240V
If no problems are found, replace the OVER HEAT only)
THERMOSTAT (PL7.3). - Enter IOT DC330 [010-003] and turn it ON.
After replacing the OVER HEAT THERMOSTAT, go to - Enter IOT DC330 [010-004] and turn it ON.
HEATER Lamp Not Turn Off Failure FIP. Is each HEATER ROD turned ON normally?
Y N
Go to HEATER Lamp Not Turn On Failure FIP.
A
010-314 Overheated Thermistor 2 (Hardware)
Reference BSD: CH10.5, CH10.8

Procedure
Go to 010-311 Overheated Thermistor 2 (Software) FIP.

2-38 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
A 010-317 Low Temp. Thermistor 3 A
Turn OFF the power and allow the FUSING UNIT to cool Turn OFF the power and allow the FUSING UNIT to cool
Reference BSD: CH10.3 (100/120V), CH10.4 (200-240V),
down. down.
CH10.5, CH10.8
Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J447. Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J447.
Is the resistance between J447-13 and J447-14 a few Note When the SWING FRAME INTERLOCK SWITCH Is the resistance between J447-15 and J447-16 a few
dozen kOhm? and the FUSING COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH are dozen kOhm?
(Reference value: approximately 50 k to 90 kOhm) open, the INTLK ON +24VDC is cut off and thus, the (Reference value: approximately 50 k to 90 kOhm)
Y N HEATER ROD does not turn ON. Y N
Check the following connection for open circuit and poor Cheat the INTERLOCK SWITCH during Diag and Check the following connection for open circuit and poor
voltage measurement.
contact. contact.
- Between the relay connector P695-3 and the IOT - Between the relay connector P695-7 and the IOT
PWB J447-13. Check Items PWB J447-15.
- Between the relay connector P695-4 and the IOT • Check the HEAT ROLL (PL7.2) for remaining paper and - Between the relay connector P695-8 and the IOT
PWB J447-14. foreign substances. PWB J447-16.
If no problems are found, replace the HEAT ROLL • Check the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 3 (PL7.3) for If no problems are found, replace the HEAT ROLL
THERMISTOR 1 (PL7.3). improper installation, contamination, and foreign THERMISTOR 3 (PL7.3).
Connect the IOT PWB P/J447. substances. Connect the IOT PWB P/J447.
Turn the power ON. • Check that IOT DC120 and IOT DC122[010-310 to 315, Turn the power ON.
Does the voltage between the IOT PWB J447-13 (+) and 318 to 321] (HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR or OVER HEAT Does the voltage between the IOT PWB J447-15 (+) and
GND (-) fall gradually? THERMOSTAT Open Circuit and Overheat Error) have GND (-) fall gradually?
not occurred.
(Reference value: Approximately +2 to +3VDC when the (Reference value: Approximately +2 to +3VDC when the
FUSING UNIT is cooled down -> Approximately +0.1 to FUSING UNIT is cooled down -> Approximately +0.1 to
+0.2VDC during Ready) Procedure +0.2VDC during Ready)
Y N Check the following Diags: Y N
Replace the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 1 (PL7.3). - Enter IOT DC330 [010-001] and turn it ON. Replace the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 3 (PL7.3).
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). - Enter IOT DC330 [010-002] and turn it ON. (200-240V Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
only)
- Enter IOT DC330 [010-003] and turn it ON.
- Enter IOT DC330 [010-004] and turn it ON.
Is each HEATER ROD turned ON normally?
Y N
Go to HEATER Lamp Not Turn On Failure FIP.
A

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-39
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
010-318 Thermistor Open (Thermistor 1) 010-319 Thermistor Open (Thermistor 2) 010-320 Thermistor Open (Thermistor 3)
Reference BSD: CH10.5, CH10.8 Reference BSD: CH10.5, CH10.8 Reference BSD: CH10.5, CH10.8

Check Items Check Items Check Items


• Check the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 1 (PL7.3) for • Check the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 2 (PL7.3) for • Check the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 3 (PL7.3) for
improper installation. improper installation. improper installation.

Procedure Procedure Procedure


Turn OFF the power and allow the FUSING UNIT to cool Turn OFF the power and allow the FUSING UNIT to cool Turn OFF the power and allow the FUSING UNIT to cool
down. down. down.
Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J447. Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J447. Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J447.
Is the resistance between J447-13 and J447-14 a few Is the resistance between J447-17 and J447-18 a few Is the resistance between J447-15 and J447-16 a few
dozen kOhm? dozen kOhm? dozen kOhm?
(Reference value: approximately 50 k to 90 kOhm) (Reference value: approximately 50 k to 90 kOhm) (Reference value: approximately 50 k to 90 kOhm)
Y N Y N Y N
Check the following connection for open circuit and poor Check the following connection for open circuit and poor Check the following connection for open circuit and poor
contact. contact. contact.
- Between the relay connector P695-3 and the IOT - Between the relay connector P695-5 and the IOT - Between the relay connector P695-7 and the IOT
PWB J447-13. PWB J447-17. PWB J447-15.
- Between the relay connector P695-4 and the IOT - Between the relay connector P695-6 and the IOT - Between the relay connector P695-8 and the IOT
PWB J447-14. PWB J447-18. PWB J447-16.
If no problems are found, replace the HEAT ROLL If no problems are found, replace the HEAT ROLL If no problems are found, replace the HEAT ROLL
THERMISTOR 1 (PL7.3). THERMISTOR 2 (PL7.3). THERMISTOR 3 (PL7.3).
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).

2-40 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
010-321 Thermistor Open (Thermistor 4) 010-322 Warm Up Time-out (Thermistor 1) A
Turn OFF the power and allow the FUSING UNIT to cool
Reference BSD: CH10.5, CH10.8 Reference BSD: CH10.3 (100/120V), CH10.4 (200-240V),
down.
CH10.5, CH10.8
Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J447.
Check Items
• Check the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 4 (PL7.3) for Note When the SWING FRAME INTERLOCK SWITCH Is the resistance between J447-13 and J447-14 a few
improper installation. and the FUSING COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH are dozen kOhm?
open, the INTLK ON +24VDC is cut off and thus, the (Reference value: approximately 50 k to 90 kOhm)
HEATER ROD does not turn ON. Y N
Procedure Cheat the INTERLOCK SWITCH during Diag and Check the following connection for open circuit and poor
Turn OFF the power and allow the FUSING UNIT to cool voltage measurement.
contact.
down.
Check Items - Between the relay connector P695-3 and the IOT
Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J447.
• Check the HEAT ROLL (PL7.2) for remaining paper and PWB J447-13.
Is the resistance between J447-19 and J447-20 a few foreign substances. - Between the relay connector P695-4 and the IOT
dozen kOhm?
• Check the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 1 (PL7.3) for PWB J447-14.
(Reference value: approximately 50 k to 90 kOhm) improper installation, contamination, and foreign If no problems are found, replace the HEAT ROLL
Y N substances. THERMISTOR 1 (PL7.3).
Check the following connection for open circuit and poor
• Check that IOT DC120 and IOT DC122[010-310 to 315, Connect the IOT PWB P/J447.
contact. 318 to 321] (HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR or OVER HEAT Turn the power ON.
- Between the relay connector P695-9 and the IOT THERMOSTAT Open Circuit and Overheat Error) have Does the voltage between the IOT PWB J447-13 (+) and
PWB J447-19. not occurred.
GND (-) fall gradually?
- Between the relay connector P695-10 and the IOT • Check if Ready temperature is set too high. (Reference value: Approximately +2 to +3VDC when the
PWB J447-20.
FUSING UNIT is cooled down -> Approximately +0.1 to
If no problems are found, replace the HEAT ROLL
Procedure +0.2VDC during Ready)
THERMISTOR 4 (PL7.3).
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Check the following Diags: Y N
- Enter IOT DC330 [010-001] and turn it ON. Replace the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 1 (PL7.3).
- Enter IOT DC330 [010-002] and turn it ON. (200-240V Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
only)
- Enter IOT DC330 [010-003] and turn it ON.
- Enter IOT DC330 [010-004] and turn it ON.
Is each HEATER ROD turned ON normally?
Y N
Go to HEATER Lamp Not Turn On Failure FIP.
A

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-41
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
010-323 Warm Up Time-out (Thermistor 3) A 010-324 Fusing Drive Motor Error
Turn OFF the power and allow the FUSING UNIT to cool
Reference BSD: CH10.3 (100/120V), CH10.4 (200-240V), Reference BSD: CH10.2, CH10.8, CH1.7
down.
CH10.5, CH10.8
Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J447. Note When the SWING FRAME INTERLOCK SWITCH
Note When the SWING FRAME INTERLOCK SWITCH Is the resistance between J447-15 and J447-16 a few and the FUSING COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH are
and the FUSING COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH are dozen kOhm? open, the INTLK ON +24VDC is cut off and thus, the
open, the INTLK ON +24VDC is cut off and thus, the (Reference value: approximately 50 k to 90 kOhm) FUSING DRIVE MOTOR does not turn ON.
HEATER ROD does not turn ON. Y N Cheat the INTERLOCK SWITCH during Diag and
Cheat the INTERLOCK SWITCH during Diag and voltage measurement.
Check the following connection for open circuit and poor
voltage measurement.
contact.
- Between the relay connector P695-7 and the IOT Check Items
Check Items PWB J447-15. • With the FUSING UNIT in nipped state, rotate the Roller
• Check the HEAT ROLL (PL7.2) for remaining paper and - Between the relay connector P695-8 and the IOT manually to check for loading.
foreign substances. PWB J447-16.
• Check the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 3 (PL7.3) for If no problems are found, replace the HEAT ROLL Procedure
improper installation, contamination, and foreign THERMISTOR 3 (PL7.3).
substances. Enter IOT DC330 [010-011 to 013] and rotate the FUSING
Connect the IOT PWB P/J447. DRIVE MOTOR by combining output signals (Bit0, Bit1, and
• Check that IOT DC120 and IOT DC122[010-310 to 315, Turn the power ON. Bit2).
318 to 321] (HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR or OVER HEAT Does the voltage between the IOT PWB J447-15 (+) and
THERMOSTAT Open Circuit and Overheat Error) have (Refer to Chapter 7 BSD CH10.2.)
GND (-) fall gradually?
not occurred. Is the FUSING DRIVE MOTOR rotating?
(Reference value: Approximately +2 to +3VDC when the Y N
• Check if Ready temperature is set too high. FUSING UNIT is cooled down -> Approximately +0.1 to Is the voltage between the FUSING DRIVE MOTOR
+0.2VDC during Ready) J397-1 (+) and J397-3 (-) +24VCD?
Procedure Y N Y N
Check the following Diags: Replace the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 3 (PL7.3). Check the +24VDC circuit to the FUSING DRIVE
- Enter IOT DC330 [010-001] and turn it ON. Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). MOTOR J397-1 and the 24V RTN circuit to J397-3
- Enter IOT DC330 [010-002] and turn it ON. (200-240V by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
only) Is the voltage between the RFC MOTOR PWB J560-2
- Enter IOT DC330 [010-003] and turn it ON. (+) and GND (-) +5VDC?
- Enter IOT DC330 [010-004] and turn it ON. Y N
Is each HEATER ROD turned ON normally? Check the +5VDC circuit to the RFC MOTOR PWB
Y N J560-2 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Go to HEATER Lamp Not Turn On Failure FIP. Enter IOT DC330 [010-011 to 013] and change output
A signals (Bit0, Bit1, and Bit2) to "L".
Is each voltage between the RFC MOTOR PWB
J561-4,5,6 (+) and GND (-) 0VDC at "L"?
Y N

A B C

2-42 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
A B C 010-325 RH Exhaust Fan Error 010-326 LH Exhaust Fan Error
Enter IOT DC330 [010-011 to 013] and change
Reference BSD: CH10.7, CH10.8 Reference BSD: CH10.7, CH10.8
output signals (Bit0, Bit1, and Bit2) to "L".
Is each voltage between the IOT PWB
Check Items Check Items
J445-9,10,11 (+) and GND (-) +5VDC at "L"? • Rotate the R/H EXHAUST FAN (PL7.1) manually to • Rotate the L/H EXHAUST FAN (PL7.1) manually to check
Y N check for loading. for loading.
Check the connection between the RFC
MOTOR PWB J561-4,5,6 and the IOT PWB
Procedure Procedure
J445-9,10,11 for open circuit and poor
Enter IOT DC330 [010-008] and turn it ON. Enter IOT DC330 [010-006] and turn it ON.
contact.
Is the R/H EXHAUST FAN revolving? Is the L/H EXHAUST FAN revolving?
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Y N Y N
Is the voltage between the FUSING DRIVE MOTOR
Is the voltage between the relay connector J396-4 (+) Is the voltage between the relay connector J395-4 (+)
J397-5 and GND (-) 0VDC at MOTOR ON?
and the GND (-) +24VDC? and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Y N Y N
Is the voltage between the RFC MOTOR PWB
Check the +24VDC circuit to the relay connector Check the +24VDC circuit to the relay connector
J562-4 (+) and GND (-) +5VDC at MOTOR ON?
J396-4 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet. J395-4 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Y N
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J446-4 (+) and Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J446-3 (+) and
Check the connection between the FUSING
GND (-) +19VDC at FAN ON? GND (-) +19VDC at FAN ON?
DRIVE MOTOR J397-5 and the RFC MOTOR
Y N Y N
PWB J562-4 for open circuit and poor contact.
Is the voltage between the relay connector Is the voltage between the relay connector
Replace the RFC MOTOR PWB (PL8.5).
J396-1 (+) and GND (-) +19VDC at FAN ON? J395-1 (+) and GND (-) +19VDC at FAN ON?
Is the Clock frequency of the FUSING DRIVE MOTOR
Y N Y N
J397-7 normal? (Refer to Chapter 7 BSD CH10.2.)
Replace the R/H EXHAUST FAN (PL7.1). Replace the L/H EXHAUST FAN (PL7.1).
Y N
Check the connection between the IOT PWB Check the connection between the IOT PWB
Check the connection between the FUSING DRIVE
J446-4 and the relay connector J396-1 for open J446-3 and the relay connector J395-1 for open
MOTOR J397-7 and the RFC MOTOR PWB
circuit and poor contact. circuit and poor contact.
J562-5 for open circuit and poor contact.
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
If no problems are found, replace the RFC MOTOR
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J442-22 (+) and GND Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J442-21 (+) and GND
PWB (PL8.5). If the problem persists, replace the
(-) 0VDC when the FAN is rotating? (-) 0VDC when the FAN is rotating?
FUSING DRIVE MOTOR (PL7.1).
Y N Y N
Replace the FUSING DRIVE MOTOR (PL7.1).
Check the connection between the relay connector Check the connection between the relay connector
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J442-23 (+) and GND
J396-2 and the IOT PWB J442-22 for open circuit and J395-2 and the IOT PWB J442-21 for open circuit and
(-) 0VDC when the MOTOR is rotating?
poor contact. poor contact.
Y N
If no problems are found, replace the R/H EXHAUST If no problems are found, replace the L/H EXHAUST
Check the connection between the FUSING DRIVE
FAN (PL7.1). FAN (PL7.1).
MOTOR J397-6 and the IOT PWB J442-23 for open
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
circuit and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the FUSING DRIVE
MOTOR (PL7.1).
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-43
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
010-327 Temp. Incline Error (Thermistor 1) 010-330 Temp. Gap Error (Thermistor 2) A
Turn OFF the power and allow the FUSING UNIT to cool
Reference BSD: CH10.3 (100/120V), CH10.4 (200-240V), Reference BSD: CH10.3 (100/120V), CH10.4 (200-240V),
down.
CH10.5, CH10.8 CH10.5, CH10.8
Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J447.
Note When the SWING FRAME INTERLOCK SWITCH Is the resistance between J447-17 and J447-18 a few
Procedure
Go to 010-316 Low Temp. Thermistor 1 FIP. and the FUSING COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH are dozen kOhm?
open, the INTLK ON +24VDC is cut off and thus, the (Reference value: approximately 50 k to 90 kOhm)
HEATER ROD does not turn ON. Y N
Cheat the INTERLOCK SWITCH during Diag and Check the following connection for open circuit and poor
voltage measurement.
010-328 Temp. Incline Error (Thermistor 3) contact.
- Between the relay connector P695-5 and the IOT
Reference BSD: CH10.3 (100/120V), CH10.4 (200-240V), Check Items PWB J447-17.
CH10.5, CH10.8 • Check the HEAT ROLL (PL7.2) for remaining paper and - Between the relay connector P695-6 and the IOT
foreign substances. PWB J447-18.
Procedure • Check the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 2 (PL7.3) for If no problems are found, replace the HEAT ROLL
Go to 010-317 Low Temp. Thermistor 3 FIP. improper installation, contamination, and foreign THERMISTOR 2 (PL7.3).
substances. Connect the IOT PWB P/J447.
• Check that IOT DC120 and IOT DC122[010-310 to 315, Turn the power ON.
318 to 321] (HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR or OVER HEAT Does the voltage between the IOT PWB J447-17 (+) and
010-329 Temp. Gap Error (Thermistor 1) THERMOSTAT Open Circuit and Overheat Error) have GND (-) fall gradually?
not occurred.
Reference BSD: CH10.3 (100/120V), CH10.4 (200-240V), (Reference value: Approximately +2 to +3VDC when the
CH10.5, CH10.8 FUSING UNIT is cooled down -> Approximately +0.1 to
Procedure +0.2VDC during Ready)
Procedure Check the following Diags: Y N
Go to 010-316 Low Temp. Thermistor 1 FIP. - Enter IOT DC330 [010-001] and turn it ON. Replace the HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR 2 (PL7.3).
- Enter IOT DC330 [010-002] and turn it ON. (200-240V Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
only)
- Enter IOT DC330 [010-003] and turn it ON.
- Enter IOT DC330 [010-004] and turn it ON.
Is each HEATER ROD turned ON normally?
Y N
Go to HEATER Lamp Not Turn On Failure FIP.
A

2-44 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
010-331 Temp. Minimum Error (Thermistor 1) 010-970 Re-WarmUp Error 042-312 USB Disconnected Error
Reference BSD: CH10.3 (100/120V), CH10.4 (200-240V), Reference BSD: CH10.5, CH10.8 Reference BSD: CH3.1, CH3.9
CH10.5, CH10.8
Note Due to the machine performance, this error occurs Procedure
Procedure after continuous printing. When the machine has a Check the IOT USB CABLE (PL8.3) between the CP
Go to 010-316 Low Temp. Thermistor 1 FIP. failure or this error occurs frequently, perform the CONTROL PWB J414 (LOWER) and the IOT PWB J451 for
following procedures.
open circuit and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in
Procedure sequence:
010-332 Temp. Minimum Error (Thermistor 3) Check IOT DC120 and IOT DC122 to see whether the - IOT PWB (PL8.1)
following Warm Up Time-out and Low Temp. Thermistor - CP CONTROL PWB (PL8.6)
Reference BSD: CH10.3 (100/120V), CH10.4 (200-240V),
errors have occurred.
CH10.5, CH10.8
- 010-316 Low Temp. Thermistor 1
- 010-317 Low Temp. Thermistor 3
Procedure
- 010-322 Warm Up Time-out (Thermistor 1)
Go to 010-317 Low Temp. Thermistor 3 FIP.
- 010-323 Warm Up Time-out (Thermistor 3)
Have the Warm Up Time-out and Low Temp. Thermistor
errors occurred?
Y N
Check if Warm Up transition temperature is set too high.
Go to the appropriate FIP.

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-45
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
046-310 LVPS 24B Monitor Error 046-311 LVPS 24C Monitor Error 046-312 LVPS 5B Monitor Error
Reference BSD: CH1.10, CH1.14 Reference BSD: CH1.13, CH1.14 Reference BSD: CH1.6, CH1.7, CH1.14

Check Items Note When the SWING FRAME INTERLOCK SWITCH


Procedure
• Check whether IOT DC120 and IOT DC122[046-312] and the FUSING COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH are
(LVPS 5B Monitor Error) have occurred. Turn the power ON.
open, the INTLK ON +24VDC is cut off and thus,
keep the SWING FRAME and the FUSING COVER Does the voltage between the +5V LVPS (5B) J16B-1 and
Procedure closed during voltage measurement. J16B-3 satisfy the power supply AC listed in the spec?
Turn the power ON. Y N
Does the voltage between the +24V LVPS (24B) J2-1 and Check Items Check the AC circuits to the +5V LVPS (5B) J16B-1 and
J2-3 satisfy the power supply AC listed in the spec? • Check whether IOT DC120 and IOT DC122[046-310] J16B-3 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Y N (LVPS 24B Monitor Error) have occurred. Is the voltage between the +5V LVPS (5B) J511B-4 (+) and
Check the AC circuits to the +24V LVPS (24B) J2-1 and GND (-) +5VDC?
J2-3 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Procedure Y N
Is the voltage between the +24V LVPS (24B) J502-1 (+)
Turn the power ON. Are both sides of the FUSE F1 on the +5V LVPS (5B)
and GND (-) +24VDC?
Is +24VDC measured between the HVPS J542-2 (+) and conducting?
Y N
GND (-)?
Is the voltage between the +24V LVPS (24B) J505-1 Y N
Y N
(+) and GND (-) +5VDC?
Check the +24VDC circuit to the HVPS J542-2 by Replace the +5V LVPS (5B) (PL8.2).
Y N Check the +5VDC circuit from the +5V LVPS (5B) for
referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Check the +5VDC circuit to the +24V LVPS (24B)
Is +24VDC measured between the HVPS J543-13 (+) and short circuit by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
J505-1 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Are both sides of the FUSE F2 on the +24V LVPS
GND (-)? If no problems are found, replace the +5V LVPS (5B)
(24B) conducting?
Y N (PL8.2).
Check the +24VDC circuit to the HVPS J543-13 by Is the voltage between the AC RELAY PWB J544-10 (+)
Y N
referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Replace the +24V LVPS (24B) (PL8.2). and GND (-) +5VDC?
Is the RELAY K4 on the HVPS turned ON?
Check the +24VDC circuit from the +24V LVPS (24B) for Y N
Y N
short circuit by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet. Check the connection between the AC RELAY PWB
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J446-1 (+) and
If no problems are found, replace the +24V LVPS (24B)
GND (-) +24VDC? J544-10 and the +5V LVPS (5B) J511B-4 for open circuit
(PL8.2).
Is +24VDC measured between the HVPS J542-1 (+) and
Y N and poor contact.
Is +24VDC measured between the HVPS Is the voltage between the AC RELAY PWB J544-2 (+) and
GND (-)?
J543-14 (+) and GND (-)?
Y N GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the connection between the HVPS J542-1 and Y N
Replace the HVPS (PL8.2).
the +24V LVPS (24B) J502-1 for open circuit and poor Replace the AC RELAY PWB (PL8.1).
Check the connection between the IOT PWB
contact.
J446-1 and the HVPS J543-14 for open circuit and Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J442-1 (+) and GND
Is +24VDC measured between the HVPS J543-4 (+) and
poor contact. (-) +5VDC?
GND (-)?
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Y N
Y N
Is +24VDC measured between the HVPS J543-10 (+) and
Replace the HVPS (PL8.2). Check the connection between the IOT PWB J442-1 and
GND (-)?
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J440-5 (+) and GND
Y N the AC RELAY PWB J544-2 for open circuit and poor
(-) +24VDC? contact.
Replace the HVPS (PL8.2).
Y N
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J442-28 (+) and GND Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Check the connection between the IOT PWB J440-5 and
(-) +24VDC?
the HVPS J543-4 for open circuit and poor contact.
Y N
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Check the connection between the IOT PWB J442-28
and the HVPS J543-10 for open circuit and poor contact.
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).

2-46 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
061-310 LVPS 5C Monitor Error 061-319 LPH Error (Data Reading)
061-316 LPH Error (FPGA Initializing)
Reference BSD: CH1.8, CH1.9, CH1.14 061-320 LPH Error (Data Comparison)
Reference BSD: CH1.5, CH6.7, CH6.8, CH6.9, CH6.10
Reference BSD: CH6.7, CH6.8, CH6.9, CH6.10
Procedure
Turn the power ON. Procedure
Does the voltage between the +5V LVPS (5C) J16C-1 and Check Items
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J440-1 (+) and GND • Check the LPH ASSEMBLY (PL4.1) for improper
J16C-3 satisfy the power supply AC listed in the spec? (-) +3.5VDC? installation, contamination, and foreign substances.
Y N Y N
Check the AC circuits to the +5V LVPS (5C) J16C-1 and
Is the voltage between the +3.5V LVPS J510-6 (+)
J16C-3 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet. Procedure
and GND (-) +3.5VDC?
Is the voltage between the +5V LVPS (5C) J511C-2 (+) and Check the following connection for open circuit and poor
Y N
GND (-) +5VDC? contact.
Y N Does the voltage between the +3.5V LVPS J15-1
- Between LPH 1 J1 and the LPH I/F PWB J493.
Is the voltage between the +5V LVPS (5C) J511C-1 and J15-3 satisfy the power supply AC listed in
- Between LPH 1 J15 and the LPH I/F PWB J494.
(+) and GND (-) 0VDC? the spec?
- Between LPH 1 J594 and the LPH I/F PWB J492.
(Reference value: 0VDC when enabled -> Y N
- Between LPH 2 J1 and the LPH I/F PWB J495.
Approximately +1.67VDC when disabled) Check the AC circuits to the +3.5V LVPS
- Between LPH 2 J15 and the LPH I/F PWB J496.
Y N J15-1 and J15-3 by referring to Chapter 7
- Between LPH 2 J595 and the LPH I/F PWB J492.
Check the following connection for open circuit and Wirenet.
poor contact. - Between LPH 3 J1 and the LPH I/F PWB J497.
Are both sides of the FUSE F1 on the +3.5V
- Between the +5V LVPS (5C) J511C-1 and the - Between LPH 3 J15 and the LPH I/F PWB J498.
LVPS conducting?
LPH I/F PWB J490-4. - Between LPH 3 J596 and the LPH I/F PWB J492.
Y N
- Between the LPH I/F PWB J491-B12 and the - Between the LPH I/F PWB J491 and the IOT PWB J450.
Replace the +3.5V LVPS (PL8.2).
IOT PWB J450-B12. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in
Check the +3.5VDC circuit from the +3.5V LVPS
If no problems are found, replace the LPH I/F PWB sequence:
for short circuit by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
(PL4.1). If the problem persists, replace the IOT - LPH ASSEMBLY (PL4.1)
If no problems are found, replace the +3.5V LVPS
PWB (PL8.1). - LPH I/F PWB (PL4.1)
(PL8.2).
Are both sides of the FUSE F1 on the +5V LVPS (5C) - IOT PWB (PL8.1)
conducting? Check the connection between the IOT PWB J440-1 and
Y N the +3.5V LVPS J510-6 for open circuit and poor
Replace the +5V LVPS (5C) (PL8.4). contact.
Check the +5VDC circuit from the +5V LVPS (5C) for Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
short circuit by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
If no problems are found, replace the +5V LVPS (5C)
(PL8.4).
Is the voltage between the LPH I/F PWB J490-1 (+) and
GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the connection between the LPH I/F PWB J490-1
and the +5V LVPS (5C) J511C-2 for open circuit and
poor contact.
Check the connection between the LPH I/F PWB J491-A13
and the IOT PWB J450-A13 for open circuit and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the LPH I/F PWB (PL4.1). If
the problem persists, replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-47
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
061-321 Thermistor Error (LPH Overheat) 061-322 Thermistor Error (LPH Disconnected/ 071-100 Roll 1 A3 Sensor ON Jam (Auto-load)
Reference BSD: CH6.7, CH6.10
Open Wire) 071-101 Roll 1 A3 Sensor ON Jam (Rewind)
Reference BSD: CH6.7, CH6.10 071-102 Roll 1 Feed Jam (Core Peeled Off)
Check Items
• Since the machine internal temperature rises due to Procedure Reference BSD: CH7.1, CH8.1, CH7.5
abnormal heating of the FUSING UNIT, check whether Check the LPH I/F CABLE (PL8.1) between the LPH I/F
IOT DC120、IOT DC122[010-310~315] (HEAT ROLL PWB J491 and the IOT PWB J450 for open circuit and poor Check Items
THERMISTOR and OVER HEAT THERMOSTAT • Check the ROLL 1 A3 SENSOR (PL10.6) for improper
contact.
Overheat Error) have occurred. installation, contamination, and foreign substances.
If no problems are found, replace the LPH I/F PWB (PL4.1).
• Check the paper transport path for anything that might
Procedure obstruct the paper.
Turn OFF the power switch and unplug the power plug. • Rotate the rotor of the ROLL 1 FEED MOTOR (PL10.4)
Wait until the LPH ASSEMBLY (LPH 1) is cooled down, and manually to check for loading.
then turn ON the power. • Check the ROLL PAPER TUBE (PL10.1) for
Did this error occur again immediately after Power ON? disengagement and revolution failure.
Y N • Check whether an out of spec paper is being used.
When this error occurs during operation, check IOT
DC952[Temp(LPH)] for the LPH Temperature Sensor
Procedure
monitor value.
Enter IOT DC330 [071-101].
Is the monitor value of [Temp (LPH)] is "600" or
Block the ROLL 1 A3 SENSOR by using a sheet of blank
higher?
paper.
Y N
Does the display of IOT DC330 [071-101] change from "H"
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
to "L"?
Replace the LPH ASSEMBLY (LPH 1) (PL4.1).
Y N
Check the connection between the IOT PWB J450-A15 and
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
the LPH I/F PWB J491-A15 for short circuit.
ROLL 1 A3 SENSOR (PL10.6).
If no problems are found, replace the LPH I/F PWB (PL4.1).
Enter IOT DC330 [071-001 to 003] and rotate the ROLL 1
FEED MOTOR forward and backward by combining output
signals (Bit0, Bit1, and Bit2). (Refer to Chapter 7 BSD CH8.1.)
Is the ROLL 1 FEED MOTOR rotating forward and
backward?
Y N
Go to 071-310 Roll 1 Feed Motor Fail FIP.
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).

2-48 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
071-103 Roll 1 Cut Trigger Sensor ON Jam 071-104 Roll 1 Cut Trigger OFF Jam 071-105 Roll 1 Mis-cut Jam
Reference BSD: CH8.2, CH8.1, CH8.8 Reference BSD: CH8.2, CH4.1, CH8.5, CH8.8 Reference BSD: CH8.2, CH1.12, CH8.8

Check Items Check Items Procedure


• Check the ROLL 1 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR (PL10.4) for • Check the ROLL 1 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR (PL10.4) for Go to 071-311 Roll 1 Cutter Fail (Move Not Complete) FIP.
improper installation, contamination, and foreign improper installation, contamination, and foreign
substances. substances.
• Check the paper transport path for anything that might • Check the paper transport path for anything that might
obstruct the paper. obstruct the paper. 071-300 Roll 1 Cutter Cover Open (During
• Rotate the rotor of the ROLL 1 FEED MOTOR (PL10.4) • Check the RFC 1 TAKE AWAY ROLL (PL10.1) for Printing)
manually to check for loading. contamination, wear, and revolution failure.
Reference BSD: CH1.12, CH1.14
• Check the ROLL PAPER TUBE (PL10.1) for • Check the GEAR (PL1.1/PL 10.1), BELT (PL1.1/PL 10.1),
disengagement and revolution failure. and etc. for disengagement and damage.
Procedure
• Check whether an out of spec paper is being used. • Check whether an out of spec paper is being used. Go to 071-941 Roll 1 Cutter Cover Open FIP.

Procedure Procedure
Enter IOT DC330 [071-105]. Enter IOT DC330 [071-105].
Block the ROLL 1 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR by using a sheet Block the ROLL 1 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR by using a sheet
of blank paper. of blank paper.
Does the display of IOT DC330 [071-105] change from "H" Does the display of IOT DC330 [071-105] change from "H"
to "L"? to "L"?
Y N Y N
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
ROLL 1 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR (PL10.4). ROLL 1 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR (PL10.4).
Enter IOT DC330 [071-001 to 003] and rotate the ROLL 1 Enter IOT DC330 [091-001] and turn it ON.
FEED MOTOR forward and backward by combining output Is the MAIN MOTOR rotating?
signals (Bit0, Bit1, and Bit2). (Refer to Chapter 7 BSD CH8.1.) Y N
Is the ROLL 1 FEED MOTOR rotating forward and Go to 077-310 Main Motor Fail FIP.
backward? While keeping IOT DC330 [091-001] turned ON, enter IOT
Y N DC330 [071-006] and turn it ON.
Go to 071-310 Roll 1 Feed Motor Fail FIP. Is the RFC 1 TAKE AWAY ROLL rotating?
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Y N
Go to the Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized FIP and check
the RFC TAKEAWAY CLUTCH (PL1.1).
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-49
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
071-301 RFC 1 Drawer Open (During Printing) 071-310 Roll 1 Feed Motor Fail A B
Check the connection between the RFC MOTOR PWB
Reference BSD: CH1.12, CH1.14 Reference BSD: CH8.1, CH1.7, CH8.8
J564-1,2,5,6 and the ROLL 1 FEED MOTOR
P361-1,2,5,6 for open circuit and poor contact.
Check Items Check Items
• Check the RFC 1 DRAWER OPEN SWITCH (PL10.1) for • Rotate the rotor of the ROLL 1 FEED MOTOR (PL10.4) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in
improper installation, contamination, and foreign manually to check for loading. sequence:
substances. - ROLL 1 FEED MOTOR (PL10.4)
- RFC MOTOR PWB (PL8.5)
Procedure
Check the connection between the RFC MOTOR PWB
Procedure Enter IOT DC330 [071-001 to 003] and rotate the ROLL 1
Enter IOT DC330 [071-301]. J562-1 and the IOT PWB J443-9 for open circuit and poor
FEED MOTOR by combining output signals (Bit0, Bit1, and
Turn OFF then ON the RFC 1 DRAWER OPEN SWITCH contact.
Bit2).
using a screw driver, etc. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in
(Refer to Chapter 7 BSD CH8.1.)
Does the display of IOT DC330 [071-301] change between sequence:
Is the ROLL 1 FEED MOTOR rotating?
"H" and "L"? - RFC MOTOR PWB (PL8.5)
Y N
Y N - IOT PWB (PL8.1)
Is the voltage between the ROLL 1 FEED MOTOR
Go to Switch (Normal Open) Fail FIP and check the RFC P361-3.4 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
1 DRAWER OPEN SWITCH (PL10.1). Y N
Check the RFC 1 for closing status and foreign substances, Check the +24VDC circuit to the ROLL 1 FEED
as well as the LEFT INNER COVER (PL10.1) for deformation MOTOR P361-3,4 by referring to Chapter 7
and improper installation. Wirenet.
If no problems are found, replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Is the voltage between the RFC MOTOR PWB J560-2
(+) and GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the +5VDC circuit to the RFC MOTOR PWB
J560-2 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Enter IOT DC330 [071-001 to 003] and change output
signals (Bit0, Bit1, and Bit2) to "L".
Is each voltage between the RFC MOTOR PWB
J561-1,2,3 (+) and GND (-) 0VDC at "L"?
Y N
Enter IOT DC330 [071-001 to 003] and change
output signals (Bit0, Bit1, and Bit2) to "L".
Is each voltage between the IOT PWB
J443-16,17,18 (+) and GND (-) +5VDC at "L"?
Y N
Check the connection between the RFC
MOTOR PWB J561-1,2,3 and the IOT PWB
J443-16,17,18 for open circuit and poor
contact.
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
A B

2-50 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
071-311 Roll 1 Cutter Fail (Move Not Complete) A 071-313 Roll 1 Cutter Fail (Cutter at Abnormal
071-312 Roll 1 Cutter Fail (Bounce) Move the Cutter Lever and move the Cutter Blade at the Position)
position where the ROLL 1 CUTTER L/H SWITCH or ROLL 1
Reference BSD: CH8.2, CH8.8
Reference BSD: CH8.2, CH1.12, CH8.8 CUTTER R/H SWITCH is turned ON.
Close the CUTTER COVER.
WARNING Check Items
Enter IOT DC330 [071-004] (Move From L/H To R/H) or IOT • Check the Cutter Switch for deformation and improper
When the ROLL 1 CUTTER INTERLOCK SWITCH is
DC330 [071-005] (Move From R/H To L/H) and turn it ON. installation.
turned ON, the ROLL 1 CUTTER MOTOR may operate
suddenly. Do not touch the CUTTER. Or you may get Does the ROLL 1 CUTTER MOTOR operate? • Check to see whether there is any foreign substances
injury. Y N near the Cutter Switch.
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J443-22 (+) and
GND (-) +24VDC?
Check Items Procedure
• Check the cut section, gear, and pulley for foreign Y N
Enter IOT DC330 [071-200].
substances and remaining paper, etc. Go to 071-941 Roll 1 Cutter Cover Open FIP.
Move the Cutter Lever and turn the ROLL 1 CUTTER L/H
Check the following connection for open circuit and poor
• Check the Cutter Blade for disengagement, SWITCH OFF then ON.
contamination, and damage. contact.
Does the display of IOT DC330 [071-200] change between
- Between the ROLL 1 CUTTER MOTOR P362-1 and
• Check whether an out of spec paper is being used. "H" and "L"?
the IOT PWB J443-19.
Y N
- Between the ROLL 1 CUTTER MOTOR P362-2 and
Go to Switch (Normal Open) Fail FIP and check the
Procedure the IOT PWB J443-21.
Enter IOT DC330 [071-200]. ROLL 1 CUTTER L/H SWITCH (PL10.3).
If no problem is found, replace the CUTTER (PL10.3).
Move the Cutter Lever and turn the ROLL 1 CUTTER L/H Enter IOT DC330 [071-201].
If the problem persists, replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
SWITCH OFF then ON. Move the Cutter Lever and turn the ROLL 1 CUTTER R/H
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Does the display of IOT DC330 [071-200] change between SWITCH OFF then ON.
"H" and "L"? Does the display of IOT DC330 [071-201] change between
Y N "H" and "L"?
Go to Switch (Normal Open) Fail FIP and check the Y N
ROLL 1 CUTTER L/H SWITCH (PL10.3). Go to Switch (Normal Open) Fail FIP and check the
Enter IOT DC330 [071-201]. ROLL 1 CUTTER R/H SWITCH (PL10.3).
Move the Cutter Lever and turn the ROLL 1 CUTTER R/H Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
SWITCH OFF then ON.
Does the display of IOT DC330 [071-201] change between
"H" and "L"?
Y N
Go to Switch (Normal Open) Fail FIP and check the
ROLL 1 CUTTER R/H SWITCH (PL10.3).
A

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-51
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
071-900 Static Jam (RFC 1) 071-940 Roll 1 No Paper 071-941 Roll 1 Cutter Cover Open
Reference BSD: CH8.2, CH8.7, CH8.8 Reference BSD: CH7.1, CH8.1, CH7.5 Reference BSD: CH1.12, CH1.14

Check Items Note It is no problem if this error is recorded in IOT DC122. WARNING
• Check the ROLL 1 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR (PL10.4) This error occurs when out of paper is detected When the ROLL 1 CUTTER INTERLOCK SWITCH is
and RFC PAGE SYNC SENSOR (PL2.4) for improper during printing. If this error occurs though enough turned ON, the ROLL 1 CUTTER MOTOR may operate
installation, contamination, and foreign substances. paper is loaded, check the following and perform the suddenly. Do not touch the CUTTER. Or you may get
subsequent procedures. injury.
• Check to see whether there is any remaining paper,
paper dust, or foreign substances on the paper transport
path. Check Items Check Items
• Check whether the voltage of the customer's power • Check the ROLL 1 NO PAPER SENSOR (PL10.5) for • Check the ROLL 1 CUTTER INTERLOCK SWITCH
supply and the +5V LVPS (5B) has fallen improper installation, contamination, and foreign (PL10.4) for improper installation, contamination, and
substances. foreign substances.
• Check the WHEEL of ROLL 1 NO PAPER SENSOR • Check the CUTTER COVER (PL10.3) for closing status,
Procedure
(PL10.5) for damage, contamination, and revolution foreign substances, deformation, and improper
Enter IOT DC330 [071-105]. failure. installation.
Block the ROLL 1 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR by using a sheet
• Check the paper transport path for anything that might
of blank paper.
obstruct the paper. Procedure
Does the display of IOT DC330 [071-105] change from "H"
• Check whether an out of spec paper is being used. Close the CUTTER COVER.
to "L"?
Y N Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J443-22 (+) and GND
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Procedure (-) +24VDC?
ROLL 1 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR (PL10.4). Remove the WHEEL of ROLL 1 NO PAPER SENSOR and Y N
Enter IOT DC330 [077-100]. remove the block from the sensor light path. Is the voltage between the ROLL 1 CUTTER
Block the RFC PAGE SYNC SENSOR by using a sheet of Use a sheet of blank paper to block/clear the light path to the INTERLOCK SWITCH J261-2 (+) and the GND (-)
blank paper. sensor. +24VDC?
Does the display of IOT DC330 [077-100] change from "H" Does the voltage between the IOT PWB J443-10 (+) and Y N
GND (-) change between +5VDC (when the light is Is the voltage between the ROLL 1 CUTTER
to "L"?
blocked) and 0VDC (when it is clear)? INTERLOCK SWITCH J261-1 (+) and the GND (-)
Y N
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Y N +24VDC?
Go to the Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and check the Y N
RFC PAGE SYNC SENSOR (PL2.4).
ROLL 1 NO PAPER SENSOR (PL10.5). Check the +24VDC circuit to the ROLL 1
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Install the WHEEL of ROLL 1 NO PAPER SENSOR. CUTTER INTERLOCK SWITCH J261-1 by
Enter IOT DC330 [071-001 to 003] and rotate the ROLL 1 referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
FEED MOTOR forward by combining output signals (Bit0, Bit1, Replace the ROLL 1 CUTTER INTERLOCK
and Bit2). SWITCH (PL10.4).
(Refer to Chapter 7 BSD CH8.1.) Check the connection between the IOT PWB J443-22
Is the WHEEL of ROLL 1 NO PAPER SENSOR rotating? and the ROLL 1 CUTTER INTERLOCK SWITCH J261-2
Y N for open circuit and poor contact.
Go to 071-310 Roll 1 Feed Motor Fail FIP. If no problems are found, replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).

2-52 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
072-100 Roll 2 A3 Sensor ON Jam (Auto-load) 072-103 Roll 2 Cut Trigger Sensor ON Jam 072-104 Roll 2 Cut Trigger OFF Jam
072-101 Roll 2 A3 Sensor ON Jam (Rewind) Reference BSD: CH8.4, CH8.3, CH8.8 Reference BSD: CH8.4, CH4.1, CH8.5, CH8.8
072-102 Roll 2 Feed Jam (Core Peeled Off)
Check Items Check Items
Reference BSD: CH7.2, CH8.3, CH7.5 • Check the ROLL 2 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR (PL10.4) for • Check the ROLL 2 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR (PL10.4) for
improper installation, contamination, and foreign improper installation, contamination, and foreign
Check Items substances. substances.
• Check the ROLL 2 A3 SENSOR (PL10.6) for improper • Check the paper transport path for anything that might • Check the paper transport path for anything that might
installation, contamination, and foreign substances. obstruct the paper. obstruct the paper.
• Check the paper transport path for anything that might • Rotate the rotor of the ROLL 2 FEED MOTOR (PL10.4) • Check the RFC 2 TAKE AWAY ROLL (PL10.1) for
obstruct the paper. manually to check for loading. contamination, wear, and revolution failure.
• Rotate the rotor of the ROLL 2 FEED MOTOR (PL10.4) • Check the ROLL PAPER TUBE (PL10.1) for • Check the GEAR (PL1.1/PL 10.1), BELT (PL1.1/PL 10.1),
manually to check for loading. disengagement and revolution failure. and etc. for disengagement and damage.
• Check the ROLL PAPER TUBE (PL10.1) for • Check whether an out of spec paper is being used. • Check whether an out of spec paper is being used.
disengagement and revolution failure.
• Check whether an out of spec paper is being used.
Procedure Procedure
Enter IOT DC330 [072-105]. Enter IOT DC330 [072-105].
Procedure Block the ROLL 2 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR by using a sheet Block the ROLL 2 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR by using a sheet
Enter IOT DC330 [072-101]. of blank paper. of blank paper.
Block the ROLL 2 A3 SENSOR by using a sheet of blank Does the display of IOT DC330 [072-105] change from "H" Does the display of IOT DC330 [072-105] change from "H"
paper. to "L"? to "L"?
Does the display of IOT DC330 [072-101] change from "H" Y N Y N
to "L"? Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
Y N ROLL 2 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR (PL10.4). ROLL 2 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR (PL10.4).
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Enter IOT DC330 [072-001 to 003] and rotate the ROLL 2 Enter IOT DC330 [091-001] and turn it ON.
ROLL 2 A3 SENSOR (PL10.6). FEED MOTOR forward and backward by combining output Is the MAIN MOTOR rotating?
Enter IOT DC330 [072-001 to 003] and rotate the ROLL 2 signals (Bit0, Bit1, and Bit2). (Refer to Chapter 7 BSD CH8.3.) Y N
FEED MOTOR forward and backward by combining output Is the ROLL 2 FEED MOTOR rotating forward and Go to 077-310 Main Motor Fail FIP.
signals (Bit0, Bit1, and Bit2). (Refer to Chapter 7 BSD CH8.3.) backward? While keeping IOT DC330 [091-001] turned ON, enter IOT
Is the ROLL 2 FEED MOTOR rotating forward and Y N DC330 [071-006] and turn it ON.
backward? Go to 072-310 Roll 2 Feed Motor Fail FIP. Is the RFC 2 TAKE AWAY ROLL rotating?
Y N Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Y N
Go to 072-310 Roll 2 Feed Motor Fail FIP. Go to the Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized FIP and check
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). the RFC TAKEAWAY CLUTCH (PL1.1).
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-53
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
072-105 Roll 2 Mis-cut Jam 072-301 RFC 2 Drawer Open (During Printing) 072-310 Roll 2 Feed Motor Fail
Reference BSD: CH8.4, CH1.12, CH8.8 Reference BSD: CH1.12, CH1.14 Reference BSD: CH8.3, CH1.7, CH8.8

Procedure Check Items Check Items


Go to 072-311 Roll 2 Cutter Fail (Move Not Complete) FIP. • Check the RFC 2 DRAWER OPEN SWITCH (PL10.1) for • Rotate the rotor of the ROLL 2 FEED MOTOR (PL10.4)
improper installation, contamination, and foreign manually to check for loading.
substances.

Procedure
072-300 Roll 2 Cutter Cover Open (During Procedure Enter IOT DC330 [072-001 to 003] and rotate the ROLL 2
Printing) Enter IOT DC330 [072-301]. FEED MOTOR by combining output signals (Bit0, Bit1, and
Turn OFF then ON the RFC 2 DRAWER OPEN SWITCH Bit2).
Reference BSD: CH1.12, CH1.14
using a screw driver, etc. (Refer to Chapter 7 BSD CH8.3.)
Does the display of IOT DC330 [072-301] change between Is the ROLL 2 FEED MOTOR rotating?
Procedure
"H" and "L"? Y N
Go to 072-941 Roll 2 Cutter Cover Open FIP.
Y N Is the voltage between the ROLL 2 FEED MOTOR
Go to Switch (Normal Open) Fail FIP and check the RFC P361-3.4 (+) and GND (-) +24VDC?
2 DRAWER OPEN SWITCH (PL10.1). Y N
Check the RFC 2 for closing status and foreign substances, Check the +24VDC circuit to the ROLL 2 FEED
as well as the LEFT INNER COVER (PL10.1) for deformation MOTOR P361-3,4 by referring to Chapter 7
and improper installation. Wirenet.
If no problems are found, replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Is the voltage between the RFC MOTOR PWB J560-2
(+) and GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the +5VDC circuit to the RFC MOTOR PWB
J560-2 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Enter IOT DC330 [072-001 to 003] and change output
signals (Bit0, Bit1, and Bit2) to "L".
Is each voltage between the RFC MOTOR PWB
J563-1,2,3 (+) and GND (-) 0VDC at "L"?
Y N
Enter IOT DC330 [072-001 to 003] and change
output signals (Bit0, Bit1, and Bit2) to "L".
Is each voltage between the IOT PWB
J444-14,15,16 (+) and GND (-) +5VDC at "L"?
Y N
Check the connection between the RFC
MOTOR PWB J563-1,2,3 and the IOT PWB
J444-14,15,16 for open circuit and poor
contact.
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
A B

2-54 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
A B 072-311 Roll 2 Cutter Fail (Move Not Complete) A
Check the connection between the RFC MOTOR PWB 072-312 Roll 2 Cutter Fail (Bounce) Move the Cutter Lever and move the Cutter Blade at the
J565-1,2,5,6 and the ROLL 2 FEED MOTOR position where the ROLL 2 CUTTER L/H SWITCH or ROLL 2
P361-1,2,5,6 for open circuit and poor contact. Reference BSD: CH8.4, CH1.12, CH8.8 CUTTER R/H SWITCH is turned ON.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in Close the CUTTER COVER.
sequence: WARNING Enter IOT DC330 [072-004] (Move From L/H To R/H) or IOT
When the ROLL 2 CUTTER INTERLOCK SWITCH is
- ROLL 2 FEED MOTOR (PL10.4) DC330 [072-005] (Move From R/H To L/H) and turn it ON.
turned ON, the ROLL 2 CUTTER MOTOR may operate
- RFC MOTOR PWB (PL8.5) suddenly. Do not touch the cutter. Or you may get injury. Does the ROLL 2 CUTTER MOTOR operate?
Check the connection between the RFC MOTOR PWB Y N
J563-4 and the IOT PWB J444-9 for open circuit and poor Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J444-20 (+) and
contact. Check Items GND (-) +24VDC?
• Check the cut section, gear, and pulley for foreign
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in substances and remaining paper, etc. Y N
sequence: Go to 072-941 Roll 2 Cutter Cover Open FIP.
• Check the Cutter Blade for disengagement,
- RFC MOTOR PWB (PL8.5) Check the following connection for open circuit and poor
contamination, and damage.
- IOT PWB (PL8.1) contact.
• Check whether an out of spec paper is being used. - Between the ROLL 2 CUTTER MOTOR P362-1 and
the IOT PWB J444-17.
Procedure - Between the ROLL 2 CUTTER MOTOR P362-2 and
Enter IOT DC330 [072-200]. the IOT PWB J444-19.
Move the Cutter Lever and turn the ROLL 2 CUTTER L/H If no problem is found, replace the CUTTER (PL10.2). If
SWITCH OFF then ON. the problem persists, replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Does the display of IOT DC330 [072-200] change between Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
"H" and "L"?
Y N
Go to Switch (Normal Open) Fail FIP and check the
ROLL 2 CUTTER L/H SWITCH (PL10.2).
Enter IOT DC330 [072-201].
Move the Cutter Lever and turn the ROLL 2 CUTTER R/H
SWITCH OFF then ON.
Does the display of IOT DC330 [072-201] change between
"H" and "L"?
Y N
Go to Switch (Normal Open) Fail FIP and check the
ROLL 2 CUTTER R/H SWITCH (PL10.2).
A

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-55
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
072-313 Roll 2 Cutter Fail (Cutter at Abnormal 072-900 Static Jam (RFC 2) 072-940 Roll 2 No Paper
Position) Reference BSD: CH8.4, CH8.5, CH8.8 Reference BSD: CH7.2, CH8.3, CH7.5
Reference BSD: CH8.4, CH8.8
Check Items Note It is no problem if this error is recorded in IOT DC122.
Check Items • Check the ROLL 2 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR (PL10.4) This error occurs when out of paper is detected
• Check the Cutter Switch for deformation and improper and RFC VERTICAL JAM SENSOR (PL10.3) for during printing. If this error occurs though enough
installation. improper installation, contamination, and foreign paper is loaded, check the following and perform the
substances. subsequent procedures.
• Check to see whether there is any foreign substances
near the Cutter Switch. • Check to see whether there is any remaining paper,
paper dust, or foreign substances on the paper transport Check Items
path. • Check the ROLL 2 NO PAPER SENSOR (PL10.5) for
Procedure improper installation, contamination, and foreign
• Check whether the voltage of the customer's power
Enter IOT DC330 [072-200]. supply and the +5V LVPS (5B) has fallen substances.
Move the Cutter Lever and turn the ROLL 2 CUTTER L/H • Check the WHEEL of ROLL 2 NO PAPER SENSOR
SWITCH OFF then ON. (PL10.5) for damage, contamination, and revolution
Procedure
Does the display of IOT DC330 [072-200] change between failure.
"H" and "L"? Enter IOT DC330 [072-105].
Block the ROLL 2 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR by using a sheet • Check the paper transport path for anything that might
Y N obstruct the paper.
Go to Switch (Normal Open) Fail FIP and check the of blank paper.
Does the display of IOT DC330 [072-105] change from "H" • Check whether an out of spec paper is being used.
ROLL 2 CUTTER L/H SWITCH (PL10.2).
Enter IOT DC330 [072-201]. to "L"?
Move the Cutter Lever and turn the ROLL 2 CUTTER R/H Y N Procedure
SWITCH OFF then ON. Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Remove the WHEEL of ROLL 2 NO PAPER SENSOR and
Does the display of IOT DC330 [072-201] change between ROLL 2 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR (PL10.4). remove the block from the sensor light path.
"H" and "L"? Enter IOT DC330 [071-106]. Use a sheet of blank paper to block/clear the light path to the
Y N Block the RFC VERTICAL JAM SENSOR by using a sheet of sensor.
Go to Switch (Normal Open) Fail FIP and check the blank paper. Does the voltage between the IOT PWB J444-10 (+) and
ROLL 2 CUTTER R/H SWITCH (PL10.2). Does the display of IOT DC330 [071-106] change from "H" GND (-) change between +5VDC (when the light is
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). to "L"? blocked) and 0VDC (when it is clear)?
Y N Y N
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Go to the Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and check the
RFC VERTICAL JAM SENSOR (PL10.3). ROLL 2 NO PAPER SENSOR (PL10.5).
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Install the WHEEL of ROLL 2 NO PAPER SENSOR.
Enter IOT DC330 [072-001 to 003] and rotate the ROLL 2
FEED MOTOR forward by combining output signals (Bit0, Bit1,
and Bit2).
(Refer to Chapter 7 BSD CH8.3.)
Is the WHEEL of ROLL 2 NO PAPER SENSOR rotating?
Y N
Go to 072-310 Roll 2 Feed Motor Fail FIP.
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).

2-56 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
072-941 Roll 2 Cutter Cover Open 075-100 Manual Feed Stop Sensor ON Jam
Reference BSD: CH1.12, CH1.14 Reference BSD: CH8.6, CH7.3, CH4.1, CH8.8 075-101 Manual Page Sync Sensor ON Jam
Reference BSD: CH8.7, CH4.1, CH8.6, CH8.8
WARNING Check Items
When the ROLL 2 CUTTER INTERLOCK SWITCH is • Check the MANUAL FEED STOP SENSOR (PL2.3) and Check Items
turned ON, the ROLL 2 CUTTER MOTOR may operate MANUAL NO PAPER SENSOR (PL2.3) for improper • Check the MANUAL PAGE SYNC SENSOR (PL2.4) for
suddenly. Do not touch the cutter. Or you may get injury. installation, contamination, and foreign substances. improper installation, contamination, and foreign
• Check the paper transport path for anything that might substances.
Check Items obstruct the paper. • Check the paper transport path for anything that might
• Check the ROLL 2 CUTTER INTERLOCK SWITCH obstruct the paper.
• Check the MANUAL FEED ROLL (PL2.1) for
(PL10.4) for improper installation, contamination, and • Check the MANUAL FEED ROLL (PL2.1) for
foreign substances. contamination, wear, and revolution failure.
contamination, wear, and revolution failure.
• Check the CUTTER COVER (PL10.2) for closing status, • Check the GEAR (PL1.1), BELT (PL1.1), and etc. for
disengagement and damage. • Check the GEAR (PL1.1), BELT (PL1.1), and etc. for
foreign substances, deformation, and improper disengagement and damage.
installation. • Check whether an out of spec paper is being used.
• Check whether an out of spec paper is being used.

Procedure Procedure
Close the CUTTER COVER. Enter IOT DC330 [075-105]. Procedure
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J444-20 (+) and GND Block the MANUAL FEED STOP SENSOR by using a sheet Enter IOT DC330 [075-106].
(-) +24VDC? of blank paper. Block the MANUAL PAGE SYNC SENSOR by using a sheet
Y N Does the display of IOT DC330 [075-105] change from "H" of blank paper.
Is the voltage between the ROLL 2 CUTTER to "L"? Does the display of IOT DC330 [075-106] change from "H"
INTERLOCK SWITCH J261-2 (+) and the GND (-) Y N to "L"?
+24VDC? Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Y N
Y N MANUAL FEED STOP SENSOR (PL2.3). Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
Enter IOT DC330 [075-100]. MANUAL PAGE SYNC SENSOR (PL2.4).
Is the voltage between the ROLL 2 CUTTER
Block the MANUAL NO PAPER SENSOR by using a sheet of Enter IOT DC330 [091-001] and turn it ON.
INTERLOCK SWITCH J261-1 (+) and the GND (-)
blank paper. Is the MAIN MOTOR rotating?
+24VDC?
Does the display of IOT DC330 [075-100] change from "H" Y N
Y N to "L"?
Check the +24VDC circuit to the ROLL 2 Go to 077-310 Main Motor Fail FIP.
Y N
CUTTER INTERLOCK SWITCH J261-1 by While keeping IOT DC330 [091-001] turned ON, enter IOT
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet. DC330 [075-001] and turn it ON.
MANUAL NO PAPER SENSOR (PL2.3).
Replace the ROLL 2 CUTTER INTERLOCK Is the MANUAL FEED ROLL rotating?
Enter IOT DC330 [091-001] and turn it ON.
SWITCH (PL10.4). Is the MAIN MOTOR rotating? Y N
Check the connection between the IOT PWB J444-20 Y N Go to the Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized FIP and check
and the ROLL 2 CUTTER INTERLOCK SWITCH J261-2 Go to 077-310 Main Motor Fail FIP. the MANUAL FEED CLUTCH (PL1.1).
for open circuit and poor contact. While keeping IOT DC330 [091-001] turned ON, enter IOT Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
If no problems are found, replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). DC330 [075-001] and turn it ON.
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Is the MANUAL FEED ROLL rotating?
Y N
Go to the Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized FIP and check
the MANUAL FEED CLUTCH (PL1.1).
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-57
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
075-102 Manual Page Sync Sensor OFF Jam 075-900 Static Jam (MSI) 075-940 MSI No Paper
Reference BSD: CH8.7, CH4.1, CH8.8 Reference BSD: CH8.6, CH8.7, CH8.8 Reference BSD: CH7.3, CH7.5

Check Items Check Items Note It is no problem if this error is recorded in IOT DC122.
• Check the MANUAL PAGE SYNC SENSOR (PL2.4) for • Check the MANUAL FEED STOP SENSOR (PL2.3) and This error occurs when out of paper is detected
improper installation, contamination, and foreign MANUAL PAGE SYNC SENSOR (PL2.4) for improper during bypass printing. If this error occurs even when
substances. installation, contamination, and foreign substances. paper is loaded within 20 s after the MANUAL FEED
STOP SENSOR is turned OFF, check the following
• Check the paper transport path for anything that might • Check to see whether there is any remaining paper,
and perform the subsequent procedures.
obstruct the paper. paper dust, or foreign substances on the paper transport
path.
• Check the REGI ROLL (PL2.1) for contamination, wear,
and revolution failure. • Check whether the voltage of the customer's power Check Items
supply and the +5V LVPS (5B) has fallen • Check the MANUAL NO PAPER SENSOR (PL2.3) for
• Check the GEAR (PL1.1), BELT (PL1.1), and etc. for improper installation, contamination, and foreign
disengagement and damage. substances.
• Check whether an out of spec paper is being used. Procedure
• Check whether an out of spec paper is being used.
Enter IOT DC330 [075-105].
Block the MANUAL FEED STOP SENSOR by using a sheet
Procedure
of blank paper. Procedure
Enter IOT DC330 [075-106]. Enter IOT DC330 [075-100].
Does the display of IOT DC330 [075-105] change from "H"
Block the MANUAL PAGE SYNC SENSOR by using a sheet Block the MANUAL NO PAPER SENSOR by using a sheet of
to "L"?
of blank paper. blank paper.
Y N
Does the display of IOT DC330 [075-106] change from "H" Does the display of IOT DC330 [075-100] change from "H"
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
to "L"?
MANUAL FEED STOP SENSOR (PL2.3). to "L"?
Y N
Enter IOT DC330 [075-106]. Y N
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
Block the MANUAL PAGE SYNC SENSOR by using a sheet
MANUAL PAGE SYNC SENSOR (PL2.4). MANUAL NO PAPER SENSOR (PL2.3).
of blank paper.
Enter IOT DC330 [091-001] and turn it ON. Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Does the display of IOT DC330 [075-106] change from "H"
Is the REGI ROLL rotating?
to "L"?
Y N
Y N
Go to 077-310 Main Motor Fail FIP.
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
MANUAL PAGE SYNC SENSOR (PL2.4).
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).

2-58 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
075-941 MSI Size Mismatch A 077-100 RFC Vertical Jam Sensor ON Jam
Enter IOT DC330 [075-101].
Reference BSD: CH7.3, CH7.5 Block the MANUAL A3 SENSOR by using a sheet of blank Reference BSD: CH8.5, CH4.1, CH8.8
paper.
Note It is no problem if this error is recorded in IOT DC122. Does the display of IOT DC330 [075-101] change from "H" Check Items
This error occurs when paper with width narrower to "L"? • Check the RFC VERTICAL JAM SENSOR (PL10.3) for
than the image width is loaded during bypass printing. Y N improper installation, contamination, and foreign
When the machine has a failure or this error occurs Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the substances.
frequently, perform the following procedures. MANUAL A3 SENSOR (PL2.3).
• Check the paper transport path for anything that might
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
obstruct the paper.
Check Items
• Check the MANUAL 30" SENSOR (PL2.3), MANUAL A1 • Check the RFC 2 TAKE AWAY ROLL (PL10.1) for
SENSOR (PL2.3), MANUAL A2 SENSOR (PL2.3), and contamination, wear, and revolution failure.
MANUAL A3 SENSOR (PL2.3) for improper installation, • Check the GEAR (PL1.1/PL 10.1), BELT (PL1.1/PL 10.1),
contamination, and foreign substances. and etc. for disengagement and damage.
• Check whether an out of spec paper is being used. • Check whether an out of spec paper is being used.

Procedure
Enter IOT DC330 [075-104]. Procedure
Block the MANUAL 30" SENSOR by using a sheet of blank Enter IOT DC330 [071-106].
paper. Block the RFC VERTICAL JAM SENSOR by using a sheet of
Does the display of IOT DC330 [075-104] change from "H" blank paper.
to "L"? Does the display of IOT DC330 [071-106] change from "H"
Y N to "L"?
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
Y N
MANUAL 30" SENSOR (PL2.3).
Enter IOT DC330 [075-103]. Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
Block the MANUAL A1 SENSOR by using a sheet of blank RFC VERTICAL JAM SENSOR (PL10.3).
paper. Enter IOT DC330 [091-001] and turn it ON.
Does the display of IOT DC330 [075-103] change from "H" Is the MAIN MOTOR rotating?
to "L"? Y N
Y N
Go to 077-310 Main Motor Fail FIP.
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
MANUAL A1 SENSOR (PL2.3). While keeping IOT DC330 [091-001] turned ON, enter IOT
Enter IOT DC330 [075-102]. DC330 [071-006] and turn it ON.
Block the MANUAL A2 SENSOR by using a sheet of blank Is the RFC 2 TAKE AWAY ROLL rotating?
paper. Y N
Does the display of IOT DC330 [075-102] change from "H" Go to the Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized FIP and check
to "L"?
the RFC TAKEAWAY CLUTCH (PL1.1).
Y N
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
MANUAL A2 SENSOR (PL2.3).
A

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-59
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
077-101 RFC Page Sync Sensor ON Jam 077-103 Exit Jam Switch ON Jam 077-104 RFC Vertical Jam Sensor OFF Jam
Reference BSD: CH8.7, CH4.1, CH8.5, CH8.8 Reference BSD: CH10.6, CH10.2, CH10.8 Reference BSD: CH8.5, CH4.1, CH8.8

Check Items Check Items Check Items


• Check the RFC PAGE SYNC SENSOR (PL2.4) for • Check the EXIT JAM SWITCH (PL7.4) for improper • Check the RFC VERTICAL JAM SENSOR (PL10.3) for
improper installation, contamination, and foreign installation, bent Actuator, and foreign substances. improper installation, contamination, and foreign
substances. substances.
• Check the paper transport path for anything that might
• Check the paper transport path for anything that might obstruct the paper. • Check the paper transport path for anything that might
obstruct the paper. obstruct the paper.
• Check the PRESSURE ROLL (PL7.2) and HEAT ROLL
• Check the RFC 1 TAKE AWAY ROLL (PL10.1) for (PL7.2) for contamination, wear, and revolution failure. • Check the RFC 1 TAKE AWAY ROLL (PL10.1) for
contamination, wear, and revolution failure. contamination, wear, and revolution failure.
• Check the GEAR (PL7.2), BELT (PL7.2), and etc. for
• Check the GEAR (PL1.1/PL 10.1), BELT (PL1.1/PL 10.1), disengagement and damage. • Check the GEAR (PL1.1/PL 10.1), BELT (PL1.1/PL 10.1),
and etc. for disengagement and damage. and etc. for disengagement and damage.
• Check whether an out of spec paper is being used.
• Check whether an out of spec paper is being used. • Check whether an out of spec paper is being used.

Procedure
Procedure Enter IOT DC330 [010-208]. Procedure
Enter IOT DC330 [077-100]. Activate the EXIT JAM SWITCH Actuator and turn the switch Enter IOT DC330 [071-106].
Block the RFC PAGE SYNC SENSOR by using a sheet of OFF then ON. Block the RFC VERTICAL JAM SENSOR by using a sheet of
blank paper. Does the display of IOT DC330 [010-208] change between blank paper.
Does the display of IOT DC330 [077-100] change from "H" "H" and "L"? Does the display of IOT DC330 [071-106] change from "H"
to "L"? ("H": Paper detected/"L": Paper not detected) to "L"?
Y N Y N Y N
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Go to Switch (Normal Open) Fail FIP and check the Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
RFC PAGE SYNC SENSOR (PL2.4). EXIT JAM SWITCH (PL7.4). RFC VERTICAL JAM SENSOR (PL10.3).
Enter IOT DC330 [091-001] and turn it ON. Enter IOT DC330 [010-011 to 013] and rotate the FUSING Enter IOT DC330 [091-001] and turn it ON.
Is the MAIN MOTOR rotating? DRIVE MOTOR by combining output signals (Bit0, Bit1, and Is the MAIN MOTOR rotating?
Y N Bit2). Y N
Go to 077-310 Main Motor Fail FIP. (Refer to Chapter 7 BSD CH10.2.) Go to 077-310 Main Motor Fail FIP.
While keeping IOT DC330 [091-001] turned ON, enter IOT Are the HEAT ROLL and PRESSURE ROLL rotating? While keeping IOT DC330 [091-001] turned ON, enter IOT
DC330 [071-006] and turn it ON. Y N DC330 [071-006] and turn it ON.
Is the RFC 1 TAKE AWAY ROLL rotating? Go to 010-324 Fusing Drive Motor Error FIP. Is the RFC 1 TAKE AWAY ROLL rotating?
Y N Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Y N
Go to the Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized FIP and check Go to the Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized FIP and check
the RFC TAKEAWAY CLUTCH (PL1.1). the RFC TAKEAWAY CLUTCH (PL1.1).
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).

2-60 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
077-105 RFC Page Sync Sensor OFF Jam 077-106 Exit Jam Switch OFF Jam 077-107 Exit Motion Sensor Jam
Reference BSD: CH8.7, CH4.1, CH8.8 Reference BSD: CH10.6, CH10.2, CH10.8 Reference BSD: CH10.6, CH10.2, CH10.8

Check Items Check Items Check Items


• Check the RFC PAGE SYNC SENSOR (PL2.4) for • Check the EXIT JAM SWITCH (PL7.4) for improper • Check the EXIT MOTION SENSOR (PL7.4) for improper
improper installation, contamination, and foreign installation, bent Actuator, and foreign substances. installation, contamination, and foreign substances.
substances. • Check the paper transport path for anything that might • Check the SENSOR WHEEL of EXIT MOTION SENSOR
• Check the paper transport path for anything that might obstruct the paper. (PL7.4) for damage, contamination, and revolution failure.
obstruct the paper. • Check the FUSING EXIT ROLL (PL7.2) for contamination, • Check the paper transport path for anything that might
• Check the REGI ROLL (PL2.1) for contamination, wear, wear, and revolution failure. obstruct the paper.
and revolution failure. • Check the GEAR (PL7.2), BELT (PL7.2), and etc. for • Check the PRESSURE ROLL (PL7.2), HEAT ROLL
• Check the GEAR (PL1.1), BELT (PL1.1), and etc. for disengagement and damage. (PL7.2), and FUSING EXIT ROLL (PL7.2) for
disengagement and damage. contamination, wear, and revolution failure.
• Check whether an out of spec paper is being used.
• Check whether an out of spec paper is being used. • Check whether an out of spec paper is being used.

Procedure
Procedure Enter IOT DC330 [010-208]. Procedure
Enter IOT DC330 [077-100]. Activate the EXIT JAM SWITCH Actuator and turn the switch Remove the SENSOR WHEEL of EXIT MOTION SENSOR
Block the RFC PAGE SYNC SENSOR by using a sheet of OFF then ON. and remove the block from the sensor light path.
blank paper. Does the display of IOT DC330 [010-208] change between Use a sheet of blank paper to block/clear the light path to the
Does the display of IOT DC330 [077-100] change from "H" "H" and "L"? sensor.
to "L"? ("H": Paper detected/"L": Paper not detected) Does the voltage between the IOT PWB J442-19 (+) and
Y N Y N GND (-) change between +5VDC (when the light is
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Go to Switch (Normal Open) Fail FIP and check the blocked) and 0VDC (when it is clear)?
RFC PAGE SYNC SENSOR (PL2.4). EXIT JAM SWITCH (PL7.4). Y N
Enter IOT DC330 [091-001] and turn it ON. Enter IOT DC330 [010-011 to 013] and rotate the FUSING Go to the Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and check the
Is the REGI ROLL rotating? DRIVE MOTOR by combining output signals (Bit0, Bit1, and EXIT MOTION SENSOR (PL7.4).
Y N Bit2). Install the SENSOR WHEEL of EXIT MOTION SENSOR.
Go to 077-310 Main Motor Fail FIP. (Refer to Chapter 7 BSD CH10.2.) Enter IOT DC330 [010-011 to 013] and rotate the FUSING
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Is the FUSING EXIT ROLL rotating? DRIVE MOTOR by combining output signals (Bit0, Bit1, and
Y N Bit2).
Go to 010-324 Fusing Drive Motor Error FIP. (Refer to Chapter 7 BSD CH10.2.)
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Is the FUSING DRIVE MOTOR rotating?
Y N
Go to 010-324 Fusing Drive Motor Error FIP.
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-61
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
077-300 Swing Frame Interlock Open 077-301 Fusing Cover Interlock Open 077-302 Front Door Interlock Open
Reference BSD: CH1.11, CH1.14 Reference BSD: CH1.11, CH1.14 Reference BSD: CH1.11, CH1.14

Check Items Check Items Check Items


• Check the SWING FRAME INTERLOCK SWITCH • Check the FUSING COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH • Check the FRONT DOOR L/H INTERLOCK SWITCH
(PL8.3) for improper installation, contamination, and (PL8.4) for improper installation, contamination, and (PL9.1) and FRONT DOOR R/H INTERLOCK SWITCH
foreign substances. foreign substances. (PL9.1) for improper installation, contamination, and
foreign substances.

Procedure Procedure
Enter IOT DC330 [077-300]. Enter IOT DC330 [077-301]. Procedure
Cheat the SWING FRAME INTERLOCK SWITCH. Cheat the FUSING COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH. Enter IOT DC330 [077-302].
Does the display of IOT DC330 [077-300] change from "H" Does the display of IOT DC330 [077-301] change from "H" Cheat the FRONT DOOR L/H INTERLOCK SWITCH and
to "L"? to "L"? FRONT DOOR R/H INTERLOCK SWITCH.
Y N Y N Does the display of IOT DC330 [077-302] change from "H"
Is the voltage between the SWING FRAME Is the voltage between the FUSING COVER to "L"?
INTERLOCK SWITCH J255-2A (+) and the GND (-) INTERLOCK SWITCH J256-2A (+) and the GND (-) Y N
+5VDC? +5VDC? Is the voltage between the FRONT DOOR L/H
Y N Y N INTERLOCK SWITCH J253-2A (+) and the GND (-)
Check the connection between the IOT PWB Check the connection between the IOT PWB +5VDC?
J442-2 and the SWING FRAME INTERLOCK J442-3 and the FUSING COVER INTERLOCK Y N
SWITCH J255-2A for open circuit and poor contact. SWITCH J256-2A for open circuit and poor contact. Check the connection between the IOT PWB
If no problems are found, replace the IOT PWB If no problems are found, replace the IOT PWB J442-4 and the FRONT DOOR L/H INTERLOCK
(PL8.1). (PL8.1). SWITCH J253-2A for open circuit and poor contact.
Is the voltage between the SWING FRAME Is the voltage between the FUSING COVER If no problems are found, replace the IOT PWB
INTERLOCK SWITCH J255-2B (+) and the GND (-) INTERLOCK SWITCH J256-2B (+) and the GND (-) (PL8.1).
+5VDC? +5VDC? Is the voltage between the FRONT DOOR L/H
Y N Y N INTERLOCK SWITCH J253-2B (+) and the GND (-)
Replace the SWING FRAME INTERLOCK Replace the FUSING COVER INTERLOCK +5VDC?
SWITCH (PL8.3). SWITCH (PL8.4). Y N
Check the 5V RTN circuit to the SWING FRAME Check the 5V RTN circuit to the FUSING COVER Replace the FRONT DOOR L/H INTERLOCK
INTERLOCK SWITCH J255-2B by referring to Chapter 7 INTERLOCK SWITCH J256-2B by referring to Chapter 7 SWITCH (PL9.1).
Wirenet. Wirenet. Is the voltage between the FRONT DOOR R/H
Check the SWING FRAME (PL11.1) for closing status and Check the FUSING COVER (PL9.1) for closing status, foreign INTERLOCK SWITCH J254-2A (+) and the GND (-)
foreign substances, as well as the INTERLOCK SWITCH substances, deformation, and improper installation. +5VDC?
ACTUATOR (PL6.1) for deformation and improper installation. If no problems are found, replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Y N
If no problems are found, replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Check the connection between the FRONT DOOR
R/H INTERLOCK SWITCH J254-2A and the
FRONT DOOR L/H INTERLOCK SWITCH J253-2B
for open circuit and poor contact.
A B

2-62 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
A B 077-303 H-Tra Interlock Open 077-304 Swing Frame Interlock Open (During
Is the voltage between the FRONT DOOR R/H
Reference BSD: CH10.1, CH10.8
Printing)
INTERLOCK SWITCH J254-2B (+) and the GND (-)
Reference BSD: CH1.11, CH1.14
+5VDC?
Check Items
Y N • Check the H-TRA OPEN SENSOR (PL2.5) for improper Procedure
Replace the FRONT DOOR R/H INTERLOCK installation, contamination, and foreign substances. Go to 077-300 Swing Frame Interlock Open FIP.
SWITCH (PL9.1).
Check the 5V RTN circuit to the FRONT DOOR R/H
Procedure
INTERLOCK SWITCH J254-2B by referring to Chapter 7
Enter IOT DC330 [077-303].
Wirenet.
Open the HORIZONTAL LOWER BAFFLE and remove the 077-305 Fusing Cover Interlock Open (During
Check the FRONT LEFT DOOR (PL9.1) and FRONT RIGHT
block from the H-TRA OPEN SENSOR light path. Printing)
DOOR (PL9.1) for closing status, foreign substances,
Use a sheet of blank paper to block/clear the light path to the Reference BSD: CH1.11, CH1.14
deformation, and improper installation.
sensor.
If no problems are found, replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Does the display of IOT DC330 [077-303] change between Procedure
"H" and "L"? Go to 077-301 Fusing Cover Interlock Open FIP.
Y N
Go to the Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and check the
H-TRA OPEN SENSOR (PL2.5).
Check the HORIZONTAL LOWER BAFFLE (PL2.1) for 077-306 Front Door Interlock Open (During
closing status, foreign substances, and improper installation. Printing)
If no problems are found, replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Reference BSD: CH1.11, CH1.14

Procedure
Go to 077-302 Front Door Interlock Open FIP.

077-307 H-Tra Interlock Open (During Printing)


Reference BSD: CH10.1, CH10.8

Procedure
Go to 077-303 H-Tra Interlock Open FIP.

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-63
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
077-310 Main Motor Fail A B C
Is the voltage between the MAIN MOTOR J391-3 (+) Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J442-15 (+) and GND
Reference BSD: CH4.1, CH1.7, CH4.2
and GND (-) +5VDC? (-) 0VDC when the MOTOR is rotating?
Y N Y N
Note When the SWING FRAME INTERLOCK SWITCH
and the FUSING COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH are Check the +5VDC circuit to the MAIN MOTOR Check the connection between the MAIN MOTOR
open, the INTLK ON +24VDC is cut off and thus, the J391-3 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet. J391-7 and the IOT PWB J442-15 for open circuit and
MAIN MOTOR does not turn ON. Is the voltage between the RFC MOTOR PWB J560-2 poor contact.
Keep the SWING FRAME and the FUSING COVER (+) and GND (-) +5VDC? IF no problems are found, replace the MAIN MOTOR
closed during Diag and during voltage measurement. Y N AND DEVE. CLUTCH (PL1.2).
Check the +5VDC circuit to the RFC MOTOR PWB Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Procedure J560-2 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Turn the power OFF. Open the SWING FRAME. Is the voltage between the RFC MOTOR PWB J561-7
(+) and GND (-) 0VDC at MOTOR ON?
Turn the rotor of the MAIN MOTOR manually.
Y N
Does it rotate with no overload?
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J445-19 (+)
Y N
and GND (-) +5VDC when the MOTOR is turned
Check the following:
ON?
- The MAIN MOTOR AND DEVE. CLUTCH (PL1.2) for
Y N
gear bite.
Check the connection between the IOT PWB
- The CLEANER BLADE (PL6.4) for curling.
J445-19 and the RFC MOTOR PWB J561-7
- The XERO MODULE (PL6.1) for gear bite. for open circuit and poor contact.
Close the SWING FRAME. Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Turn the rotor of the MAIN MOTOR manually. Is the voltage between the MAIN MOTOR J391-5 (+)
Does it rotate with no overload? and GND (-) 0VDC when the MOTOR is turned ON?
Y N Y N
Check the following: Is the voltage between the RFC MOTOR PWB
- The gear bite with the BTR (PL6.3). J562-2 (+) and GND (-) +5VDC at MOTOR ON?
- The gear bite with the RFC TAKE AWAY CLUTCH Y N
(PL1.1). Check the connection between the MAIN
Turn the power ON. MOTOR J391-5 and the RFC MOTOR PWB
Enter IOT DC330 [091-001] and turn it ON. J562-2 for open circuit and poor contact.
Is the MAIN MOTOR rotating? Replace the RFC MOTOR PWB (PL8.5).
Y N Is the Clock frequency of the MAIN MOTOR J391-6
Is the voltage between the MAIN MOTOR J391-1 (+) approx. 847Hz when the MOTOR is turned ON?
and J391-2 (-) +24VDC? Y N
Y N Check the connection between the MAIN MOTOR
Check the +24VDC circuit to the MAIN MOTOR J391-6 and the RFC MOTOR PWB J562-3 for
J391-1 and the 24V RTN circuit to J391-2 by open circuit and poor contact.
referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet. If no problems are found, replace the RFC MOTOR
A B PWB (PL8.5). If the problem persists, replace the
MAIN MOTOR AND DEVE. CLUTCH (PL1.2).
Replace the MAIN MOTOR AND DEVE. CLUTCH
(PL1.2).
C

2-64 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
077-900 Static Jam A B
Enter IOT DC330 [071-106]. Enter IOT DC330 [010-208].
077-901 Static Jam (Low Power Mode) Block the RFC VERTICAL JAM SENSOR by using a sheet of Activate the EXIT JAM SWITCH Actuator and turn the switch
077-902 Static Jam (After Paper Output) blank paper. OFF then ON.
Does the display of IOT DC330 [071-106] change from "H" Does the display of IOT DC330 [010-208] change between
Reference BSD: CH8.2, CH8.4, CH8.5, CH8.6, CH8.7, to "L"? "H" and "L"?
CH10.1, CH10.6, CH7.5 Y N ("H": Paper detected/"L": Paper not detected)
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Y N
Note The MANUAL FEED STOP SENSOR does not detect RFC VERTICAL JAM SENSOR (PL10.3). Go to Switch (Normal Open) Fail FIP and check the
Static Jam when it has recovered from Low Power Enter IOT DC330 [075-105]. EXIT JAM SWITCH (PL7.4).
Mode. Block the MANUAL FEED STOP SENSOR by using a sheet Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
of blank paper.
Check Items Does the display of IOT DC330 [075-105] change from "H"
• Check to see whether there is any remaining paper, to "L"?
Y N
paper dust, or foreign substances on the paper transport
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
path.
MANUAL FEED STOP SENSOR (PL2.3).
• Check whether the voltage of the customer's power Enter IOT DC330 [075-106].
supply and the +5V LVPS (5B) has fallen Block the MANUAL PAGE SYNC SENSOR by using a sheet
• Check the following sensors for improper installation, of blank paper.
contamination, and foreign substances. Does the display of IOT DC330 [075-106] change from "H"
to "L"?
- ROLL 1 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR (PL10.4) Y N
- ROLL 2 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR (PL10.4) Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
- RFC VERTICAL JAM SENSOR (PL10.3) MANUAL PAGE SYNC SENSOR (PL2.4).
- MANUAL FEED STOP SENSOR (PL2.3) Enter IOT DC330 [077-100].
- MANUAL PAGE SYNC SENSOR (PL2.4) Block the RFC PAGE SYNC SENSOR by using a sheet of
- RFC PAGE SYNC SENSOR (PL2.4) blank paper.
- H-TRA JAM SENSOR (PL2.5) Does the display of IOT DC330 [077-100] change from "H"
- EXIT JAM SWITCH (PL7.4) to "L"?
Y N
Procedure Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
Enter IOT DC330 [071-105]. RFC PAGE SYNC SENSOR (PL2.4).
Block the ROLL 1 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR by using a sheet Enter IOT DC330 [077-101].
of blank paper. Move the H-TRA JAM SENSOR Actuator manually to
Does the display of IOT DC330 [071-105] change from "H" block/clear the light path to the sensor.
to "L"? Does the display of IOT DC330 [077-101] change between
Y N "H" and "L"?
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the Y N
ROLL 1 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR (PL10.4). Go to the Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and check the
Enter IOT DC330 [072-105]. H-TRA JAM SENSOR (PL2.5).
Block the ROLL 2 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR by using a sheet B
of blank paper.
Does the display of IOT DC330 [072-105] change from "H"
to "L"?
Y N
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the
ROLL 2 CUT TRIGGER SENSOR (PL10.4).
A

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-65
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
091-300 Rear Top Cover Open 091-310 Open Air Sensor Fail 1 (Humidity) 091-910 Toner Empty
091-301 Rear Top Cover Open (During Printing) 091-311 Open Air Sensor Fail 2 (Humidity) Reference BSD: CH9.2, CH9.5
Reference BSD: CH1.13, CH1.14 091-312 Open Air Sensor Disconnect Fail
Note Perform this procedure when this error occurs even
091-313 Open Air Sensor Short Circuit Fail after supplying enough toner.
Check Items
• Check the REAR TOP COVER SENSOR (PL9.3) for Reference BSD: CH9.4, CH9.5
improper installation, contamination, and foreign Check Items
substances. Check Items • Check whether toner in the DEVELOPER ASSEMBLY
• Check the OPEN AIR SENSOR (PL8.5) for improper (PL5.2) is not inclined.
installation, contamination, and foreign substances. • Check whether an out of spec toner is being used.
Procedure
Enter IOT DC330 [091-300]. • Check the TONER EMPTY SENSOR (PL5.2) for
Block the REAR TOP COVER SENSOR by using a sheet of Procedure improper installation, contamination, and foreign
blank paper. Is the voltage between the OPEN AIR SENSOR J193-1 (+) substances.
Does the display of IOT DC330 [091-300] change from "H" and GND (-) +5VDC?
to "L"? Y N Procedure
Y N Check the +5VDC circuit to the OPEN AIR SENSOR Is the voltage between the TONER EMPTY SENSOR
Go to the Reflective Sensor Failure FIP and check the J193-1 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet. J191-1 (+) and J191-3 (-) +24VDC?
REAR TOP COVER SENSOR (PL9.3). Check the following connection for poor contact, open circuit, Y N
Check the PLATE (PL9.3), etc. of the REAR TOP COVER and short circuit. Check the +24VDC circuit to the TONER EMPTY
(PL9.3) and the LEVER COVER (PL9.3) for deformation and - Between the IOT PWB J447-23 and the OPEN AIR SENSOR J191-1 and the 5V RTN circuit to J191-3 by
improper installation. SENSOR J193-2. referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
If no problems are found, replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). - Between the IOT PWB J447-21 and the OPEN AIR Check the connection between the IOT PWB J442-16 and the
SENSOR J193-4. TONER EMPTY SENSOR J191-4 for open circuit and poor
- Between the IOT PWB J447-24 and the OPEN AIR contact.
SENSOR J193-3. If no problems are found, replace the TONER EMPTY
If no problems are found, replace the OPEN AIR SENSOR SENSOR (PL5.2). If the problem persists, replace the IOT
(PL8.5). If the problem persists, replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). PWB (PL8.1).

2-66 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
091-911 Toner Pot Full
Reference BSD: CH9.4, CH9.5

Note Before performing this procedure, check that the


toner in the TONER BOTTLE is not filled up to the
TONER POT FULL SENSOR position.

Check Items
• Check the TONER POT FULL SENSOR (PL6.1) for
improper installation, contamination, and foreign
substances.

Procedure
Enter IOT DC330 [091-202].
Remove the TONER BOTTLE and remove the block from the
TONER POT FULL SENSOR light path.
Use a sheet of blank paper to block/clear the light path to the
sensor.
Does the display of IOT DC330 [091-202] change between
"H" and "L"?
Y N
Go to the Permeable Sensor Failure FIP and check the
TONER POT FULL SENSOR (PL6.1).
Clean the sensor detecting area of the TONER BOTTLE
(PL6.1).
If the problem persists, replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-67
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
<CP-Cont> 121-311 EPSV Communication Fail 124-311 CP Cont-IOT Communication Fail
103-311 CP Cont-IIT Communication Fail Reference BSD: CH3.4, CH3.5, CH3.9 Reference BSD: CH3.1, CH3.9
Reference BSD: CH3.1, CH3.9
Check Items Procedure
• Check whether an out of spec accessory is connected. 1. Check the IOT USB CABLE (PL8.3) between the CP
Procedure CONTROL PWB J414 (LOWER) and the IOT PWB J451
1. Check the IIT USB CABLE (PL8.3) between the CP for open circuit and poor contact.
CONTROL PWB J414 (UPPER) and the IIT PWB J746 Procedure
for open circuit and poor contact. 2. Perform re-installation of firmware.
Are the voltages between the WF02 PWB P411-14 (+) and
(Refer to 6.7 "Firmware Installation".)
2. Perform re-installation of firmware. P411-13 (-) +24VDC?
(Refer to 6.7 "Firmware Installation".) Y N 3. If the problem persists, replace the following parts in
sequence:
3. If the problem persists, replace the following parts in Check the +24VDC circuit to the WF02 PWB P411-14
sequence: and the 24V RTN circuit to P411-13 by referring to - IOT PWB (PL8.1)
Chapter 7 Wirenet. - CP CONTROL PWB (PL8.6)
- IIT PWB (PL3.1)
- CP CONTROL PWB (PL8.6) Are the voltages between the WF02 PWB P411-8,9 (+) and
GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the +5VDC circuit to the WF02 PWB P411-8,9 by
referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Check the following connection for open circuit and poor
contact.
- Between the WF01 PWB J403 and the WF02 PWB J413.
- Between the connector P2 and the accessory P1 or J1.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in
sequence:
- Accessories
- WF01 PWB (PL8.6)
- WF02 PWB (PL8.6)

2-68 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
2.3.3 Other FIP A B
Not Powered Failure FIP Does the voltage between the AC FILTER PWB T77 and Turn ON the MAIN SWITCH.
T76 satisfy the power supply AC listed in the spec? Is the voltage between the CP CONTROL LVPS J516-14
Reference BSD: CH1.1, CH1.9, CH1.2, CH1.3 Y N (+) and GND (-) +5VDC?
Replace the AC FILTER PWB (PL8.1). Y N
Procedure Does the voltage between the AC RELAY PWB J25-1 and Is the voltage between the CP CONTROL LVPS
Is the CIRCUIT BREAKER turned ON? J25-3 satisfy the power supply AC listed in the spec? J513-2 (+) and GND (-) 0VDC?
Y N
Y N Y N
Turn the CIRCUIT BREAKER ON. If the CIRCUIT
Check the following connection for open circuit and poor Check the circuit to J513-2 of the CP CONTROL
BREAKER is turned OFF after Power ON, check the AC
contact. LVPS.
circuit for short circuit by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
- Between the AC FILTER PWB T77 and the AC Replace the CP CONTROL LVPS (PL8.6).
Does the voltage between the INLET J21-1 and J22-1
RELAY PWB J25-1. Is the voltage between the CP CONTROL PWB J405-9 (+)
satisfy the power supply AC listed in the spec?
- Between the AC FILTER PWB T76 and the AC and GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
RELAY PWB J25-3. Y N
Unplug the POWER CORD from the outlet.
Does the voltage at the outlet satisfy the power Does the voltage between the AC RELAY PWB J10-1 and Check the connection between the CP CONTROL LVPS
supply AC listed in the spec? J10-10 satisfy the power supply AC listed in the spec? J516-14 and the CP CONTROL PWB J405-9 for open
Y N Y N circuit and poor contact.
Check the customer's breaker. Replace the AC RELAY PWB (PL8.1). Is the voltage between the CP CONTROL LVPS J516-12
Check the POWER CORD (PL8.1) for open circuit and Does the voltage between the +24V LVPS (24A) J1-1 and (+) and GND (-) 0VDC?
poor contact. J1-3 satisfy the power supply AC listed in the spec? Y N
Does the voltage between the CIRCUIT BREAKER J23-1 Y N Is the voltage between the CP CONTROL PWB
and J23-2 satisfy the power supply AC listed in the spec? Check the following connection for open circuit and poor J405-16 (+) and GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N contact. Y N
Check the following connection for open circuit and poor - Between the AC RELAY PWB J10-1 and the +24V Check the connection between the CP CONTROL
contact. LVPS (24A) J1-1. PWB J405-16 and the CP CONTROL LVPS
- Between the INLET J21-1 and the CIRCUIT - Between the AC RELAY PWB J10-10 and the +24V J516-12 for open circuit and poor contact.
BREAKER J23-1. LVPS (24A) J1-3. Replace the CP CONTROL PWB (PL8.6).
- Between the INLET J22-1 and the CIRCUIT Is the voltage between the +24V LVPS (24A) J501-1 (+) Check the voltage between the following pin (+) and GND (-).
BREAKER J23-2. and J501-7 (-) +24VDC? - J515-1 of the CP CONTROL LVPS (+24VDC)
Does the voltage between the CIRCUIT BREAKER J24-2 Y N - J515-10 of the CP CONTROL LVPS (+5VDC)
and J24-1 satisfy the power supply AC listed in the spec? Replace the +24V LVPS (24A) (PL8.1). - J516-2,3,13 of the CP CONTROL LVPS (+3.3VDC)
Y N Are the voltages between the CP CONTROL PWB P512-1 - J516-4,15,16 of the CP CONTROL LVPS (+5VDC)
Replace the INLET AND BREAKER (PL8.1). (+) and P512-2 (-) +24VDC? - J516-11,21,22 of the CP CONTROL LVPS (+12VDC)
Does the voltage between the AC FILTER PWB T75 and Y N Are the voltage values correct?
T74 satisfy the power supply AC listed in the spec? Check the following connection for open circuit and poor Y N
Y N contact. Replace the CP CONTROL LVPS (PL8.6).
Check the following connection for open circuit and poor - Between the +24V LVPS (24A) J501-1 and the CP C
contact. CONTROL PWB P512-1.
- Between the CIRCUIT BREAKER J24-2 and the AC
- Between the +24V LVPS (24A) J501-7 and the CP
FILTER PWB T75.
CONTROL PWB P512-2.
- Between the CIRCUIT BREAKER J24-1 and the AC
B
FILTER PWB T74.
A

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-69
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
C Nothing Displayed in UI Panel FIP A
Is the voltage between the AC RELAY PWB J550-2 (+) and Check the following connection for open circuit and poor
Reference BSD: CH1.3, CH2.4, CH2.3
GND (-) 0VDC? contact.
Y N - Between the WF02 PWB J410 and the UI I/F PWB J1.
Procedure
Check the connection between the CP CONTROL LVPS - Between the UI I/F PWB J9 and the UI LED BACK LIGHT
Turn the power ON.
J513-1 and the AC RELAY PWB J550-2 for open circuit PWB J18.
Are the voltages between the WF02 PWB J413-A13 (+)
- Between the UI I/F PWB J7 and the S104 LCD MODULE
and poor contact. and GND (-) +5VDC?
J17.
If no problems are found, replace the CP CONTROL Y N
- Between the UI LED BACK LIGHT PWB J19 and the S104
LVPS (PL8.6). Check the +5VDC circuit to the WF02 PWB J413-A13 by
LCD MODULE.
Is the voltage between the AC RELAY PWB J550-1 (+) and referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in
GND (-) +24VDC? Are the voltages between the WF02 PWB J412-B9,B10 (+)
sequence:
and GND (-) +3.3VDC?
Y N - UI I/F PWB (PL12.3)
Check the +24VDC circuit to the AC RELAY PWB Y N
- WF02 PWB (PL8.6)
Check the +3.3VDC circuit to the WF02 PWB
J550-1 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet. - UI LED BACK LIGHT PWB (PL12.3)
J412-B9,B10 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Check the AC circuit from the AC RELAY PWB by referring to - LCD MODULE (PL12.3)
Are the voltages between the WF02 PWB J413-A7 (+) and
Chapter 7 Wirenet. - CP CONTROL PWB (PL8.6)
GND (-) +2.7VDC?
If no problems are found, replace the AC RELAY PWB Y N
(PL8.1). Check the connection between the WF01 PWB J403-A7
and the WF02 PWB J413-A7 for open circuit and poor
contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in
sequence:
- WF01 PWB (PL8.6)
- CP CONTROL PWB (PL8.6)
Are the voltages between the WF02 PWB J413-B3 (+) and
GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the +5VDC circuit to the WF02 PWB J413-B3 by
referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Are the voltages between the WF02 PWB J413-A9 (+) and
GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Check the +24VDC circuit to the WF02 PWB J413-A9 by
referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
A

2-70 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
HEATER Lamp Not Turn On Failure FIP A B C D E
(100-120V) Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Enter IOT DC330 [010-003] and turn it ON. (It turns OFF
Turn the power OFF. 5 s later.)
Reference BSD: CH10.3
Remove the connectors P96 and P92 on both sides of Is the voltage between the CENTER TRIAC J95B-2
Note When the SWING FRAME INTERLOCK SWITCHand the SIDE HEATER ROD. (+) and GND (-) 0VDC when it is turned ON?
the FUSING COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH are open, Are the connectors on both sides of the SIDE Y N
the INTLK ON +24VDC is cut off and thus, the HEATER ROD conducting? Enter IOT DC330 [010-003] and turn it ON. (It turns
HEATER ROD does not turn ON. Y N OFF 5 s later.)
Cheat the INTERLOCK SWITCH during Diag and Replace the SIDE HEATER ROD (PL7.1). Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J445-4 (+)
voltage measurement. Check the following connection for poor contact, open and GND (-) approx. +4.38VDC when it is turned
circuit, and short circuit. ON?
Check Items - Between the IOT PWB J446-14 and the AC RELAY Y N
• Check that IOT DC120 and IOT DC122[010-310 to 315, PWB J550-5. Check the connection between the CENTER
318 to 321] (HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR or OVER HEAT - Between the IOT PWB J446-2 and the AC RELAY TRIAC J95B-2 and the IOT PWB J445-4 for
THERMOSTAT Open Circuit and Overheat Error) have PWB J550-6. open circuit and poor contact.
not occurred.
Also, check the AC circuit to the SIDE HEATER ROD by If no problems are found, replace the
referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet. CENTER TRIAC (PL8.2).
Procedure If no problems are found, replace the following parts in Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Enter IOT DC330 [010-001] and turn it ON. (It turns OFF 5 s sequence: Turn the power OFF.
later.)
- SIDE TRIAC (PL8.2) Remove the connectors P97 and P93 on both sides of
Did the SIDE HEATER ROD turn ON?
Y N - AC RELAY PWB (PL8.1) the CENTER HEATER ROD.
Is the voltage between the SIDE TRIAC J95A-3 (+) - IOT PWB (PL8.1) Are the connectors on both sides of the CENTER
and GND (-) +5VDC? Enter IOT DC330 [010-003] and turn it ON. (It turns OFF 5 s HEATER ROD conducting?
Y N later.) Y N
Check the +5VDC circuit to the SIDE TRIAC Did the CENTER HEATER ROD turn ON? Replace the CENTER HEATER ROD (PL7.1).
J95A-3 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet. Y N Check the AC circuit to the CENTER HEATER ROD by
Enter IOT DC330 [010-001] and turn it ON. (It turns OFF Is the voltage between the CENTER TRIAC J95B-3 referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
5 s later.) (+) and GND (-) +5VDC? If no problems are found, replace the CENTER TRIAC
Is the voltage between the SIDE TRIAC J95A-2 (+)
Y N (PL8.2).
and GND (-) 0VDC when it is turned ON?
Check the +5VDC circuit to the CENTER TRIAC F
Y N
Enter IOT DC330 [010-001] and turn it ON. (It turns J95B-3 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
OFF 5 s later.) D E
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J445-2 (+)
and GND (-) approx. +4.38VDC when it is turned
ON?
Y N
Check the connection between the SIDE
TRIAC J95A-2 and the IOT PWB J445-2 for
open circuit and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the SIDE
TRIAC (PL8.2).
A B C

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-71
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
F HEATER Lamp Not Turn On Failure FIP A B
Enter IOT DC330 [010-004] and turn it ON. (It turns OFF 5 s (200-240V) Turn the power OFF.
later.) Reference BSD: CH10.4 Remove the connectors P96 and P92 on both sides of
Did the SUB HEATER ROD turn ON? the SIDE HEATER ROD.
Y N Note When the SWING FRAME INTERLOCK SWITCH Are the connectors on both sides of the SIDE
Enter IOT DC330 [010-004] and turn it ON. (It turns OFF and the FUSING COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH are HEATER ROD conducting?
5 s later.) open, the INTLK ON +24VDC is cut off and thus, the Y N
Is the voltage between the CENTER TRIAC J95B-1 HEATER ROD does not turn ON. Replace the SIDE HEATER ROD (PL7.1).
(+) and GND (-) 0VDC when it is turned ON? Cheat the INTERLOCK SWITCH during Diag and Check the following connection for poor contact, open
Y N voltage measurement. circuit, and short circuit.
Enter IOT DC330 [010-004] and turn it ON. (It turns - Between the IOT PWB J446-14 and the AC RELAY
OFF 5 s later.) Check Items PWB J550-5.
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J445-5 (+) • Check that IOT DC120 and IOT DC122[010-310 to 315, - Between the IOT PWB J446-2 and the AC RELAY
and GND (-) approx. +4.38VDC when it is turned 318 to 321] (HEAT ROLL THERMISTOR or OVER HEAT PWB J550-6.
THERMOSTAT Open Circuit and Overheat Error) have
ON? Also, check the AC circuit to the SIDE HEATER ROD by
not occurred.
Y N referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Check the connection between the CENTER If no problems are found, replace the following parts in
TRIAC J95B-1 and the IOT PWB J445-5 for Procedure sequence:
Enter IOT DC330 [010-001] and turn it ON. (It turns OFF 5 s
open circuit and poor contact. - SIDE TRIAC (PL8.2)
later.)
If no problems are found, replace the - AC RELAY PWB (PL8.1)
Did the SIDE HEATER ROD turn ON?
CENTER TRIAC (PL8.2). Y N - IOT PWB (PL8.1)
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Is the voltage between the SIDE TRIAC J95A-3 (+) C
Turn the power OFF. and GND (-) +5VDC?
Remove the connectors P98 and P94 on both sides of Y N
the SUB HEATER ROD. Check the +5VDC circuit to the SIDE TRIAC
Are the connectors on both sides of the SUB J95A-3 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
HEATER ROD conducting? Enter IOT DC330 [010-001] and turn it ON. (It turns OFF
5 s later.)
Y N
Is the voltage between the SIDE TRIAC J95A-2 (+)
Replace the SUB HEATER ROD (PL7.1).
and GND (-) 0VDC when it is turned ON?
Check the AC circuit to the SUB HEATER ROD by Y N
referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet. Enter IOT DC330 [010-001] and turn it ON. (It turns
If no problems are found, replace the CENTER TRIAC OFF 5 s later.)
(PL8.2). Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J445-2 (+)
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). and GND (-) approx. +4.38VDC when it is turned
ON?
Y N
Check the connection between the SIDE
TRIAC J95A-2 and the IOT PWB J445-2 for
open circuit and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the SIDE
TRIAC (PL8.2).
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
A B

2-72 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
C D E
Enter IOT DC330 [010-003] and turn it ON. (It turns OFF 5 s Enter IOT DC330 [010-004] and turn it ON. (It turns OFF 5 s Enter IOT DC330 [010-002] and turn it ON. (It turns OFF 5 s
later.) later.) later.)
Did the CENTER HEATER ROD turn ON? Did the SUB HEATER ROD turn ON? Did the SUB HEATER ROD turn ON?
Y N Y N Y N
Is the voltage between the CENTER TRIAC J95B-3 Enter IOT DC330 [010-004] and turn it ON. (It turns OFF Enter IOT DC330 [010-002] and turn it ON. (It turns OFF
(+) and GND (-) +5VDC? 5 s later.) 5 s later.)
Y N Is the voltage between the CENTER TRIAC J95B-1 Is the voltage between the SIDE TRIAC J95A-1 (+)
Check the +5VDC circuit to the CENTER TRIAC (+) and GND (-) 0VDC when it is turned ON? and GND (-) 0VDC when it is turned ON?
J95B-3 by referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet. Y N Y N
Enter IOT DC330 [010-003] and turn it ON. (It turns OFF Enter IOT DC330 [010-004] and turn it ON. (It turns Enter IOT DC330 [010-002] and turn it ON. (It turns
5 s later.) OFF 5 s later.) OFF 5 s later.)
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J445-5 (+) Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J445-3 (+)
Is the voltage between the CENTER TRIAC J95B-2
and GND (-) approx. +4.38VDC when it is turned
(+) and GND (-) 0VDC when it is turned ON? and GND (-) approx. +4.38VDC when it is turned
ON? ON?
Y N
Y N
Enter IOT DC330 [010-003] and turn it ON. (Turned Y N
Check the connection between the CENTER Check the connection between the SIDE
OFF in 5 seconds)
TRIAC J95B-1 and the IOT PWB J445-5 for
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J445-4 (+) TRIAC J95A-1 and the IOT PWB J445-3 for
open circuit and poor contact.
and GND (-) approx. +4.38VDC when it is turned open circuit and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the
ON? If no problems are found, replace the SIDE
CENTER TRIAC (PL8.2).
Y N TRIAC (PL8.2).
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Check the connection between the CENTER Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Turn the power OFF.
TRIAC J95B-2 and the IOT PWB J445-4 for Check the AC circuit to the SUB HEATER ROD by
Remove the connectors P98 and P94 on both sides of
open circuit and poor contact. referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
the SUB HEATER ROD.
If no problems are found, replace the Are the connectors on both sides of the SUB If no problems are found, replace the SIDE TRIAC
CENTER TRIAC (PL8.2). HEATER ROD conducting? (PL8.2).
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Y N Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Turn the power OFF. Replace the SUB HEATER ROD (PL7.1).
Remove the connectors P97 and P93 on both sides of Check the AC circuit to the SUB HEATER ROD by
the CENTER HEATER ROD. referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
Are the connectors on both sides of the CENTER If no problems are found, replace the CENTER TRIAC
HEATER ROD conducting? (PL8.2).
Y N E
Replace the CENTER HEATER ROD (PL7.1).
Check the AC circuit to the CENTER HEATER ROD by
referring to Chapter 7 Wirenet.
If no problems are found, replace the CENTER TRIAC
(PL8.2).
D

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-73
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
HEATER Lamp Not Turn Off Failure FIP HEATER Lamp Not Turn Off Failure FIP A
(100-120V) (200-240V) Enter IOT DC330 [010-004] and turn it OFF.
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J445-5 (+) and GND
Reference BSD: CH10.3 Reference BSD: CH10.4 (-) approx. +4.38VDC when it is turned OFF?
Y N
Procedure Procedure
Enter IOT DC330 [010-001] and turn it OFF. Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J445.
Enter IOT DC330 [010-001] and turn it OFF.
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J445-2 (+) and GND Is the resistance between the connector J445-5 (+)
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J445-2 (+) and GND
(-) approx. +4.38VDC when it is turned OFF? (-) approx. +4.38VDC when it is turned OFF? and the frame (-) 10Ohm or less?
Y N Y N Y N
Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J445. Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J445. Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Is the resistance between the connector J445-2 (+) Is the resistance between the connector J445-2 (+) Check the connection between the CENTER TRIAC
and the frame (-) 10Ohm or less? and the frame (-) 10Ohm or less? J95B-1 and the IOT PWB J445-5 for short circuit.
Y N
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
Y N If no problems are found, replace the CENTER TRIAC
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). (PL8.2).
Check the connection between the SIDE TRIAC J95A-2
Check the connection between the SIDE TRIAC J95A-2 Replace the following parts in sequence:
and the IOT PWB J445-2 for short circuit.
and the IOT PWB J445-2 for short circuit.
If no problems are found, replace the SIDE TRIAC - SIDE TRIAC (PL8.2)
If no problems are found, replace the SIDE TRIAC
(PL8.2). - CENTER TRIAC (PL8.2)
(PL8.2).
Enter IOT DC330 [010-003] and turn it OFF. - IOT PWB (PL8.1)
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J445-4 (+) and GND Enter IOT DC330 [010-002] and turn it OFF.
(-) approx. +4.38VDC when it is turned OFF? Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J445-3 (+) and GND
Y N (-) approx. +4.38VDC when it is turned OFF?
Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J445. Y N
Is the resistance between the connector J445-4 (+) Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J445.
and the frame (-) 10Ohm or less? Is the resistance between the connector J445-3 (+)
Y N and the frame (-) 10Ohm or less?
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Y N
Check the connection between the CENTER TRIAC Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
J95B-2 and the IOT PWB J445-4 for short circuit. Check the connection between the SIDE TRIAC J95A-1
If no problems are found, replace the CENTER TRIAC and the IOT PWB J445-3 for short circuit.
(PL8.2). If no problems are found, replace the SIDE TRIAC
Enter IOT DC330 [010-004] and turn it OFF. (PL8.2).
Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J445-5 (+) and GND Enter IOT DC330 [010-003] and turn it OFF.
(-) approx. +4.38VDC when it is turned OFF? Is the voltage between the IOT PWB J445-4 (+) and GND
Y N (-) approx. +4.38VDC when it is turned OFF?
Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J445. Y N
Is the resistance between the connector J445-5 (+) Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the IOT PWB P/J445.
and the frame (-) 10Ohm or less? Is the resistance between the connector J445-4 (+)
Y N and the frame (-) 10Ohm or less?
Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1). Y N
Check the connection between the CENTER TRIAC Replace the IOT PWB (PL8.1).
J95B-1 and the IOT PWB J445-5 for short circuit. Check the connection between the CENTER TRIAC
If no problems are found, replace the CENTER TRIAC J95B-2 and the IOT PWB J445-4 for short circuit.
(PL8.2).
If no problems are found, replace the CENTER TRIAC
Replace the following parts in sequence:
(PL8.2).
- SIDE TRIAC (PL8.2)
A
- CENTER TRIAC (PL8.2)
- IOT PWB (PL8.1)

2-74 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
2.3.4 Generic FIP
Permeable Sensor Failure FIP Switch (Normal Open) Failure FIP
Reflective Sensor Failure FIP

Enter DC330 [XXX-XXX] and remove the block from the


Enter DC330 [XXX-XXX] and remove the block from the Enter DC330 [XXX-XXX] and turn ON the Switch.
sensor light path.
sensor. Is the voltage between the PWB pin-3 (+) and the GND (-)
Is the voltage between the sensor pin-2 (+) and the GND
Is the voltage between the sensor pin-2 (+) and the GND 0VDC?
(-) +3.3VDC?
(-) +5VDC? Y N Y N
Y N Disconnect the sensor connector. Is +5VDC measured between the pin-2 (+) and the
Is the voltage between the sensor pin-1 (+) and pin-3 Is the voltage between the connector pin-2 (+) and GND (-) of the switch?
(-) +5VDC? the GND (-) +3.3VDC? Y N
Y N Y N Check the connection between the switch pin-2
Check the connection between the PWB pin-4 and Check the connection between the connector pin-2 and the PWB pin-3 for open circuit and poor
the sensor pin-1, as well as between the PWB and the PWB pin-6 for open circuit and poor contact.
pin-5 and the sensor pin-3 for open circuits and contact. If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
poor contacts. If no problem is found, replace the PWB. Is the voltage between the PWB pin-1 (+) and the
If no problem is found, replace the PWB. Is the voltage between the sensor pin-1 (+) and pin-3
GND (-) +5VDC when the switch is turned ON?
Check the connection between the sensor pin-2 and the (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Y N
PWB pin-6 for a short circuit. Replace the switch.
Check the connection between the PWB pin-4 and
Also, check the sensor for contamination and improper Check the connection between the PWB pin-4 and the
the sensor pin-1, as well as between the PWB
installation. switch pin-1 for open circuit and poor contact.
pin-5 and the sensor pin-3 for open circuits and
If no problem is found, replace the sensor. If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
poor contacts.
Block the sensor with a sheet of blank paper. If no problem is found, replace the PWB. Turn the switch OFF.
Is the voltage between the sensor pin-2 (+) and the GND Check the sensor for contamination and improper Is the voltage between the PWB pin-3 (+) and the GND (-)
(-) 0VDC? installation. 0VDC?
Y N If no problem is found, replace the sensor. Y N
Check the connection between the sensor pin-3 and the Block the sensor light path by using a sheet of blank paper. Disconnect the switch connector.
PWB pin-5 for open circuit and poor contact. Is the voltage between the sensor pin-2 (+) and the GND Is the voltage between the PWB pin-3 (+) and the
Also, check the sensor for improper installation and (-) 0VDC? GND (-) 0VDC?
incident light diffraction. Y N Y N
If no problem is found, replace the sensor. Check the connection between the sensor pin-3 and the Check the connection between the switch pin-2
Check the connection between the sensor pin-2 and the PWB PWB pin-5 for open circuit and poor contact.
and the PWB pin-3 for a short circuit.
pin-6 for open circuit and poor contact. Also, check the sensor for improper installation and
If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
incident light diffraction.
Also, check the installation of the sensor. Replace the switch.
If no problem is found, replace the sensor.
If no problem is found, replace the PWB. Check the installation of the switch.
Check the installation of the sensor, the Shielding Board for
deformation, and etc. If no problem is found, replace the switch.
If no problem is found, replace the PWB.

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-75
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP Solenoid/Clutch Left Energized Failure FIP Motor Not Rotate Failure FIP

Note Before performing this FIP, ensure that there is no Turn OFF the power and disconnect the DRIVE PWB
mechanical operation failure with the solenoid and connector. Note Before performing this FIP, ensure that the motor is
the clutch. Is the resistance between the connector pin-3 and the not locked or loaded.
Turn the power ON. frame 10Ohm or less?
Is the voltage between the solenoid/clutch pin-1 (+) and Y N Enter DC330 [XXX-XXX] and turn it ON.
the GND (-) +24VDC? Replace the DRIVE PWB, followed by the PWB. Is the voltage between the PWB pin-3 (+) and the GND (-)
Y N Check the connection between the connector pin-3 and the +24VDC?
Check the connection between the DRIVE PWB pin-4 solenoid/clutch pin-2 for a short circuit. Y N
and the solenoid/clutch pin-1 for open circuit and poor If no problem is found, replace the solenoid/clutch. Is the voltage between the motor pin-2 (+) and the
contact. GND (-) +24VDC?
If no problem is found, replace the DRIVE PWB. Y N
Is the voltage between the solenoid/clutch pin-2 (+) and Is the voltage between the motor pin-1 (+) and
the GND (-) +24VDC? the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N Y N
Replace the solenoid/clutch. Check the connection between the PWB pin-4
Enter DC330 [XXX-XXX] and turn it ON. and the motor pin-1 for open circuit and poor
Is the voltage between the solenoid/clutch pin-2 (+) and contact.
the GND (-) 0VDC? If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
Y N Replace the motor.
Check the connection between the solenoid/clutch pin-2 Check the connection between the PWB pin-3 and the
and the DRIVE PWB pin-3, as well as between the PWB motor pin-2 for open circuit and poor contact.
pin-6 and the DRIVE PWB pin-5 for open circuits and Replace the PWB.
poor contacts.
If no problem is found, replace the DRIVE PWB,
followed by the PWB.
Replace the solenoid/clutch.

2-76 2.3 Level 2 Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Motor Not Stop Failure FIP

Turn OFF the power and disconnect the PWB connector.


Is the resistance between the connector pin-3 and the
frame 10Ohm or less?
Y N
Replace the PWB.
Check the connection between the connector pin-3 and the
motor pin-2 for a short circuit.
If no problem is found, replace the motor.

2.3 2.3
Level 2 Troubleshooting 2-77
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
2.4 UI Panel Troubleshooting
When a failure such as the UI panel not displayed at startup has occurred, the "Interrupt" and
"Authentication" LEDs on the UI Panel show the self-diagnostic results of the UI Panel.
The following lists the self-diagnostic result indicated by each blinking pattern of the "Interrupt"
and "Authentication" LED patterns.
LED Blinking Internal Log
Self-diagnostic Item in UI Panel Priority Chain-Link
Count Write
1 Communication 2 Repeat twice 123-333 -
Repeat three
2 Read EEPROM for Sys 4 123-352 -
times
Repeat four
3 UI Cable Half-Contact 1 123-353 O
times
24V Supply Line Voltage Level Repeat five
4 5 123-354 O
Monitoring times
5V Supply Line Voltage Level
5 8 - 123-355 -
Monitoring
6 - 7 - - -
Hard Key Pressed Continuously
7 6 - 023-600 O
(Keypad/menu keys)
Touch Panel Pressed
8 6 - 023-601 O
Continuously
Repeat seven
Write EEPROM for Sys 3 123-357 O
times
9
Repeat seven
Write EEPROM for Log 3 123-358 -
times
Example) When the "Interrupt" and "Authentication" LEDs "repeat blinking four times", the
following blinking patterns are generated:

1 cycle

2-78 2.4 UI Panel Troubleshooting


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
2.5 Troubleshooting When CP-Cont is Started
2.5.1 Screen Numbers in UI Panel and CP-Cont Startup States
When CP-Cont is started, a progress bar and screen number are displayed in the UI Panel. This
screen number indicates a startup step of CP-Cont. When a failure such as CP-Cont not started
has occurred, the displayed or restarted screen number allows you to identify the step in which
the startup was stopped.
The following lists the screen numbers in UI Panel, CP-Cont states, systems that caused the
failure, and probable causes.
System That
Stopped
State Caused the Probable Cause Action
Screen
Failure
Is the power turned ON?
No: Check the following:
AC input route, controller 24V input route, power switch
wiring route, WF01 PWB to Power Board wiring route,
No
- Hardware A hardware may have a failure and WF01 PWB to Motherboard wiring route
Display
Yes: Check the following:
UI Panel signal connection route (UI Panel, UI Panel to
CP-Cont wiring route, WF02 PWB to Motherboard wiring
route, and WF02 PWB to WF01 PWB wiring route)
IPL
BOOT selector
OS boot Refer to 2.5.2 "Identifying CP-Cont Errors
1/7 BIOS startup BIOS, BOOT, OS OS startup may have failed
OS startup " to further identify the error of CP-Cont.
Device driver loading and device file
generation (udev)
HDD recovery (root file system)
Encrypted mapping
HDD recovery
2/7 OS basic service startup File system mounting OS OS startup may have failed
Network setting
Time setting
Power control program
CWIS/SOAP/WebDAV service
startup
3/7 OS service startup Service A service startup may have failed
SNPM/MIB service startup
Routing service startup
A special startup key-related failure
4/7 Window system startup Diag startup check Diag startup
may have occurred

2.5 Troubleshooting When CP-Cont is Started 2-79


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
System That
Stopped
State Caused the Probable Cause Action
Screen
Failure
Check the following:
Window system startup may have UI Panel signal connection route (UI Panel, UI Panel to
Black (Backlight turned OFF) X startup Window system
failed CP-Cont wiring route, WF02 PWB to Motherboard wiring route,
and WF02 PWB to WF01 PWB wiring route)
The controller startup may have
Window system
5/7 Controller S/W startup Controller failed
background setting
(Process startup failure)
The controller startup may have
6/7 Controller startup Controller failed
(Hang up during process)
Services
Controller startup complete Normal The controller is in operation
Home
The controller startup may have
5/7 - Controller failed
(Process stopped)

2-80 2.5 Troubleshooting When CP-Cont is Started


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
2.5.2 Identifying CP-Cont Errors
When a problem caused by CP-Cont has occurred, the LED on the CP Control PWB and beep
sounds indicate the details of the CP-Cont error.
The following lists the LED light ON patterns on the CP Control PWB and beep sound patterns
when a CP-Cont error has occurred.
LED (●: ON, O: OFF)
Error Contents Beep Action
8bit 7bit 6bit 5bit 4bit 3bit 2bit 1bit
Normal ● ● ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ None
CPU FAN Error ○ ○ ○ ● ○ ○ ○ ○ None Check if the CPU FAN is connected properly.
4 times > 2 times > 3
Memory Error ● ● ○ ● ● ○ ○ ○ Check if the DIMM is connected properly.
times > 1 time
4 times > 2 times > 3
Memory Not Installed ● ● ○ ● ● ○ ● ● Check whether the DIMM is installed.
times > 4 time
Hard Disk Error ● ● ● ○ ● ○ ○ ○ None Check if the HDD is connected properly.
Check whether the DIMM has an error.
Memory Error (Extended Memory) ● ● ● ○ ● ● ○ ● None Pull out the DIMM and insert again.
Replace the DIMM.
ROM for PCI Card Not Initialized ● ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ○ None
Check whether the PCI Card (CT BL01 PWB) is connected
PCI Interrupt Not Set Correctly ● ● ● ● ● ○ ○ ● None
properly.
PCI Card Resources Not Mapped Correctly ● ● ● ● ● ○ ● ○ None
No OS (No bootable devices are found) ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ○ None Check if the HDD is connected properly.
Check whether the Wire Harness of the CP-Cont is connected
Others Light ON patterns except the above None
properly.

2.5 Troubleshooting When CP-Cont is Started 2-81


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
2.6 Troubleshooting During Copy/Plot Output 2.6.2 Output Plot Error (Common among Data Formats)
2.6.1 Collecting Diag Report • Cannot output the desired paper size.
Using CentreWare Internet Services (CWIS), download the diag report into the PC. - Check the values of Size In and Size Out in Job History.
When the value of Size In is not the one you desire (when an expected size
determination was not performed)
Equipment Required for Collecting Diag Report
- Increase the input size determination margin (Media Margin).
- A LAN-ready PC
- For long paper, change the value for the Size Recognition mode.
- LAN cross-cable
When the value of Size Out is not the one you desire
- Check the settings for Size/Media Mapping in the logical printer that outputs paper.
1. Connect the PC to the CP-Cont.
• The output drawing is clipped
a. Remove the I/F Cover. (PL9.2)
- Check the setting for Auto Scale.
b. Connect the CP-Cont LAN connector and the PC LAN connector with the cross-cable.
- If it is "disabled", change it to "enabled".
2. Access CentreWare Internet Services (CWIS) and log in as the System Administrator.
- Check the setting for Auto Layout.
3. Click [Diag Report] on the [Support] tab.
- If it is "disabled", change it to "enabled" or adjust the offset value.
4. Click [Retrieve Report].
• Some elements are missing
- Check if the condition repeats by outputting the same data again.
When the error does not repeat
- Collect error log to check if there were any failures during transfer.
When the error repeats
- Check the output status with another printer or another logical printer with different
settings.
- If the result is normal in another printer, request for analysis with data and the logical
printer settings list.
- If the result is normal in the logical printer with different settings, print out the
settings list for each logical printer and check for differences.
5. Specify a save destination for the Diag Report file and click [Save].
Note The Diag Report file cannot be checked in the field.

2-82 Troubleshooting During Copy/Plot Output


Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
Table of Contents

3.1 Preface ......................................................................................................... 3


3.1.1 Composition of Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting ........................................... 3
3.1.2 Image Quality Troubleshooting Procedures ................................................................. 3
3.2 Test Pattern................................................................................................... 4
3.2.1 Test Chart for Copy Quality Check (499T 00286)......................................................... 4
3.2.2 Built-in Test Patterns for Print Quality Check ............................................................... 5
3.3 Image Quality Troubleshooting ................................................................... 12
3.3.1 About Copy/Print Sample ........................................................................................... 12
3.3.2 Note When Checking for Image Quality Problems ..................................................... 12
3.3.3 Basic Rules for Image Quality Adjustment ................................................................. 12
3.3.4 Determining Image Quality Problems......................................................................... 12
3.3.5 Image quality problems accompanying the pitch in the paper feed direction (Cause
and corrective action) ................................................................................................ 13
3.3.6 Image Quality Troubleshooting .................................................................................. 14

Table of Contents 3-1


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
3-2 Table of Contents
Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
3.1 Preface
3.1.1 Composition of Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
This chapter is made up of 2 sections: test patterns and reference materials related to
Image Quality Troubleshooting.
1. [3.2 Test Pattern]
It contains test charts for checking the quality of copied images, and built-in test
patterns for checking the quality of prints.
2. [3.3 Image Quality Troubleshooting]
It describes items with bad image quality, the reason for that bad image quality and the
procedure for repairing the problems.

3.1.2 Image Quality Troubleshooting Procedures


When there are problems with image quality, look for the appropriate item in [3.3 Image
Quality Troubleshooting] and troubleshoot.

3.1 Preface 3-3


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
3.2 Test Pattern
The test patterns used by WF6705 are as follows:
1. The copy quality check mainly uses the A1 Test Chart (499T 00286).
As there is also an A3 Test Chart (499T 00283), choose one according to the document
width or paper width in use. Use Plain Paper for the copy quality check.
2. The print quality check uses the IOT Built-in Test Patterns stored in the ROM of IOT
PWB or the HDD Built-in Test Patterns stored in the HDD of CP-Cont.
Use the IOT DC606 Test Copy in the Diag Mode to print the IOT Built-in Test Patterns or
the CE Mode to print the HDD Built-in Test Patterns. Use Plain Paper to print these.

3.2.1 Test Chart for Copy Quality Check (499T 00286)


Copy Quality Check Items (Figure 1: A to H)
A: Reduce/Enlarge G: Line Density
B: Skip/Smear H: Solid Reproducibility
C: Resolution J: Low Contrast Reproducibility
D: Lead Edge Registration K: Blue Color Reproducibility
E: Side Registration
E1: A1 Landscape Feed Evaluation L: Fine Lines Reproducibility
E2: A1 Portrait Feed Evaluation
F: Skew
F1: A1 Landscape Feed Evaluation Margin part: Background
F2: A1 Portrait Feed Evaluation

(Figure 1) A1 Test Chart for Copy Quality Check (499T 00286)

3-4 3.2 Test Pattern


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
3.2.2 Built-in Test Patterns for Print Quality Check The parameters for IOT DC606 Test Print to output an IOT Built-in Test Pattern are as
follows.
The types of IOT Built-in Test Patterns and their usage purposes are as follows.
IOT DC606 Test Print Parameters
IOT Built-in Test Patterns and Usage Purposes
No. Settings Item Settings Range
Figure
Test Pattern Usage Purpose H/W All 2 dot Line (2 dot Grid and diagonal line created by H/W)
No.
Basic Pattern (2 dot Grid and diagonal line, Black patch, Rogm
H/W All 2 dot Line - -
text)
Basic Pattern - Figure 2
Print Quality Pattern (Resolution, Black patch, Rogm text, 1 to 3
Print Density (Light, Dark)
dot aspect diagonals)
Solid Reproducibility
All 2 dot Line (2 dot Grid and diagonal line)
Background All Ladder (2 dot ON/OFF horizontal line)
Print Quality Pattern Reproduction of 1 dot line Figure 3 Ladder (vertical/horizontal Ladder)
Resolution 1 Output Image
Gray Scale (density pattern of dither and Error Diffusion)
Skip and Smear Nip Adjust (Horizontal) (black band)
Fusing Level Hasika (1, 2, 3, and 4 dot horizontal line)
IOT Side Registration Adjustment (Chapter 4 [ADJ 8.1.1]) 2 dot Half Dark (2 dot ON/OFF staggered)
Roll Paper/Bypass Tray Lead Edge Registration 2 dot Half (2 dot ON/OFF dot)
Adjustment (Chapter 4 [ADJ 8.1.3/ADJ 8.1.4]) 1 dot Half (1 dot ON/OFF dot)
Skew LPH (LPH Adjustment Pattern)
All 2 dot Line Figure 4
Reduce/Enlarge All Black (All black)
RFC Cut Length (Chapter 4 [ADJ 8.1.2]) 2 Quantity 1 to 999 set
RFC Cut Perpendicularity 3 Paper Supply Roll 1, Roll 2, Bypass Tray
Lead/Tail Edge Transfer Failure Media Cut
4 Fixed Portrait, Fixed Landscape, Variable Length
All Ladder Margin at Lead Edge/Tail Edge Figure 5 Mode
Ladder - Figure 6 5 Variable Length 210 to 32,767 mm
Gray Scale - Figure 7 6 Toner Density Lighten +2, Lighten +1, Normal, Darken +1, Darken +2
Nip Adjust - Figure 8 7 Jam Detection OFF, ON
Hasika LPH adjustment, checking of "Hasika" Figure 9
Banding (periodical pixel position shift) The types of HDD Built-in Test Patterns that can be output in CE Mode and their usage
2 dot Half Dark Figure 10
Dark/Light (color variation) purposes are as follows. (Excluding the Service Log and the NVM Data List)
2 dot Half - Figure 11 HDD Built-in Test Patterns and Usage Purposes
Banding (periodical pixel position shift)
1 dot Half Figure 12 Output Pattern Usage Purpose Figure No.
Dark/Light (color variation)
Basic Pattern - Figure 2
LPH LPH Joint Adjustment (Chapter 4 [ADJ 8.1.5]) Figure 13
Print Quality Pattern - Figure 3
All Black Drum Dilation, Other Defects -
IIT Side Registration Adjustment (Chapter 4 [ADJ
3.1.1])
IIT Vertical Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment (Chapter 4
[ADJ 3.1.2])
IIT Chart -
IIT Lead Edge Registration Adjustment (Chapter 4
[ADJ 3.1.3])
IIT Document Length Adjustment (Chapter 4 [ADJ
3.1.4])

3.2 Test Pattern 3-5


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
(Figure 2) Basic Pattern (Figure 3) Print Quality Pattern

3-6 3.2 Test Pattern


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
(Figure 4) All 2 dot Line
(Figure 5) All Ladder

3.2 Test Pattern 3-7


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
(Figure 6) Ladder (Figure 7) Gray Scale

3-8 3.2 Test Pattern


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
(Figure 8) Nip Adjust (Figure 9) Hasika

3.2 Test Pattern 3-9


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
(Figure 10) 2 dot Half Dark (Figure 11) 2 dot Half

3-10 3.2 Test Pattern


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
(Figure 13) LPH

(Figure 12) 1 dot Half

3.2 Test Pattern 3-11


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
3.3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3.3.4 Determining Image Quality Problems
3.3.1 About Copy/Print Sample 1. Preparation
When an image quality problem occurs, use the Test Chart (499T286 (A1) or 499T283 (A3)) 1) Make a copy using the Test Chart (499T 00286).
to make a copy or obtain the Test Pattern by using the Diag Mode (IOT DC606 Test Print) 2) Print the IOT Built-in Test Pattern by using IOT DC606 Test Print.
and then use these to accurately evaluate and understand the content of the problem and
perform the appropriate action. 3) Print the HDD Built-in Test Pattern in CE Mode.
4) Collect the history data of BTR Voltage Measurement Value by using IOT DC952
BTR History.
3.3.2 Note When Checking for Image Quality Problems
5) Check whether there are errors related to image quality by using DC120/DC122.
Although the checking and processing of an image quality problem should be performed
2. Perform the following Diags to identify the image quality problems:
according to the troubleshooting for each symptom, if abnormalities and poor image quality
continue to occur, check other factors such as the installation environment, documents used, O: Has occurred -: Has not occurred
life of consumables, etc.
Drum
IIT BCR
CP-Cont
1. Installation Environment CIS Deve Data
HDD Memory
• The Power Supply voltage is within specification. Platen BTR
Fusing
• Avoid high-temperature, high-humidity (e.g. near a water tap, water heater,
humidifier, air conditioner, or heat source), and dusty areas. Test Chart (499T 00286) O O - -
IOT Built-in Test Patterns - O - -
• Avoid areas where ammonia gas may be created.
HDD Built-in Test Patterns - O O -
• Avoid direct sunlight. (Request that curtains be hanged if there are no other Plot Data - O O O
alternatives)
Fail Location IIT IOT CP-Cont Data
• A well-ventilated area.
3. Diagnosing image quality problems that happen periodically during copying/printing.
• An area where the machine can maintain a level position.
The following indicates the diameter and pitch of Fusing parts and those in the vicinity
2. Checking document for poor image quality of the Drum:
Check the document density
Parts Name Diameter Pitch (Interval)
E.g.) The system is likely to misidentify Blueprint documents or newspapers as "Copy Drum 80 mm 251 mm
Smear" when processing.
BCR 14 mm 44 mm
E.g.) The system is likely to misidentify documents with light pencil prints or blue prints Mag Roll 37 mm 116 mm
on no-carbon paper as "Light Copy". BTR 35 mm 110 mm
Heat Roll 40 mm 125 mm
3.3.3 Basic Rules for Image Quality Adjustment For image quality problems that happen periodically during copying/printing, refer to
1. One of the basic rules for image quality adjustment is to first clean the machine parts. [3.3.5 Image quality problems accompanying the pitch in the paper feed direction
(Cause and corrective action)] to identify the Fail Location.
First of all, each document handler, Platen Glass, BCR, BTR, DTS, Transport parts,
Fusing parts, and Developer parts must be cleaned.
Any significant contaminations or short-term contaminations in the machine parts are
usually due to the installation environment. Therefore, the appropriate actions must be
taken.
2. If abnormalities and poor image quality continue to occur, check other factors such as
the documents used, life of consumables, exhaustible parts, etc.

3-12 3.3 Image Quality Troubleshooting


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
3.3.5 Image quality problems accompanying the pitch in the paper feed direction (Cause and corrective action)
Parts
Diameter Pitch Symptom Cause of Problem Check Item, Corrective Action
Name
- Correct the falling of the Drum Drive Gear (reinstall)
- Check the LPH Focus
Uneven Density Periodic uneven exposures or uneven development due to Drum - Check the LPF Duty (check the NVM/raise it if it is low)
Blank Area vibration - Check the BCR DC (check DC951/lower it if it is high)
- Check the tracking float of the Deve
- Check the Deve Bias AC/DC (check DC951/raise it if it is low)
Drum 80 mm 251 mm Minor Drum scratches and presence of foreign substances (including
White Spots - Replace the Drum or clean off the foreign substances
sweat and other transparent matter)
Black Spots
Drum scratches - Replace the Drum
Black Streaks
Black Bands Electrical damage of the Drum due to leakage of charging device, etc. - Replace the Drum or wait for auto recovery by letting it rest
Shift in Slow
Periodic uneven exposures due to Drum vibration - Correct the falling of the Drum Drive Gear (reinstall)
Scan Direction
- Clean off the foreign substances adhered to the BCR (wipe with
Black Spots Poor charging due to BCR scratches or presence of foreign substances
BCR 14 mm 44 mm water)
Black Streaks (including toner bonding)
- Replace the BCR
Uneven density at the Drum caused by gap fluctuation due to Mag Roll
vibration - Check the LPH Focus
(the influence of vibrations manifests due to the deterioration of toner - Check the LPF Duty (check the NVM/raise it if it is low)
electrostatic property) - Check the BCR DC value (check DC951/lower it if it is high)
(the influence of vibrations manifests due to improper Deve Bias, - Check the tracking float of the Deve
Mag Uneven Density
37 mm 116 mm improper LPH Focus/Duty, improper BCR DC) - Check the Deve Bias AC/DC (check DC951/raise it if it is low)
Roll Blank Area
(the influence of vibrations manifests due to tracking float)
Poor delivery of Toner to the Mag Roll due to improper installation of
- Reinstall the Charging Blade
Charging Blade
Poor development due to the presence of foreign substances on the - Clean off the foreign substances on the surface of the Mag Roll
surface of the Mag Roll (clean by using alcohol)
BTR 35 mm 110 mm Blank Area Poor transfer due to partial distortion of BTR - Replace the BTR
Black Spots Toner contamination on the surface of the roll due to Heat Roll
- Replace the Heat Roll
Black Streaks scratches
Heat Poor fusing that appear in form of spots due to Heat Roll scratches and
40 mm 125 mm White Spots - Replace the Heat Roll or clean off the foreign substances
Roll presence of foreign substances (including toner bonding)
Afterimage Adherence of toner to the Heat Roll due to improper fusing temperature
- Check the Fusing Temperature (check the NVM)
(Offset) settings or problems caused by static electricity

3.3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3-13


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
3.3.6 Image Quality Troubleshooting No. Type Check Item Action
1. Light 2 Light on one Check the difference in density
side between the right and the left.
The overall text and image density is lower than the standard (Paper feed Check the levelness of the left
Image Symptoms
density. direction) and right sides of the machine.
Print the Basic Pattern or Print Quality Pattern by using IOT Remove the Toner Housing and
DC606 Test Print and check the image symptoms. check the levelness of the
No. Type Check Item Action Toner.
1 Light overall Is the output from the BCR Perform [ADJ 8.1.6 Check the latch of the Deve
normal? Xerographic Setup]. Assy.
Is the output from the Deve Perform [ADJ 8.1.6 Check the Deve Latch Spring. Replace the Deve Latch Spring.
Bias normal? Xerographic Setup]. 3 Light in some Is it possible to perform copy Instruct the Users
Is the Deve Bias Plate having Clean it. areas normally using FX standard
poor contact or contaminated? (Output is light paper?
Is the toner adhered evenly to Check the Toner supply and the in the form of Is the contact width of the Mag Replace the Mag Blade.
the Mag Roll? Deve Assy. spots or bands) Blade even?
Is the Drum disconnected from Clean or replace them. Check the direction of paper Clean or replace the
the earth? (Check the feed, the left and right pitches, corresponding parts.
conductivity between Drum - and check the corresponding
Drum Bearing - Frame) parts.
Is the toner for WF6705 being Instruct the Users Does the Tracking Roll have Clean or replace the Tracking
used? deformations or foreign Roll.
Is the LPH contaminated? Clean the LPH. substances?
Check the LPH Duty. Check the values of IOT Are the BTR and DTS Clean the BTR and DTS.
DC131 910-390 to 392 (LPH 1 contaminated?
to 3 Power). Is the surface of the Mag Roll Clean the surface of the Mag
Is the Drum suffering from light Place the Drum in a dark place abnormal? Roll by using drum cleaner or
fatigue? for about 15 mins and wait for it replace the Mag Roll.
to recover. Is the Toner Box over-filled with If the Toner Box is too full, the
Is there Background smear? Go to [2. Smear] Toner? Agitator can't rotate and could
Is it possible to perform copy Instruct the Users cause unevenness to occur in
normally using FX standard some areas. Use only 1 box
paper? when refilling the toner.
Is the Toner just refilled? 1. Output about 10 sheets of Is the BCR contaminated? Clean or replace the BCR.
A0 size solid black copies Is the border 140 mm away 1. Check the values of IOT
(prints). from the center? DC131 910-390 to 392
2. Remove all Toner within (LPH 1 to 3 Power).
the Deve Assy and refill 2. Replace the LPH Assy.
with new Toner. 3. Replace the IOT PWB.

3-14 3.3 Image Quality Troubleshooting


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
2. Smear 3. Blank Paper
Image Symptoms The area other than text/image areas looks grayish. Image Symptoms The page is copied as blank, without any image.
Print the Basic Pattern or Print Quality Pattern by using IOT No. Type Check Item Action
DC606 Test Print and check the image symptoms. 1 BCR Is the BCR contaminated? Clean or replace the BCR.
No. Type Check Item Action BTR Is the output from the HVPS Perform [ADJ 8.1.6
1 Background Is the toner for WF6705 being Clean or replace the Deve. DTS normal? (Check the connection Xerographic Setup].
spreads all over used? of the connector and check the 1. Replace the HVPS.
the paper and Is the Drum suffering from light Place the Drum in a dark place harness) 2. Replace the IOT PWB.
the image is fatigue? for about 15 mins and wait for it Pause the machine and check
copied as to recover. whether there are images on
normal Is the output from the Deve Perform [ADJ 8.1.6 the Drum.
Bias normal? Xerographic Setup]. 2 Development Is the Mag Roll rotating? Replace the Deve Assy or
Is the output from the DTS Perform [ADJ 8.1.6 System (Check the Mag Roll drive related parts.
normal? Xerographic Setup]. system)
Check for over delivery of toner, Replace the Deve Assy. Is the Deve Assy properly Reinstall it.
as well as the Mag Blade, Mag installed?
Roll, and Tracking Roll. Is the output from the Deve Perform [ADJ 8.1.6
2 Background Is the Drum disconnected from Clean or replace them. Bias normal? Xerographic Setup].
spreads all over the earth? (Check the Is the Developer Bias Plate Clean it.
the paper and conductivity between Drum - contaminated or having poor
the copied Drum Bearing - Frame) contact?
image is dark Is the BCR contaminated? Clean or replace the BCR. 3 LPH Is the LPH ON? (Check the 1. Replace the LPH Assy.
Is the BCR Support abnormal? harness) 2. Replace the IOT PWB.
Are the BCR and Drum nipped?
3 Background on Is incident light getting into the Prevent intrusion of incident
the right or left machine? light.
side of a copy
4 Background in a Is the Drum contaminated? Clean the Drum.
form of cyclical
spots

3.3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3-15


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
4. Poor Resolution 5. Creased Paper
Cannot scan copy images clearly even when factors such as Image Symptoms Uneven creases arising due to pressure on paper.
Image Symptoms
smear and fusing are normal. No. Type Check Item Action
Print the Basic Pattern, Print Quality Pattern, or Ladder by using 1 Paper Does the problem disappear Change the paper feed
IOT DC606 Test Print and check the image symptoms. when the paper feed direction direction.
No. Type Check Item Action is changed? (Paper creases are often
1 Cyclical blurring Is there any foreign substances Clean the Drum. caused by moisture absorption
and bleeding stuck to the Drum? and undulations on Paper Lead
(approx. 251 Is the Drum degenerated by Replace the Drum. Edge.)
mm cycle) chemical agents in the air? Is the pressure at the left and Adjust the Nip balance.
Is the Drum degenerated due to Replace the Drum. right sides of the Pressure Roll (Adjust the Right and Left Nip
storage in a high humidity appropriate? Spring lengths to the proper
environment? values)
2 Cyclical blurring Is the paper damp due to Replace the paper. (Refer to [ADJ 7.2.1 Nip
and bleeding moisture absorption? Balance Adjustment])
(including Is the Drum degenerated due to Replace the Drum. Note Measure the Nip
symptoms that storage in a high temperature Spring lengths when
affect the whole environment? the Fusing Unit is cool.
surface) Is the Drum degenerated by Replace the Drum. (If the Fusing Unit is in
chemical agents in the air? hot state, the Pressure
Are there fold lines in the Spread the fold line well and Roll is expanded and it
document? copy again. will not possible to
3 Whole surface Is the LPH installed correctly? measure the accurate
or partial value.)
blurring 2 Paper Feed Is the Pressure Roll Clean or replace the Pressure
System contaminated or deformed? Roll.
Is the Inlet Chute Clean or replace the Inlet
contaminated? Chute.
Is the paper skewed? Check for skew.
Check the paper loading tube
for rattling and check the length
of the tube.
Are there undulations on the Check whether the thickness
tracing paper? setting matches the paper that
is in use.
Is the Star Wheel rotating Clean the Star Wheel and
properly? check that it rotates smoothly.
3 DTS Is the DTS contaminated? Clean or replace the DTS.
(Check the conductivity/output
of the DTS)

3-16 3.3 Image Quality Troubleshooting


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
6. Afterimage 7. Black Fill
An image that appears repeatedly on copies/printouts during Image Symptoms The image is not displayed. No image has been created.
Image Symptoms continuous printing. Print the Print Quality Pattern by using IOT DC606 Test Print and
(Check whether the image appears at a regular intervals) check the image symptoms.
Print the Basic Pattern or Print Quality Pattern by using IOT No. Type Check Item Action
DC606 Test Print and check the image symptoms. 1 Copied images Is the output from the Deve Perform [ADJ 8.1.6
No. Type Check Item Action appear. Bias normal? Xerographic Setup].
1 BCR Is the BCR contaminated Clean or replace the BCR. 1. Replace the HVPS.
(residual charge due to poor 2. Replace the IOT PWB.
discharging)? Is the Drum disconnected from
2 Cleaning Is the Cleaning Blade Replace the Cleaning Blade. the earth? (Check the
Mechanism deformed? conductivity between Drum -
3 DTS Is the DTS contaminated? Clean or replace the DTS. Drum Bearing - Frame) Clean or replace the BCR.
4 Heat Roll Is there any Heat Roll offset, or Clean or replace the Heat Roll. Is the BCR normal?
(Copy image foreign substances stuck to the Lower the ID. 2 Copy image Is the Cleaning Blade Replace the Cleaning Blade.
appears at Heat Roll? appears at deformed?
approx. 125 mm Check the thickness setting of Check whether the thickness approx. 251 mm
intervals) the paper. setting matches the paper that intervals.
is in use. 3. Copied images Is the LPH ON? (Check the 1. Replace the LPH Assy.
Check for faulty fusing Check the NVM setting value of do not appear harness) 2. Replace the IOT PWB.
temperature setting and things the fusing temperature.
that may generate static
electricity.
5 Drum Is the Drum deteriorated or Replace the Drum.
(Copy image degenerated?
appears at
approx. 251 mm
intervals)

3.3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3-17


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
8. Skip 9. Black Lines
Image Symptoms Blank area appears as straight line in the Drum Shaft direction. Line image of width narrower than 1 mm that does not exist in the
Image Symptoms
Print the Print Quality Pattern or Ladder by using IOT DC606 Test original document appears in the copy feed direction.
Print and check the image symptoms. Print the Basic Pattern or Print Quality Pattern by using IOT
No. Type Check Item Action DC606 Test Print and check the image symptoms.
1 If the problem Is the Developer Housing Replace the related parts. No. Type Check Item Action
also occurs Assembly having revolution 1 It appears from Is the Drum scratched? Check if anything is in contact
during Test Print failure? (Check the drive Lead Edge to with the Drum and replace the
system) the Tail Edge of Drum.
Is the Tracking Roll scratched, the copy Is the Cleaning Blade edge Replace the Cleaning Blade.
contaminated, or deformed? damaged?
Is the Drum having a revolution Replace the related parts. Is the LPH lit poorly? Check whether the position of
failure? (Check the drive the LPH joints match. (If the
system) position of the LPH joints
Is the Cleaning Blade curled or match, perform [ADJ 8.1.5 LPH
deformed? Joint Adjustment])
Is the cleaner clogged? (Is the Check the lighting of the LPH.
Waste Toner Container full?) (Check the harness)
Is the Drum deformed, Replace the LPH Assy.
contaminated, or have dirt Is the Heat Roll contaminated Perform cleaning or
stuck to it? or scratched? replacement.
Is the paper damp due to Replace the paper. Is the Mag Roll scratched? Replace the Mag Roll as
moisture absorption? necessary.
2 The problem Is the Drum contaminated? Clean the Drum.
appears in the Is the Drum scratched? Check if anything is in contact
Halftone area at with the Drum and replace the
approx. 251 mm Drum.
cycles.

3-18 3.3 Image Quality Troubleshooting


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
10. Lead Edge Registration Failure 11. Smudge
The copied/printed image shifted out from within the specified Toner spreads out on the paper because the transferred texts
Image Symptoms Image Symptoms
distance. and images rubbed against something before they are fused.
Print the All 2 dot Line by using IOT DC606 Test Print and check Print the Basic Pattern or Print Quality Pattern by using IOT
the image symptoms. DC606 Test Print and check the image symptoms.
No. Type Check Item Action No. Type Check Item Action
1 Paper Feed Does the output become Replace the paper. 1 Paper Is the paper suitable? Recommend FX standard
System normal when new paper is paper.
used? (Paper had absorbed 2 DTS Is the DTS contaminated? Clean the DTS.
moisture) 3 Paper Feed Is the Star Wheel rotating Clean the Star Wheel and
Is there slippage due to Clean the Clutch Disk or properly? check that it rotates smoothly.
contaminated disk surface of replace the Clutch. Is the Star Wheel positioned Clean or replace the Star
the RFC Roll Clutch? improperly? (Push it up Wheel
Is the bearing the RFC Roll Clean, lubricate, or replace the manually and check that it falls
Clutch blocked? bearing. by its own weight)
Is the RFC Vertical Roll Clean or replace the RFC
contamined or worn out? Vertical Roll.
2 Control System Is the adjustment of the Lead Perform [ADJ 8.1.3 Roll Paper
Edge Registration correct? Lead Edge Registration
Adjustment] and [ADJ 8.1.4
Bypass Tray Lead Edge
Registration Adjustment].

3.3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3-19


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
12. Skew 13. Halftone Density Differences, Stripes/Unevenness
Image Symptoms Document or paper was fed in skewed manner. Image Symptoms Halftone Density Differences, Stripes/Unevenness
Print the All 2 dot Line by using IOT DC606 Test Print and check Print the LPH by using IOT DC606 Test Print and check the
the image symptoms. image symptoms.
No. Type Check Item Action No. Type Check Item Action
1 Document Feed Is the Upper Document Replace the Pinch Roller. 1 The border is Is the LPH Joint adjusted Perform [ADJ 8.1.5 LPH Joint
Transport set properly? 140 mm away properly? Adjustment].
(Insert a long document from the center
correctly and visually check 2 A band of width Is the BCR contaminated? Replace the BCR.
whether it is fed in parallel with 30 mm appears
the Document Shelf guideline) at 140 mm from The Drum is worn out. Replace the Drum.
2 Paper Feed Is the paper loaded properly? Reload the paper. the center
Is each roller contacting Clean or replace the feed roller There are cases where an approx. 30 mm wide vertical band of uneven density
properly (no one-sided contact as necessary. appears at the LPH joint section when the Drum is nearing its lifespan. This band is
or uneven wear)? the result of the overlapping parts of 3 BCRs which coincides with the wear and tear
Is the Nip of the Fusing Unit Adjust the Nip balance. of the Drum, and has got nothing to do with the difference in LPH density.
balanced properly? (Adjust the Right and Left Nip 3 Incident light Is incident light getting into the Prevent intrusion of incident
Spring lengths to the proper has intruded machine? light.
values)
(Refer to [ADJ 7.2.1 Nip
Balance Adjustment])
Note Measure the Nip
Spring lengths when
the Fusing Unit is cool.
(If the Fusing Unit is in
hot state, the Pressure
Roll is expanded and it
will not possible to
measure the accurate
value.)
Replace the Heat Roll and
Pressure Roll as necessary.

3-20 3.3 Image Quality Troubleshooting


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
14. Side 2 Contamination
Image Symptoms Side 2 Contamination of Copy/Print
No. Cause Check Item Action
1 The image at Check the image erase Adjust the image erase
the paper's amount. amount.
edge is not - 910-416 Lead Edge/During
completely Copy
erased - 910-417 Tail Edge/During
Copy
- 910-418 Left and Right
Edge/During Copy
- 910-419 Lead Edge/During
Plot
- 910-420 Tail Edge/During Plot
- 910-421 Left and Right
Edge/During Plot
2 Shift in the Lead Perform [ADJ 8.1.1 IOT Side
Edge and Side Registration Adjustment], [ADJ
registration 8.1.3 Roll Paper Lead Edge
Registration Adjustment], and
[ADJ 8.1.4 Bypass Tray Lead
Edge Registration Adjustment].

3.3 Image Quality Troubleshooting 3-21


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
Intentionally Blank

3-22 3.3 Image Quality Troubleshooting


Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Table of Contents 6. Xero ................................................................................................................................. 60
REP6.1.1 Xero Module .................................................................................................... 60
4.1 Preface ......................................................................................................... 3 REP6.1.2 BTR Housing Assembly ................................................................................... 62

4.1.1 How to Use the Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment ............................................. 3 REP6.2.1 Drum ................................................................................................................ 64

4.1.2 Terms and Symbols ...................................................................................................... 3 REP6.2.2 BCR ................................................................................................................. 67


REP6.2.3 Drum Assembly................................................................................................ 68
4.2 Disassembly/Assembly ................................................................................. 5
REP6.3.1 BTR ................................................................................................................. 70
1. Drive .................................................................................................................................. 5
REP6.3.2 DTS ................................................................................................................. 73
REP1.1.1 RFC Takeaway Clutch ....................................................................................... 5
REP6.4.1 Cleaner Blade .................................................................................................. 75
REP1.2.1 Main Motor and Deve. Clutch ............................................................................ 6
REP6.4.2 Finger Shaft ..................................................................................................... 76
2. Paper Transport ................................................................................................................ 8
REP6.4.3 BCR Holder Assembly ..................................................................................... 78
REP2.1.1 Manual Feed Lower Baffle Assembly ................................................................ 8
REP6.4.4 Auger ............................................................................................................... 79
REP2.1.2 Vertical Front Baffle Assembly ..........................................................................11
7. Fusing Unit ...................................................................................................................... 81
REP2.1.3 Manual Feed Roll ............................................................................................ 13
REP7.1.1 (SCC) Heater Rod (Center/Side/Sub) .............................................................. 81
REP2.1.4 Regi Roll .......................................................................................................... 16
REP7.1.2 (SCC) Fusing Drive Motor ............................................................................... 84
REP2.2.1 Vertical Rear Baffle Assembly ......................................................................... 18
REP7.2.1 Heat Roll .......................................................................................................... 86
3. IIT .................................................................................................................................... 20
REP7.2.2 Pressure Roll ................................................................................................... 90
REP3.1.1 IIT PWB ........................................................................................................... 20
REP7.3.1 Upper Exit Baffle Assembly.............................................................................. 94
REP3.3.1 Pinch Roller ..................................................................................................... 23
REP7.3.2 Heat Roll Thermistor 1, 2, 3, 4 ......................................................................... 96
REP3.3.2 White Platen Assembly .................................................................................... 25
REP7.3.3 Thermostat....................................................................................................... 98
REP3.4.1 (Heavyweight Document Supporting Kit) Pinch Roller..................................... 26
REP7.4.1 Strip Finger .................................................................................................... 100
REP3.4.2 White Platen Assembly (Heavyweight Document Supporting Kit) ................... 28
8. Electrical ........................................................................................................................ 101
REP3.5.1 IIT Cover Open Sensor.................................................................................... 29
REP8.1.1 (SCC) IOT PWB............................................................................................. 101
REP3.6.1 (SCC) IIT Drive Motor ...................................................................................... 33
REP8.1.2 (SCC) AC Relay PWB.................................................................................... 103
REP3.6.2 IIT Document Transport Roll ............................................................................ 34
REP8.2.1 (SCC) HVPS .................................................................................................. 104
REP3.7.1 CIS Assembly .................................................................................................. 37
REP8.5.1 (SCC) RFC Motor PWB ................................................................................. 105
REP3.7.2 Platen Glass .................................................................................................... 41
REP8.6.1 (SCC) WF01 PWB ......................................................................................... 106
REP3.7.3 CIS Cable ........................................................................................................ 43
REP8.6.2 CP Control LVPS ........................................................................................... 108
4. LPH ................................................................................................................................. 46
REP8.6.3 (SCC) (ISC) HDD........................................................................................... 110
REP4.1.1 LPH Assembly ................................................................................................. 46
REP8.6.4 (SCC) WF02 PWB Assembly ......................................................................... 112
REP4.1.2 (SCC) LPH I/F PWB ........................................................................................ 50
REP8.6.5 (SCC) CP Control PWB Assembly ................................................................. 114
5. Development ................................................................................................................... 52
REP8.6.6 CP Control CPU............................................................................................. 117
REP5.1.1 Developer Assembly ........................................................................................ 52
9. Cover ............................................................................................................................. 118
REP5.2.1 Mag. Roll ......................................................................................................... 54
REP9.1.1 Front Upper Cover ......................................................................................... 118
REP5.2.2 Mag. Blade ...................................................................................................... 57
REP9.1.2 Front Left Door............................................................................................... 119
REP5.2.3 Toner Housing ................................................................................................. 59

Table of Contents 4-1


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP9.1.3 Front Right Door ............................................................................................ 120 ADJ8.1.4 Bypass Tray Lead Edge Registration Adjustment........................................... 166
REP9.2.1 Right Upper Cover ......................................................................................... 122 ADJ8.1.5 LPH Joint Adjustment ..................................................................................... 167
REP9.2.2 Right Swing Cover ......................................................................................... 124 ADJ8.1.5.1 LPH Focus Rough Adjustment .................................................................... 168
REP9.2.3 Right Lower Cover ......................................................................................... 125 ADJ8.1.5.2 LPH Density Difference Fine Adjustment (Light Duty Adjustment) .............. 170
REP9.2.4 Document Shelf Assembly............................................................................. 126 ADJ8.1.5.3 LPH Joint Fast Scan Direction Adjustment .................................................. 171
REP9.3.1 Left Upper Cover ........................................................................................... 127 ADJ8.1.5.4 LPH Joint Slow Scan Direction Adjustment ................................................. 172
REP9.3.2 Left Swing Cover ........................................................................................... 129 ADJ8.1.6 Xero Graphic Setup ........................................................................................ 173
REP9.3.3 Rear Cover Assembly .................................................................................... 130 ADJ8.6.1 Things to Take Note
when Replacing Important Information Stored Components........................... 181
REP9.3.4 Left Lower Cover ........................................................................................... 131
12. UI................................................................................................................................. 182
REP9.3.5 Rear Lower Cover ......................................................................................... 132
ADJ12.1.1 UI Touch Panel Origin Point Adjustment ....................................................... 182
10. RFC............................................................................................................................. 133
REP10.1.1 RFC Assembly............................................................................................. 133
REP10.1.2 Left Rail and Right Rail ................................................................................ 135
REP10.2.1 (SCC) Cutter Assembly ............................................................................... 137
REP10.4.1 Feed Roll ..................................................................................................... 139
12. UI ................................................................................................................................ 140
REP12.1.1 (SCC) UI Assembly...................................................................................... 140
REP12.1.2 Left Hinge Cover and Right Hinge Cover .................................................... 141
REP12.1.3 Post Rear Cover and Post Front Upper Cover, Post Front Lower Cover ..... 142
REP12.1.4 UI I/F Cable ................................................................................................. 143
99. (SCC) Safety Critical Components .............................................................................. 146
REP99.1.1 (SCC) Safety Critical Components .............................................................. 146
4.3 Adjustment .....................................................Error! Bookmark not defined.
3. IIT .................................................................................................................................. 147
ADJ3.1.1 IIT Side Registration Adjustment .................................................................... 147
ADJ3.1.2 IIT Vertical Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment ......................................................... 149
ADJ3.1.3 IIT Lead Edge Registration Adjustment .......................................................... 151
ADJ3.1.4 IIT Document Length Adjustment ................................................................... 153
ADJ3.1.5 CIS Gap Correction ........................................................................................ 155
7. Fusing Unit .................................................................................................................... 160
ADJ7.2.1 Nip Balance Adjustment ................................................................................. 160
8. Electrical ....................................................................................................................... 162
ADJ8.1.1 IOT Side Registration Adjustment .................................................................. 162
ADJ8.1.2 Roll Paper Fixed Cut Length Adjustment ....................................................... 163
ADJ8.1.3 Roll Paper Lead Edge Registration Adjustment ............................................. 165
4-2 Table of Contents
Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
4.1 Preface E.g. 1: REP1.2.3 "A" Roller [Models with 5V] 4.1.2 Terms and Symbols
4.1.1 How to Use the Disassembly/Assembly and Indicates that the entire procedure under this title The symbols listed here are used across all chapters.
applies to models with 5V modification.
Adjustment The terms and symbols used at the beginning of a text are
E.g. 2: 2. [Models without 3V] Remove Roller "B". defined as follows:
The following are some of the rules for procedures involving
the disassembly, assembly, replacement, and adjustment of Indicates that this procedure only applies to DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation,
parts that are required during field service. machines without 3V modification. such as death or serious injury if operators do
1. Sub System E.g. 3: Figure 1 [Models with 3V] not handle the machine correctly by
disregarding the statement.
The WF6705 is described by Sub System. Each Sub Indicates that Figure 1 is a reference figure
System is separated into several items (titles) and each consisting of a model with 3V modification. WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation,
title has an item number assigned to it. These numbers such as death or serious injury if operators do
E.g. 4: not handle the machine correctly by
match the Plate No. of Parts List in Chapter 5. This helps
to easily find the relevant procedures from parts list, or This symbol indicates the configuration of disregarding the statement.
vise versa. the part after a modification with the
CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation,
number shown in the symbol is
E.g.) Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment : such as injury or property damage if operators
introduced.
REP1.1.1 LPH Assembly do not handle the machine correctly by
Parts List : PL1.1 LPH Unit This symbol indicates the configuration of disregarding the statement.
the part before a modification with the
2. Figure Instruction Used to alert you to a procedure, if not strictly
number shown in the symbol is
observed, could result in damage to the machine
(Figure X) at the end of a section indicates that the introduced.
or equipment.
illustrated action step is a detailed procedure. 8. Names for machine orientation
Note Used when work procedures and rules are
Furthermore, the illustrations only show one side of the Positions or directions of the machine and directions of emphasized.
parts that has a symmetrical top and bottom or Left and the machine interior used in procedures are defined as
Right sides. follows. Reference Used when other explanations are given.
3. Installation - Front : front of the machine Purpose Used to explain purpose of adjustment.
Installation only indicates things that you have to note - Right : Right-hand side when facing the front of the The terms and symbols used within the text are defined as
when performing the removal procedures in reverse. machine follows:
4. Replacement Procedure - Left : Left-hand side when facing the front of the REP Indicates the disassembly/assembly procedure for
Simple replacement procedures that do not require machine reference.
removal and installation steps are not listed here. - Rear : Rear when facing the front of the machine ADJ Indicates the adjustment procedure for reference.
However, when relevant adjustments are required, they
PL Indicates the Parts List for reference.
are listed in notes.
CH Indicates the BSD for reference.
5. Referral Procedure
SCC Safety Critical Components (SCC)
The (REP1.2.3) or (ADJ1.2.3) after a procedure indicates
the disassembling, assembling, or adjustment sections For the safety control of the Safety Critical
used for reference. Components and the components specified, follow the
regulations regarding the Safety Critical Components
6. Prerequisite
set by Xerox Co., Ltd.
Make sure to verify this as it is stated in the notes before Parts defined as SCC must be replaced as a whole
the procedure. part. Never disassemble it or replace its internal parts.
7. Modification Installation of a part not specified by Xerox is strictly
prohibited because we cannot guarantee quality and
When there are differences due to modifications to the safety.
title item or procedure, a modification number will be
listed at the start of that procedure.

4.1 Preface 4-3


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
ISC Important Information Stored Component (ISC)
This component stores all the important customer
information that is input after the installation. When
performing replacement, follow the procedures in
"Chapter 4 Adjustment" to replace/discard. Make
absolutely sure that no customer information gets
leaked outside.

4-4 4.1 Preface


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4. Remove the RFC Takeaway Clutch. (Figure 2) Installation
1. Drive 1) Disconnect the connector. Procedure
2) Release the clamp to remove the Wire Harness. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
REP1.1.1 RFC Takeaway Clutch
3) Remove the screw (x2).
Reference PL: PL1.1
4) Remove the RFC Takeaway Clutch while preventing
the bearing from falling off.
Removal
5) Remove the Powdered Metal Bearing.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Left Upper Cover. (REP9.3.1)
2. Remove the Left Lower Cover. (REP9.3.4)
3. Remove the belt. (Figure 1)
1) Loosen the screw to relax belt tension.
2) Move the Tension Pulley in the direction of the arrow
to remove the belt.

(Figure 2) j0bn40102

(Figure 1) j0bn40101

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-5


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP1.2.1 Main Motor and Deve. Clutch 3. Disconnect the Main Motor and Deve. Clutch connectors. 4. Remove the Main Motor and Deve. Clutch. (Figure 3)
(Figure 2)
Reference PL: PL1.2 1) Remove the screw (x4).
1) Disconnect the connectors (x2). 2) Remove the Main Drive Motor and Deve. Clutch.
Removal 2) Release the clamp (x6) to remove the Wire Harness. 3) Remove the belt.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Left Swing Cover. (REP9.3.2)
2. Remove the belt from the Drum Pulley of Xero Module.
(Figure 1)
1) Loosen the Knob Screw.
2) Relax the tension of the belt by moving the Tension
Arm in the direction of the arrow.
3) Remove the belt from the Drum Pulley.

(Figure 2) j0bn40104 (Figure 3) j0bn40105

(Figure 1) j0bn40601

4-6 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Installation Note Remove the Rear Cover Assembly (REP9.3.3), and
Procedure check that the Tab (protrusion) of the Deve. Clutch is
properly inserted into the U-Groove of the Plate.
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. (Figure 5)
Note When installing the Main Motor and Deve. Clutch, A) Check the installation of Tab (protrusion)
insert and set the Tab (protrusion) of the Deve Clutch
into the U-Groove of the Plate Bearing. (Figure 4)
A) Tab (protrusion) of the Deve. Clutch.
B) U-Groove of the Plate Bearing.

(Figure 4) j0bn40106

(Figure 5) j0bn40107

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-7


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
2. Paper Transport 8. Remove the screws on the Left side of the Manual Feed 10. Pass the Tail Edge of the Manual Feed Upper Baffle-1
Upper Baffle-1. (Figure 2) through the bottom of the Manual Feed Roll Block.
REP2.1.1 Manual Feed Lower Baffle Assembly (Figure 4)
1) Remove the screw (x2).
Reference PL: PL2.1 1) While pressing the center of the Tail Edge of the
Manual Feed Upper Baffle-1, pass it through the
bottom of the Manual Feed Roll Block.
Removal
A) Passing through the bottom of the Manual Feed
WARNING Roll Block
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Left Upper Cover. (REP9.3.1)
2. Remove the Right Upper Cover. (REP9.2.1)
3. Remove the Front Upper Cover. (REP9.1.1 Steps 1 to 4)
4. Remove the BTR Housing Assembly. (REP6.1.2)
5. Remove the Fusing Drive Motor. (REP7.1.2)
6. Remove the Manual Feed Roll. (REP2.1.3)
7. Remove the Gear Pulley. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the gear. (Figure 2) j0ry40206
2) Remove the belt. 9. Remove the screws on the Right side of the Manual Feed
3) Remove the Gear Pulley. Upper Baffle-1. (Figure 3)
1) Remove the screw (x2).

(Figure 4) j0ry40232

(Figure 1) j0bn40207
(Figure 3) j0ry40207

4-8 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
11. Remove the Manual Feed Upper Baffle-1. (Figure 5) 12. Disconnect the Manual Feed Lower Baffle Assembly 13. Remove the screws on the Manual Feed Lower Baffle.
connector. (Figure 6) (Figure 7)
1) Remove the Manual Feed Upper Baffle-1.
1) Disconnect the connector (P/J681). 1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Disconnect the connector (P/J682).
3) Release the clamp (x5) to remove the Wire Harness.

(Figure 5) j0bn40226

(Figure 6) j0bn40201

(Figure 7) j0ry40211

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-9


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
14. Remove the Manual Feed Lower Baffle Assembly. (Figure Installation Note When installing the Manual Feed Lower Baffle
8) Procedure Assembly, insert and set the Studs of the Frame into
1) Remove the Manual Feed Lower Baffle Assembly in the U-Grooves of the Manual Feed Lower Baffle
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Assembly. (Figure 10)
the direction of the arrow.
Note The Connector Housing of the Manual Feed Lower
Baffle Assembly is taken out of the Frame hole.
(Figure 9)
A) Connector Housing
B) Frame hole

(Figure 8) j0bn40222 (Figure 10) j0bn40225

(Figure 9) j0bn40224

4-10 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP2.1.2 Vertical Front Baffle Assembly 6. Disconnect the Vertical Front Baffle Assembly connectors. 7. Remove the screws on the Rear of the Vertical Front
(Figure 1) Baffle Assembly. (Figure 2)
Reference PL: PL2.1
1) Release the clamp (x4) to remove the Wire Harness. 1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Release the clamp to remove the Wire Harness.
Removal
3) Disconnect the connector (P/J697).
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the 4) Disconnect the connector (P/J683).
power plug to prevent electric shock. 5) Pull out the Wire Harness from the clamp.
Procedure
1. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (REP9.3.5)
2. Remove the Right Lower Cover. (REP9.2.3)
3. Remove the Left Lower Cover. (REP9.3.4)
4. Remove the Xero Module. (REP6.1.1)
5. Vertical Rear Baffle Assembly (REP2.2.1)

(Figure 2) j0bn40210

(Figure 1) j0bn40208

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-11


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
8. Remove the Vertical Front Baffle Assembly. (Figure 3) Installation Note The Wire Harness of the Vertical Front Baffle
1) Take out the Vertical Front Baffle Assembly in the Procedure Assembly goes through the bottom of the Manual
direction of the arrow. Feed Baffle-3 (A). (Figure 5)
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Note When installing the Vertical Front Baffle Assembly,
insert and set the threads of the screws into the
U-Grooves at both lower edges of the Vertical Front
Baffle Assembly. (Figure 4)
(Open the Front Left/Right Door and check at the rear
of the RFC.)
A) U-Groove of the Vertical Front Baffle Assembly
B) Thread of screw

(Figure 3) j0ry40224 (Figure 5) j0bn40211

(Figure 4) j0bn40209

4-12 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP2.1.3 Manual Feed Roll 4. Remove the Manual Feed Clutch. (Figure 2) 5. Remove the bearing at the Left side of the Manual Feed
Roll. (Figure 3)
Reference PL: PL2.1 1) Loosen the screw to relax belt tension.
1) Remove the E-Clip.
2) Remove the E-Clip.
2) Remove the bearing.
Removal 3) Remove the Manual Feed Clutch.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Left Upper Cover. (REP9.3.1)
2. Remove the Right Upper Cover. (REP9.2.1)
3. Remove the Clutch Bracket. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the Stopper Pin.
2) Remove the Friction Clutch.
3) Disconnect the connector.
4) Release the clamp to remove the Wire Harness.
5) Remove the screw (x2).
6) Remove the Clutch Bracket.

(Figure 3) j0bn40219
(Figure 2) j0bn40203

(Figure 1) j0bn40220

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-13


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
6. Remove the Right Inner Cover. (Figure 4) 7. Remove the Nip Lever. (Figure 5) 8. Remove the bearing at the Right side of the Manual Feed
Roll. (Figure 6)
1) Release the clamp (x2) to remove the Wire Harness 1) Lower the Nip Lever to remove the screw.
(x4). 1) Remove the E-Clip.
2) Remove the Nip Lever.
2) Remove the screw (x4). 2) Remove the bearing.
3) Remove the Right Inner Cover.

(Figure 5) j0bn40204
(Figure 6) j0bn40205

(Figure 4) j0bn40202

4-14 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
9. Remove the Manual Feed Roll. (Figure 7) Installation
1) Remove the Manual Feed Roll from the hole. Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Note When installing the Manual Feed Clutch, insert and
set the Tab (protrusion) of the Fusing Drive Motor
into the U-Groove of the Manual Feed Clutch. (Figure
8)
A) Tab (protrusion) of the Fusing Drive Motor

(Figure 7) j0bn40206

(Figure 8) j0bn40709

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-15


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP2.1.4 Regi Roll 8. Remove the Tie Plate. (Figure 1) 9. Remove the pulley. (Figure 2)
Reference PL: PL2.1 1) Remove the screw (x4). 1) Loosen the screw to relax belt tension.
2) Remove the Tie Plate. 2) Remove the E-Clip.
Removal 3) Remove the gear (small).
WARNING 4) Remove the gear (medium).
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the 5) Remove the pulley.
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Open the Swing Frame.
2. Open the Horizontal Lower Baffle. (PL2.1)
3. Remove the BTR Housing Assembly. (REP6.1.2)
4. Remove the Left Upper Cover. (REP9.3.1)
5. Remove the Left Lower Cover. (REP9.3.4)
6. Remove the Right Upper Cover. (REP9.2.1)
7. Remove the RFC Takeaway Clutch. (REP1.1.1)

(Figure 2) j0bn40213

(Figure 1) j0bn40212

4-16 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
10. Remove the bearing. (Figure 3) 11. Remove the Regi Roll. (Figure 4) Installation
1) Remove the E-Clip. 1) Remove the E-Clip. Procedure
2) Remove the bearing. 2) Remove the bearing. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
3) Regi Roll

(Figure 3) j0bn40214
(Figure 4) j0bn40215

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-17


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP2.2.1 Vertical Rear Baffle Assembly 5. Remove the screws that secure the Stud at the Left side 7. Move the Link and Bracket of the Vertical Real Baffle
of the Vertical Rear Baffle Assembly. (Figure 2) Assembly to the front. (Figure 4)
Reference PL: PL2.2
1) Remove the screw. 1) Move the Link and Bracket to the front.

Removal
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Right Lower Cover. (REP9.2.3)
2. Remove the Left Lower Cover. (REP9.3.4)
3. Remove the Xero Module. (REP6.1.1)
4. Remove the screws on the bracket of the Link. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x2).

(Figure 2) j0bn40217
6. Remove the screws that secure the Stud at the Right side
of the Vertical Rear Baffle Assembly. (Figure 3)
1) Remove the screw.

(Figure 4) j0ry40219

(Figure 1) j0ry40215

(Figure 3) j0bn40218

4-18 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
8. Remove the Vertical Rear Baffle Assembly. (Figure 5) Installation
1) Remove the Vertical Rear Baffle Assembly. Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Note When installing the Vertical Rear Baffle Assembly,
place and set the Stud (x2) of the Vertical Rear Baffle
Assembly on the V-Grooves of the bracket. (Figure 6)
A) V-Groove of the bracket
B) Stud of the Vertical Rear Baffle Assembly

(Figure 5) j0ry40220

(Figure 6) j0bn40221

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-19


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
3. IIT 3. Remove the Rear Lower Baffle. (Figure 1) 4. Open the Swing Frame.
REP3.1.1 IIT PWB 1) Remove the screw (x2). 5. Remove the screws on the IIT Frame. (Figure 2)

Reference PL: PL3.1 2) Remove the screw (x2). 1) Remove the screw (x2).
3) Remove the Rear Lower Baffle. 2) Remove the screw (x2).

Removal 3) Remove the screw (x3).

WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
WARNING
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from
static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some
metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static
electricity.
Procedure
1. Remove the Right Swing Cover. (REP9.2.2)
2. Remove the Left Swing Cover. (REP9.3.2)

(Figure 1) j0bn40339
(Figure 2) j0bn40302
6. Close the Swing Frame.

4-20 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
7. Open the IIT Frame. (Figure 4) 8. Remove the IIT PWB. (Figure 5) Installation
Note Always open the IIT Frame with the Swing Frame 1) Disconnect the CIS Cable (x5) and remove the Core Procedure
closed. (x5) from the CIS Cable (x5). To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
1) Open the IIT Frame until the Stopper is set into the 2) Disconnect the connector (x5).
Note Before replacing the IIT PWB, install the NVM (ROM)
Frame holes. 3) Disconnect the USB Cable. attached to the IIT PWB to the new IIT PWB. (Figure
2) Return the IIT Frame to the original position while 4) Remove the screw (x6). 6)
checking that the IIT Frame is held by the Stopper.
5) Remove the IIT PWB.
Note When an optional PMEM PWB is installed,
shift the IIT PWB to the Right side and
disconnect it from the PMEM PWB, and then
remove the IIT PWB.

(Figure 6) j0bn40305
(Figure 4) j0bn40303

(Figure 5) j0bn40304

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-21


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Note To close the IIT Frame, perform the following Note To fix the IIT Frame, perform the following Note To install the Rear Lower Baffle, perform the
procedures. (Figure 7) procedures. (Figure 8) following procedures. (Figure 9)
1) Lift up the IIT Frame slightly and remove the 1) Loosely affix the screw (x3). 1) Install the Rear Lower Baffle.
Stopper. 2) Tighten the screw (x2). 2) Loosely affix the screw (x2).
2) Attach the Stopper Magnet to the IIT Frame. 3) Tighten the screw (x2). 3) Tighten the screw (x2) while pushing the Rear
3) Close the IIT Frame gently. Lower Baffle to the front.
4) Tighten the screw (x3) securely.
4) Tighten the screw (x2).

(Figure 7) j0bn90074

(Figure 8) j0bn40344
(Figure 9) j0bn40338

4-22 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP3.3.1 Pinch Roller 3. Remove the Baffle. (Figure 2) 4. Turn the Baffle upside down and remove the Pinch Roller.
(Figure 3)
Reference PL: PL3.3 1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x10).
1) Remove the spring (x2).
2) Remove the Earth Plate (x5).
2) Remove the collar (x2).
Removal 3) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2).
3) Remove the Pinch Roller.
WARNING 4) Remove the screw (x2).
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the 5) Remove the Baffle.
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the White Platen Assembly. (REP3.3.2)
2. Remove the Spring Bracket (x2). (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Remove the Spring Bracket.
3) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2).
4) Remove the Spring Bracket.

(Figure 3) j0bn40308

(Figure 2) j0bn40307

(Figure 1) j0bn40306

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-23


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Installation Note When installing the White Platen Assembly, check
Procedure that the Tab (x2, at both sides) on the inside of the
White Platen Assembly is fit into the spring (x2).
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. (Figure 5)
Note Install the spring (x2) to the Pinch Roller in the
direction shown in the following figure. (Figure 4)

(Figure 5) j0bn40310

(Figure 4) j0bn40343

4-24 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP3.3.2 White Platen Assembly 4. Remove the White Platen Assembly. (Figure 2) Installation
Reference PL: PL3.3 1) Loosen the screw and shift the Stopper. Procedure
2) Loosen the screw and shift the Stopper. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Removal 3) Remove the White Platen Assembly. Note When installing the White Platen Assembly, check
that the Tab (x2, at both sides) on the inside of the
WARNING White Platen Assembly is fit into the spring (x2).
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the (Figure 3)
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Turn Guide (x2). (PL3.1)
2. Remove the Upper Document Transport. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the Upper Document Transport in the
direction of the arrow.

(Figure 3) j0bn40310

(Figure 2) j0bn40309

(Figure 1) j0bn40407
3. Turn and place the Upper Document Transport upside
down.

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-25


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP3.4.1 (Heavyweight Document Supporting Kit) 2. Remove the Baffle. (Figure 2) 3. Turn the Baffle upside down and remove the Pinch Roller.
Pinch Roller (Figure 3)
1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x4).
Reference PL: PL3.4 1) Remove the spring (x2).
2) Remove the Earth Plate (x2).
2) Remove the collar (x2).
3) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2).
3) Remove the Pinch Roller.
Removal 4) Remove the screw (x2).
WARNING 5) Remove the Baffle.
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the White Platen Assembly. (REP3.4.2)

(Figure 3) j0bn40349

(Figure 2) j0bn40348

4-26 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Installation
Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Note Install the spring (x2) to the Pinch Roller in the
direction shown in the following figure. (Figure 4)

(Figure 4) j0bn40350

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-27


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP3.4.2 White Platen Assembly (Heavyweight 3. Turn the Upper Document Transport upside down and 4. Remove the White Platen Assembly. (Figure 3)
Document Supporting Kit) place it in the direction shown in the following figure.
1) Remove the KL-Clip.
(Figure 2)
Reference PL: PL3.4 2) Shift the White Platen Assembly to the Left side.
3) Raise the White Platen Assembly toward you and
Removal remove it.

WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Turn Guide (x2). (PL3.1)
2. Remove the Upper Document Transport. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the Upper Document Transport in the
direction of the arrow.

(Figure 2) j0bn40351

(Figure 3) j0bn40347

(Figure 1) j0bn40407
Installation
Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

4-28 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP3.5.1 IIT Cover Open Sensor 4. Open the Swing Frame. 6. Remove the screws on the IIT Frame. (Figure 3)
Reference PL: PL3.5 5. Remove the Baffle. (Figure 2) 1) Remove the screw (x2).
1) Remove the screw (x2). 2) Remove the screw (x2).
Removal 2) Loosen the screw (x3). 3) Remove the screw (x3).
WARNING 3) Remove the Front Baffle.
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Right Swing Cover. (REP9.2.2)
2. Remove the Left Swing Cover. (REP9.3.2)
3. Remove the Rear Lower Baffle. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Remove the screw (x2).
3) Remove the Rear Lower Baffle.

(Figure 2) j0bn40311

(Figure 3) j0bn40340
7. Close the Swing Frame.

(Figure 1) j0bn40339

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-29


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
8. Open the IIT Frame. (Figure 4) 9. Remove the IIT Cover Open Sensor. (Figure 5) 10. Remove the IIT Cover Open Sensor from the Sensor
Bracket. (Figure 6)
Note Always open the IIT Frame with the Swing Frame 1) Disconnect the connector.
closed. 1) Remove the hook (x3) and remove the IIT Cover
2) Remove the screw.
Open Sensor from the Sensor Bracket.
1) Open the IIT Frame until the Stopper is set into the 3) Remove the IIT Cover Open Sensor.
Frame holes.
2) Return the IIT Frame to the original position while
checking that the IIT Frame is held by the Stopper.

(Figure 6) j0bn40313
(Figure 5) j0bn40312

(Figure 4) j0bn40341

4-30 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Installation Note To fix the IIT Frame, perform the following Note To install the Front Baffle, perform the following
Procedure procedures. (Figure 8) procedures. (Figure 9)

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 1) Loosely affix the screw (x3). 1) While preventing from a gap between the Platen
Glass and the Front Baffle, install the Front
Note To close the IIT Frame, perform the following 2) Tighten the screw (x2).
Baffle.
procedures. (Figure 7) 3) Tighten the screw (x2).
2) Loosely affix the screw (x2).
1) Lift up the IIT Frame slightly and remove the 4) Tighten the screw (x3) securely.
Stopper. 3) Tighten the screw (x3) while checking that there
is no gap between the Platen Glass and the
2) Attach the Stopper Magnet to the IIT Frame. Front Baffle.
3) Close the IIT Frame gently. 4) Tighten the screw (x2).

(Figure 7) j0bn90074

(Figure 8) j0bn40345

(Figure 9) j0bn40327

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-31


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Note To install the Rear Lower Baffle, perform the
following procedures. (Figure 10)
1) Install the Rear Lower Baffle.
2) Loosely affix the screw (x2).
3) Tighten the screw (x2) while pushing the Rear
Lower Baffle to the front.
4) Tighten the screw (x2).

(Figure 10) j0bn40338

4-32 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP3.6.1 (SCC) IIT Drive Motor 3. Remove the IIT Drive Motor Assembly. (Figure 2) 4. Remove the IIT Drive Motor. (Figure 3)
Reference PL: PL3.6 1) Disconnect the connector. 1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Release the clamp to remove the Wire Harness. 2) Remove the IIT Drive Motor.
Removal 3) Remove the screw (x3).
WARNING 4) Remove the IIT Drive Motor Assembly.
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Right Swing Cover. (REP9.2.2)
2. Remove the Motor Cover. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Remove the Motor Cover.

(Figure 3) j0bn40315

(Figure 2) j0bn40314 Installation


Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

(Figure 1) j0bn40352

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-33


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP3.6.2 IIT Document Transport Roll 4. [Only when the IIT Document Transport Roll at the Rear is 5. Remove the Motor Cover. (Figure 3)
removed] Remove the Rear Lower Baffle. (Figure 2)
Reference PL: PL3.6 1) Remove the screw (x2).
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Remove the Motor Cover.
2) Remove the screw (x2).
Removal
3) Remove the Rear Lower Baffle.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Note The figures in Steps 8 to 10 show the IIT Document
Transport Roll at the Front as an example. Perform
the same procedures when removing the IIT
Document Transport Roll at the Rear.
Procedure
1. Remove the Right Swing Cover. (REP9.2.2)
2. Remove the Left Swing Cover. (REP9.3.2)
3. [Only when the IIT Document Transport Roll at the Front
is removed] Remove the Front Baffle. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Loosen the screw (x3).
3) Remove the Front Baffle. (Figure 3) j0bn40352

(Figure 2) j0bn40339

(Figure 1) j0bn40311

4-34 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
6. Remove the IIT Drive Motor Assembly. (Figure 4) 7. Remove the belt from the pulley. (Figure 5) 8. Remove the pulley. (Figure 6)
1) Disconnect the connector. 1) Loosen the screw. 1) Remove the KL-Clip.
2) Release the clamp to remove the Wire Harness. 2) Relax the belt tension. 2) Remove the pulley.
3) Remove the screw (x3). 3) Tighten the screw.
4) Remove the IIT Drive Motor Assembly. 4) Remove the belt.

(Figure 6) j0bn40317
9. Remove the Ball Bearing. (Figure 7)
(Figure 4) j0bn40314 (Figure 5) j0bn40316 1) Remove the KL-Clip.
2) Remove the Ball Bearing.

(Figure 7) j0bn40318

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-35


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
10. Remove the IIT Document Transport Roll. (Figure 8) Installation Note [Only when the IIT Document Transport Roll at the
1) Remove the KL-Clip. Procedure Rear is removed] To install the Rear Lower Baffle,
perform the following procedures. (Figure 10)
2) Remove the Ball Bearing. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
1) Install the Rear Lower Baffle.
3) Remove the IIT Document Transport Roll. Note [Only when the IIT Document Transport Roll at the
2) Loosely affix the screws (x4).
Front is removed] To install the Front Baffle, perform
the following procedures. (Figure 9) 3) Tighten the screw (x2) while pushing the Rear
Lower Baffle to the front.
1) While preventing from a gap between the Platen
Glass and the Front Baffle, install the Front 4) Tighten the screw (x2).
Baffle.
2) Loosely affix the screw (x2).
3) Tighten the screw (x3) while checking that there
is no gap between the Platen Glass and the
Front Baffle.
4) Tighten the screw (x2).

(Figure 8) j0bn40319

(Figure 10) j0bn40338


Note After replacing the IIT Document Transport Roll, be
sure to correct the CIS joint. (ADJ3.1.5)

(Figure 9) j0bn40327

4-36 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP3.7.1 CIS Assembly 3. Remove the Rear Lower Baffle. (Figure 1) 4. Open the Swing Frame.
Reference PL: PL3.7 1) Remove the screw (x2). 5. Remove the Baffle. (Figure 2)
2) Remove the screw (x2). 1) Remove the screw (x2).
Removal 3) Remove the Rear Lower Baffle. 2) Loosen the screw (x3).
WARNING 3) Remove the Front Baffle.
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
CAUTION
Do not touch the surface of the Platen Glass with your
bare hands. Also, handle the Platen Glass with extra care
to prevent damage.
1. Remove the Right Swing Cover. (REP9.2.2)
2. Remove the Left Swing Cover. (REP9.3.2)

(Figure 2) j0bn40311
6. Close the Swing Frame.

(Figure 1) j0bn40301

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-37


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
7. Remove the Left CIS Bracket. (Figure 3) 9. Take out the CIS Assembly and place it on the Rear Latch 10. Fold A4 paper four times to make it 16-folded and insert it
Guide. (Figure 5) between the IIT Document Transport Roll at the Rear and
1) Loosen the screw (x2).
the Platen Glass to reduce the sag of the Platen Glass.
1) Take out the CIS Assembly and place it on the Rear
2) Remove the Left CIS Bracket. (Figure 6)
Latch Guide with the Platen Glass facing down. At
this time, place it so that the square hole (x2) at both 1) Fold A4 paper four times to make it 16-folded.
edges is fit on the Rear Latch Guide (x2). 2) Insert the 16-folded paper between the IIT Document
2) Check that the screw of the CIS Assembly is fit Transport Roll and the Platen Glass.
between the Rear Latch Guide and the IIT Frame
when viewed from the Left side.

(Figure 3) j0bn40320
8. Remove the Right CIS Bracket. (Figure 4)
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Remove the Right CIS Bracket.

(Figure 6) j0bn40323

(Figure 5) j0bn40322

(Figure 4) j0bn40321

4-38 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
11. Remove the CIS Assembly. (Figure 7) Installation Note Since the terminal of the CIS Cable is easy to
Note Since the terminal of the CIS Cable is easy to Procedure damage, hold the both sides of the CIS Cable by both
hands and connect it straight with power applied
damage, hold the both sides of the CIS Cable by To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. equally. (Figure 9)
both hands and pull it out straight with power
applied equally. Note When replacing the CIS Assembly, make a note of
the rank symbol (A, B, C, or D) on the label, which is
1) Release the clamp (x5) and detach the CIS Cable. stuck on the back of the new CIS Assembly (back of
2) Disconnect the CIS Cables (x5). each CIS). (Figure 8)
3) Take out the CIS Assembly and store it with the
Platen Glass facing up in a stable location.

(Figure 9) j0bn40325

(Figure 8) j0bn40346
After replacing the CIS Assembly, be sure to change
the value of IIT DC131 [710-039] (CIS Rank)
according to the rank symbol you have made a note
of in this step.
- h'01: Rank A
- h'02: Rank B
- h'03: Rank C
- h'04: Rank D
(Figure 7) j0bn40324

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-39


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Note To install the CIS Assembly, perform the following Note To install the Front Baffle, perform the following Note To install the Rear Lower Baffle, perform the
procedures. (Figure 10) procedures. (Figure 11) following procedures. (Figure 12)
1) Install the Right CIS Bracket. 1) While preventing from a gap between the Platen 4) Install the Rear Lower Baffle.
Glass and the Front Baffle, install the Front
2) While pressing the CIS Assembly to the rear side 5) Loosely affix the screws (x4).
Baffle.
and tighten the screw (x2). 6) Tighten the screw (x2) while pushing the Rear Lower
2) Loosely affix the screw (x2).
3) Install the Left CIS Bracket. Baffle to the front.
3) Tighten the screw (x3) while checking that there
4) While pressing the CIS Assembly to the rear side 7) Tighten the screw (x2).
is no gap between the Platen Glass and the
and tighten the screw (x2).
Front Baffle.
4) Tighten the screw (x2).

(Figure 12) j0bn40338


(Figure 10) j0bn40326
Note After replacing the CIS Assembly, be sure to correct
the CIS joint. (ADJ3.1.5)
(Figure 11) j0bn40327

4-40 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP3.7.2 Platen Glass 6. Remove the Spring Plate at the Left side. (Figure 2) 7. Remove the Platen Glass. (Figure 3)
Reference PL: PL3.7 1) Remove the screw (x2). Note When removing the Platen Glass, be careful not
2) Remove the Spring Plate. to lose the Spacer attached under the Platen
Glass.
Removal
1) Remove the screw (x2).
WARNING 2) Remove the Spring Plate.
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock. 3) Remove the Platen Glass.
CAUTION
Do not touch the surface of the Platen Glass with your
bare hands. Also, handle the Platen Glass with extra care
to prevent damage.
Procedure
1. Remove the Right Swing Cover. (REP9.2.2)
2. Remove the Left Swing Cover. (REP9.3.2)
3. Open the Swing Frame.
4. Remove the Baffle. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Loosen the screw (x3).
(Figure 2) j0bn40328
3) Remove the Front Baffle.

(Figure 3) j0bn40329

(Figure 1) j0bn40311
5. Close the Swing Frame.

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-41


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Installation Note When installing the Platen Glass, secure the Spring Note To install the Front Baffle, perform the following
Procedure Plate while pressing the Platen Glass to the CIS procedures. (Figure 6)
Bracket (x6) at the Front. (Figure 5)
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 1) While preventing from a gap between the Platen
Glass and the Front Baffle, install the Front
Note When installing the Platen Glass, be sure to install Baffle.
the Spacer (x2, at both sides) under the Platen Glass
as well. (Figure 4) 2) Loosely affix the screw (x2).
3) Tighten the screw (x3) while checking that there
is no gap between the Platen Glass and the
Front Baffle.
4) Tighten the screw (x2).

(Figure 5) j0bn40331

(Figure 4) j0bn40330

(Figure 6) j0bn40327

4-42 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP3.7.3 CIS Cable 3. Open the Swing Frame. 6. Open the IIT Frame. (Figure 3)
Reference PL: PL3.7 4. Remove the screws on the IIT Frame. (Figure 2) Note Always open the IIT Frame with the Swing Frame
1) Remove the screw (x2). closed.

2) Remove the screw (x2). 1) Open the IIT Frame until the Stopper is set into the
Removal
Frame holes.
WARNING 3) Remove the screw (x3).
2) Return the IIT Frame to the original position while
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the checking that the IIT Frame is held by the Stopper.
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the CIS Assembly. (REP3.6.1)
2. Release the clamp (x6) and detach the CIS Cable.
(Figure 1)
1) Release the clamp (x6) and detach the CIS Cable.

(Figure 3) j0bn40341

(Figure 2) j0bn40340
(Figure 1) j0bn40332
5. Close the Swing Frame.

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-43


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
7. Remove the CIS Cable. (Figure 4) 8. Remove the Core (x4) from the removed CIS Cable. Installation
(Figure 5)
1) Disconnect the CIS Cables (x5). Procedure
2) Remove the Core (x5) from the CIS Cable. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Note The five CIS Cables have different lengths and must
be connected to a proper CIS. Wire and connect
them by referring to the following figure and being
careful of the correspondences of the CIS and CIS
Cable. (Figure 6)

(Figure 5) j0bn40336

(Figure 4) j0bn40333

(Figure 6) j0bn40334

4-44 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Note Install the Core (x5) of CIS Cable to the A-E positions Note To close the IIT Frame, perform the following Note To fix the IIT Frame, perform the following
shown in the following diagram. procedures. (Figure 8) procedures. (Figure 9)
1) Lift up the IIT Frame slightly and remove the 1) Loosely affix the screw (x3).
Stopper. 2) Tighten the screw (x2).
2) Attach the Stopper Magnet to the IIT Frame. 3) Tighten the screw (x2).
3) Close the IIT Frame gently. 4) Tighten the screw (x3) securely.

(Figure 7) j0bn40335

(Figure 8) j0bn90074

(Figure 9) j0bn40345

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-45


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
4. LPH 4. Remove the Rear Lower Baffle. (Figure 1) 5. Remove the Earth Wire from the Frame. (Figure 2)
REP4.1.1 LPH Assembly 1) Remove the screw (x2). 1) Remove the screw (x2).

Reference PL: PL4.1 2) Remove the screw (x2). 2) Remove the screw (x2).
3) Remove the Rear Lower Baffle. 3) Remove the Earth Wire from the clamp (x2).

Removal
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Right Swing Cover. (REP9.2.2)
2. Close the Swing Frame.
3. Remove the Rear Cover Assembly. (REP9.3.3)

(Figure 2) j0bn40408

(Figure 1) j0bn40339

4-46 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
6. Disconnect the LPH connector. (Figure 3) 7. Place the Wire Harness at the position shown in the 8. Remove the Rear Baffle Bracket at the rear. (Figure 5)
figure. (Figure 4)
1) Remove the screw from the clamp. 1) Remove the screw.
1) Release the clamp to remove the Wire Harness.
2) Disconnect the connector (x2). 2) Remove the Rear Baffle Bracket.
2) Place the Wire Harness (x2) at the position shown in
3) Release the clamp to remove the Wire Harness.
the figure.

(Figure 5) j0bn40403
(Figure 3) j0bn40409

(Figure 4) j0bn40402

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-47


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
9. Remove the screws on the LPH. (Figure 6) 10. Remove the LPH. (Figure 7) 11. Place the LPH on a flat place with its Foot Bracket facing
down. (Figure 8)
1) Remove the screw (x4). 1) Hold the positions (x2) on the LPH shown in the
figure and remove the LPH in the direction of the Note Do not hit the LPH against any objects.
arrow.
Note Do not touch the LED surface by your finger.
A) Front Bracket
B) LED surface

(Figure 6) j0bn40404

(Figure 7) j0bn40405

(Figure 8) j0bn40406

4-48 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Installation Note To install the Rear Lower Baffle, perform the
Procedure following procedures. (Figure 10)

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 1) Install the Rear Lower Baffle.

Note The positions of the LPH Frame Marking and the 2) Loosely affix the screws (x4).
Adjust Pin Marking were set to the same at factory 3) Tighten the screw (x2) while pushing the Rear
shipment. (Figure 9) Lower Baffle to the front.
A=B (Marking positions at factory shipment) 4) Tighten the screw (x2).

(Figure 9) j0ry40404

(Figure 10) j0bn40338


Note After replacing the LPH Assembly, correct the LPH
joint if required. (ADJ8.3.6)

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-49


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP4.1.2 (SCC) LPH I/F PWB 3. Open the Rear Top Cover. (PL9.3) 5. Remove the screw on the clamp. (Figure 3)
Reference PL: PL4.2 4. Remove the Rear Lower Baffle. (Figure 2) 1) Remove the screw.
1) Remove the screw (x2).
Removal 2) Remove the screw (x2).
WARNING 3) Remove the Rear Lower Baffle.
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Turn Guide (x2). (PL3.1)
2. Remove the Upper Document Transport. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the Upper Document Transport in the
direction of the arrow.

(Figure 3) j0ry40406
6. Disconnect the LHP I/F PWB connectors (x9). (Figure 4)
Note When pulling out the Flat Cable (P493 to P498)
from the Connector Housing, hold the both sides
of the Flat Cable and pull it out straight with
power applied equally.

(Figure 2) j0bn40401
(Figure 1) j0bn40407

(Figure 4) j0ry40407

4-50 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
7. Remove the LPH I/F PWB. (Figure 5) Installation Note To install the Rear Lower Baffle, perform the
1) Release the hook (x4) of the PWB Support. Procedure following procedures. (Figure 7)

2) Remove the LPH I/F PWB in the direction of the To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 1) Install the Rear Lower Baffle.
arrow. 2) Loosely affix the screws (x4).
Note Install the Core to the Connector Housing side of the
Flat Cable. (Figure 6) 3) Tighten the screw (x2) while pushing the Rear
Lower Baffle to the front.
A) Core
4) Tighten the screw (x2).

(Figure 5) j0ry40408

(Figure 6) j0ry40413

(Figure 7) j0bn40338
Note After replacing the LPH I/F PWB, correct the LPH
joint if required. (ADJ8.3.6)

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-51


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
5. Development 2. Remove the Developer Assembly. (Figure 1) 3. Cover the Drum with paper to prevent light fatigue.
1) Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2)
REP5.1.1 Developer Assembly
2) Remove the Developer Tension Spring. 1) Cover the Drum with paper.
Reference PL: PL5.1
3) Remove the Developer Assembly by holding the
handle (x2).
Removal
WARNING
When cleaning away the toner using a vacuum cleaner,
always use an FX standard vacuum cleaner that is
toner-tolerant to prevent toner dust explosion. (Never use
an off the shelf vacuum cleaner)
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Note Spread paper to cover the floor to prevent toner from
dirtying the place.
Procedure
1. Remove the Rear Cover Assembly. (REP9.3.3)

(Figure 2) j0bn40502

(Figure 1) j0bn40501

4-52 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Installation 2. Install the Blade Holder. (Figure 4) 3. Insert and set the Stud (x2) of the Developer Assembly
into the U-Groove on the bracket of the Swing Frame.
Procedure 1) Install the Blade Holder.
(Figure 5)
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 2) While pressing the Blade Holder in the direction of
the arrow, tighten the screw (x2).
However, since the Blade of the spare part is packaged
separately, perform the following procedures to install it.
1. Apply toner on the edge of the Blade. (Figure 3)
A) Apply toner on the edge of the Blade

(Figure 3) j0bn40510

(Figure 5) j0bn40504

(Figure 4) j0bn40503

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-53


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP5.2.1 Mag. Roll 5. Remove the MSA Plate at the Right side of the Developer 6. Remove the Mag. Roll Bush at the Right side of the
Assembly. (Figure 2) Developer Assembly. (Figure 3)
Reference PL: PL5.2
1) Remove the Tapping Screw. 1) Remove the E-Clip.
2) Remove the MSA Plate. 2) Remove the Mag. Roll Bush.
Removal
WARNING
When cleaning away the toner using a vacuum cleaner,
always use an FX standard vacuum cleaner that is
toner-tolerant to prevent toner dust explosion. (Never use
an off the shelf vacuum cleaner)
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Instruction When replacing the Mag. Roll at life replacement,
replace the Seal (x2) as well at the same time.
Replacement Kit: 499K13530
Note Spread paper to cover the floor to prevent toner from
dirtying the place.
Procedure
1. Remove the Rear Cover Assembly. (REP9.3.3)
2. Remove the Developer Assembly. (REP5.1.1) (Figure 2) j0bn40512 (Figure 3) j0bn40513
3. Remove the Blade Holder. (REP5.2.2 Steps 1 to 3)
4. Put down the Developer Assembly with its Rear side
facing down. (Figure 1)

(Figure 1) j0bn40511

4-54 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
7. Remove the Mag. Roll Gear and the Ball Bearing at the 8. Remove the Mag. Roll. (Figure 5) 9. Remove the Tracking Roll and Spacer from the Mag. Roll.
Left side of the Developer Assembly. (Figure 4) 1) Remove the Mag. Roll. (Figure 6)
1) Remove the KL-Clip. 1) Remove the E-Clips (x2).
2) Remove the Mag. Roll Gear. 2) Remove the Tracking Roll (x2).
3) Remove the Ball Bearing. 3) Remove the Spacer.

(Figure 5) j0bn40514

(Figure 4) j0bn40506

(Figure 6) j0bn40515

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-55


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Installation Note The Spacer and Tracking Rolls are installed in the Note Install the MSA Plate with the D-Cut of the Mag. Roll
Procedure following direction. (Figure 8) Shaft facing upwards. (Figure 10)

To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. A) The Spacer is installed with its protruding part A) D-Cut of the Shaft: Upwards
pointing outwards.
Note When the Mag. Roll has been replaced at life
B) The Tracking Rolls are installed with their beveled
replacement, replace the Seal (Left/Right) provided in
side pointing inwards.
the Replacement Kit. (Figure 7)
A) Degrease the installation side.
B) Push and paste the Seal.
C) Paste it flat.

(Figure 10) j0ry40521

(Figure 8) j0bn40517
Note The Mag. Roll Bush is installed with its beveled side
pointing inwards. (Figure 9)

(Figure 7) j0bn40516

(Figure 9) j0bn40518
4-56 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly
Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP5.2.2 Mag. Blade 4. Remove the Mag. Blade from the Blade Holder. (Figure 2) Installation
Reference PL: PL5.2 1) Remove the screw (x10). Procedure
2) Remove the Blade Block. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Removal 3) Remove the Mag. Blade. 1. Push the Mag. Blade in the direction of the arrow to install
it to the Blade Holder. (Figure 3)
WARNING
When cleaning away the toner using a vacuum cleaner,
always use an FX standard vacuum cleaner that is
toner-tolerant to prevent toner dust explosion. (Never use
an off the shelf vacuum cleaner)
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Note Spread paper to cover the floor to prevent toner from
dirtying the place.
Procedure
1. Remove the Rear Cover Assembly. (REP9.3.3)
2. Remove the Developer Assembly. (REP5.1.1)
3. Remove the Blade Holder. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Remove the Blade Holder. (Figure 2) j0bn40508
(Figure 3) j0bn40509

(Figure 1) j0bn40507

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-57


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
2. Tighten the screws in the order shown in the following 4. Install the Blade Holder. (Figure 6)
figure to secure the Mag. Blade. 1) Install the Blade Holder.
(Figure 4)
2) While pressing the Blade Holder in the direction of
the arrow, tighten the screw (x2).

(Figure 4) j0bn40519
3. Apply toner on the edge of the Mag. Blade. (Figure 5)

(Figure 6) j0bn40503

(Figure 5) j0bn40510

4-58 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP5.2.3 Toner Housing Installation
Reference PL: PL5.2 Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Removal
WARNING
When cleaning away the toner using a vacuum cleaner,
always use an FX standard vacuum cleaner that is
toner-tolerant to prevent toner dust explosion. (Never use
an off the shelf vacuum cleaner)
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Note Spread paper to cover the floor to prevent toner from
dirtying the place.
Procedure
1. Remove the Rear Cover Assembly. (REP9.3.3)
2. Remove the Developer Assembly. (REP5.1.1)
3. Remove the Toner Housing. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the hook (x12).
2) Remove the Toner Housing.

(Figure 1) j0ry40517

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-59


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
6. Xero (Figure 1) j0bn40601 5. Remove the hooks from the Xero Module. (Figure 3)
REP6.1.1 Xero Module 4. Remove the screws that secure the Xero Module. (Figure 1) Remove the hook (x2) from the Stud (x2).
2)
Reference PL: PL6.1
1) Remove the screw (x2).

Removal
WARNING
When cleaning away the toner using a vacuum cleaner,
always use an FX standard vacuum cleaner that is
toner-tolerant to prevent toner dust explosion. (Never use
an off the shelf vacuum cleaner)
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Note Spread paper to cover the floor to prevent toner from
dirtying the place.
Procedure
1. Open the Swing Frame.
2. Remove the Toner Bottle. (PL6.1)
3. Remove the belt from the Drum Pulley of Xero Module.
(Figure 1) (Figure 2) j0bn40602
1) Loosen the Knob Screw.
2) Relax the tension of the belt by moving the Tension
Arm in the direction of the arrow.
3) Remove the belt from the Drum Pulley.
(Figure 3) j0bn40603

4-60 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
6. Remove the Xero Module. (Figure 4) Installation
1) Hold onto the portion indicated in the figure and Procedure
remove the Xero Module in the direction of the arrow. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Be careful not to touch the Drum surface beneath the
portion indicated in the figure. Note When installing the Xero Module, insert the Drum
Bearing of the Xero Module in the U-Groove of the
Swing Frame. (Figure 6)

(Figure 4) j0bn40605
7. Put down the Xero Module in the direction shown in the
(Figure 6) j0ry40607
figure. (Figure 5)
Note When a part has been replaced, check copy/print
quality and if required, perform Xerographic Set Up.
(ADJ8.1.6)

(Figure 5) j0bn40606

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-61


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP6.1.2 BTR Housing Assembly (Figure 1) j0bn40604 Installation
Reference PL: PL6.1 4. Remove the BTR Housing Assembly. (Figure 2) Procedure
1) Lower the BTR Link Plate. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Removal 2) Lift up the Front side of the BTR Housing Assembly. Note Do not touch or press the BTR surface.
WARNING 3) Remove the Stud of the BTR Housing Assembly from Note When installing the BTR Housing Assembly, insert
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the the U-Groove on the Frame of the Fusing Unit. the Frame (B) of the Fusing Unit into the groove of
power plug to prevent electric shock. the BTR Left Frame (A). (Figure 3)
Note Spread paper to cover the floor to prevent toner from
dirtying the place.
Note Keep your hands off the surface of the BTR.
Note Do not push the surface of the BTR to prevent
deformation.
Procedure
1. Open the Swing Frame.
2. Open the Horizontal Lower Baffle. (PL2.1)
3. Disconnect the connector of the BTR Housing Assembly.
(Figure 1)
CAUTION
When disconnecting the connector, and removing the
cable from the clamp, do not use any tool with a
sharp tip. It might damage the high voltage cable.
1) Disconnect the connector.
2) Remove the DTS Cable from the clamp (x3).
3) Disconnect the connector.

(Figure 2) j0ry40619
(Figure 3) j0ry40620

4-62 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
CAUTION
After connecting the connector of DTS cable, always fix
the DTS cable by clamp (x3). (Figure 4)

(Figure 4) j0bn40638
Note When a part has been replaced, check copy/print
quality and if required, perform Xerographic Set Up.
(ADJ8.1.6)

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-63


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP6.2.1 Drum 5. Open the BCR Frame. (Figure 2) 6. Remove the Drum Pulley. (Figure 3)
Reference PL: PL6.2 1) Remove the screw (x2). 1) Loosen the Set Screw.
2) Open the BCR Frame. 2) Remove the Drum Pulley.
Removal
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Note Spread paper to cover the floor to prevent toner from
dirtying the place.
Procedure
1. Open the Swing Frame.
2. Remove the Toner Bottle. (PL6.1)
3. Remove the Xero Module. (REP6.1.1)
4. Put down the Xero Module with its Front side facing down.
(Figure 1)

(Figure 3) j0bn40610
7. Remove the Drum Guide. (Figure 4)
1) Remove the hook (x2) to remove the Drum Guide.

(Figure 2) j0bn40608

(Figure 1) j0bn40607

(Figure 4) j0bn40611

4-64 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
8. Lift the Drum Stopper. (Figure 5) 9. Lift the Drum Shaft to remove the Drum Bearing. (Figures 10. Remove the Drum. (Figure 8)
6 and 7)
1) Remove the screw (x2). 1) Remove the Drum in the direction of the arrow.
1) Remove the Drum Bearing (x2).
2) Lift the Drum Stopper (x2).
2) Remove the Drum Collar.

(Figure 8) j0ry40645

(Figure 6) j0ry40643

(Figure 5) j0bn40609

(Figure 7) j0ry40644

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-65


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Installation
Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Note After the Drum has been installed, rotate the Drum in
the direction of the arrow to check that the Drum
rotates smoothly. (Figure 9)
Note When the Drum has been replaced, apply the
Dusting Porch on the Drum surface and turn it for one
round in the direction of the arrow to adapt the
Cleaner Blade to the Drum. (Figure 9)

(Figure 9) j0ry40632
Note When a part has been replaced, check copy/print
quality and if required, perform Xerographic Set Up.
(ADJ8.1.6)

4-66 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP6.2.2 BCR 5. Remove the BCR. (Figure 2) Installation
Reference PL: PL6.2 1) Remove the BCR in the direction of the arrow. Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Removal Note When a part has been replaced, check copy/print
quality and if required, perform Xerographic Set Up.
WARNING (ADJ8.1.6)
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Note Spread paper to cover the floor to prevent toner from
dirtying the place.
Note Keep your hands off the surface of the BCR.
Note If the life of one of the parts has been exceeded,
replace all 3 parts simultaneously.
Procedure
1. Open the Swing Frame.
2. Remove the Toner Bottle. (PL6.1)
3. Remove the Xero Module. (REP6.1.1)
4. Open the BCR Frame. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Open the BCR Frame.

(Figure 2) j0bn40613

(Figure 1) j0bn40612

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-67


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP6.2.3 Drum Assembly 5. Open the BCR Frame. (Figure 2) 6. Remove the Drum Assembly. (Figure 3)
Reference PL: PL6.2 1) Remove the screw (x2). 1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Open the BCR Frame. 2) Lift the Drum Stopper (x2).
Removal 3) Remove the Drum Assembly.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Note Spread paper to cover the floor to prevent toner from
dirtying the place.
Procedure
1. Open the Swing Frame.
2. Remove the Toner Bottle. (PL6.1)
3. Remove the Xero Module. (REP6.1.1)
4. Put down the Xero Module with its Front side facing down.
(Figure 1)

(Figure 2) j0bn40608
(Figure 3) j0bn40614
7. Cover the Drum with paper to prevent light fatigue.

(Figure 1) j0bn40607

4-68 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Installation
Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Note After the Drum Assembly has been installed, rotate
the Drum in the direction of the arrow to check that
the Drum rotates smoothly. (Figure 4)

(Figure 4) j0ry40632

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-69


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP6.3.1 BTR 5. Remove the BTR Stopper Plate (x2) and remove the BTR. 6. Remove the Tracking Roll on the Left side of the BTR.
(Figure 2) (Figure 3)
Reference PL: PL6.3
1) Pull out the BTR Stopper Plate (x2). 1) Release the hook to remove the gear.
2) Remove the BTR in the direction of the arrow. 2) Remove the Tracking Roll.
Removal
3) Remove the BTR Bearing (x2) and BTR Spring (x2).
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the 4) Remove the washer.
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Note Spread paper to cover the floor to prevent toner from
dirtying the place.
Note Keep your hands off the surface of the BTR.
Note Do not push the surface of the BTR to prevent
deformation.
Procedure
1. Open the Swing Frame.
2. Open the Horizontal Lower Baffle. (PL2.1)
3. Remove the BTR Housing Assembly. (REP6.1.2)
4. Remove the DTS Bias Plate with the Rear side of the
BTR Housing Assembly facing downwards. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x3). (Figure 2) j0bn40616
2) Remove the DTS Bias Plate in the direction of the
arrow.

(Figure 3) j0ry40624

(Figure 1) j0bn40615

4-70 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
7. Remove the Tracking Roll on the Right side of the BTR. Installation 3. Fit the BTR Spring (x2) to the Boss (x2) of the BTR Right
(Figure 4) Frame. (Figure 6)
Procedure
1) Remove the E-Clip. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
A) Boss of the BTR Right Frame
2) Remove the Tracking Roll. However, install the parts in the following order:
3) Remove the BTR Bearing (x2) and BTR Spring (x2). 1. Install the BTR Bearing (x4) and BTR Spring (x4) to the
4) Remove the washer. BTR Frame first.
2. Fit the BTR Spring (x2) to the Boss (x2) of the BTR Left
Frame. (Figure 5)
A) Boss of the BTR Left Frame

(Figure 4) j0ry40625

(Figure 6) j0ry40627

(Figure 5) j0ry40626

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-71


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
4. Install the BTR. (Figures 7 and 8) 5. Install the Tracking Roll (x2) and the gear to the BTR.
6. Install the DTS Bias Plate as shown in the figure. (Figures
9 and 10)

(Figure 9) j0bn40622

(Figure 7) j0ry40637

(Figure 10) j0bn40623


Note When a part has been replaced, check copy/print
quality and if required, perform Xerographic Set Up.
(ADJ8.1.6)

(Figure 8) j0ry40638
4-72 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly
Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP6.3.2 DTS 4. Remove the DTS Holder. (Figure 1) 5. Remove the DTS Holder (x2). (Figure 2)
Reference PL: PL6.3 1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2). 1) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2).
2) Remove the DTS Holder. 2) Remove the DTS Holder.
Removal 3) Remove the DTS Bias Plate. 3) Remove the Tapping Screw (x2).
WARNING 4) Remove the DTS Holder.
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Note If the life of one of the parts has been exceeded,
replace all 3 parts simultaneously.
Note Spread paper to cover the floor to prevent toner from
dirtying the place.
Procedure
1. Open the Swing Frame.
2. Open the Horizontal Lower Baffle. (PL2.1)
3. Remove the BTR Housing Assembly. (REP6.1.2)

(Figure 1) j0bn40624
(Figure 2) j0bn40625

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-73


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
6. Remove the DTS. (Figure 3) Installation
1) Remove the DTS. Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Note When a part has been replaced, check copy/print
quality and if required, perform Xerographic Set Up.
(ADJ8.1.6)

(Figure 3) j0bn40626
7. Remove the DTS (x2). (Figure 4)
1) Remove the DTS.
2) Remove the DTS.

(Figure 3) j0bn40627

4-74 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP6.4.1 Cleaner Blade 7. Remove the Cleaner Blade. (Figure 1) Installation
Reference PL: PL6.4 1) Remove the screw (x3). Procedure
2) Remove the Cleaner Blade in the direction of the To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
arrow.
Removal Note Install the Cleaner Blade as shown in the figure.
(Figure 2)
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Note Spread paper to cover the floor to prevent toner from
dirtying the place.
Procedure
1. Open the Swing Frame.
2. Remove the Toner Bottle. (PL6.1)
3. Remove the Xero Module. (REP6.1.1)
4. Remove the Drum Assembly. (REP6.2.3)
5. Cover the Drum with paper to prevent light fatigue.
6. Close the BCR Frame and tighten the screw (x2).

(Figure 2) j0bn40631

(Figure 1) j0bn40630

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-75


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP6.4.2 Finger Shaft 6. Remove the Finger Shaft. (Figure 1) Installation
Reference PL: PL6.4 1) Remove the screw. Procedure
2) Remove the Shaft Holder. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Removal 3) Move the Finger Shaft in the direction of the arrow. Note Install the Finger and the Paper Guide at the
4) Pull the Finger Shaft from the hole to remove it. positions shown in the following figure. (Figure 2)
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the A) Paper Guide (x9)
power plug to prevent electric shock. B) Finger (x3)
Note Spread paper to cover the floor to prevent toner from
dirtying the place.
Procedure
1. Open the Swing Frame.
2. Remove the Toner Bottle. (PL6.1)
3. Remove the Xero Module. (REP6.1.1)
4. Remove the Drum Assembly. (REP6.2.3)
5. Cover the Drum with paper to prevent light fatigue.

(Figure 1) j0bn40632

(Figure 2) j0bn40633

4-76 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Note Install the Finger and the Paper Guide in the Note Install the Compression Spring to the Shaft so that Note When installing the Finger Shaft, take note of the
directions shown in the following figure. Take extra the Compression Spring faces in the direction shown following. (Figure 5)
care of the positional relationship among the Pin, in the following figure. In addition, secure the E-Clip
A) Since the screw that fixes the Shaft Holder are
Finger, and Paper Guide. (Figure 3) at the position of the Compression Spring shown in tightened together with the Toner Seal, secure the
the following figure. (Figure 4)
screw so as not to apply loads to the Toner Seal.
B) Set the Pin of the Finger Shaft at the position
shown in the following figure.

(Figure 3) j0bn40634

(Figure 4) j0bn40635

(Figure 5) j0bn40636

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-77


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP6.4.3 BCR Holder Assembly 5. Remove the BCR Holder Assembly. (Figure 1) 6. Remove the BCR Cord (Short, Long) from the BCR
Holder Assembly. (Figure 2)
Reference PL: PL6.4 1) Align the Cutout position of the BCR Frame to the
Boss for the Stud of the Xero Left Frame. A) BCR Cord (Short)
2) Remove the hook. B) BCR Cord (Long)
Removal
3) Remove the BCR Holder Assembly.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Note Spread paper to cover the floor to prevent toner from
dirtying the place.
Procedure
1. Open the Swing Frame.
2. Remove the Toner Bottle. (PL6.1)
3. Remove the Xero Module. (REP6.1.1)
4. Remove the BCR (x3). (REP6.2.2)

(Figure 2) j0ry40613
(Figure 1) j0bn40637
Installation
Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

4-78 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP6.4.4 Auger 7. Remove the Auger Gear on the Left side of the Xero 8. Remove the Toner Pipe on the Right side of the Xero
Housing. (Figure 1) Housing. (Figure 2)
Reference PL: PL6.4
1) Remove the E-Clip. 1) Remove the Tapping Screw.
2) Remove the gear. 2) Remove the Toner Pipe.
Removal
3) Remove the E-Clip.
WARNING
When cleaning away the toner using a vacuum cleaner, 4) Remove the Auger Gear.
always use an FX standard vacuum cleaner that is
toner-tolerant to prevent toner dust explosion. (Never use
an off the shelf vacuum cleaner)
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Note Spread paper to cover the floor to prevent toner from
dirtying the place.
Procedure
1. Open the Swing Frame.
2. Remove the Toner Bottle. (PL6.1)
3. Remove the Xero Module. (REP6.1.1)
4. Remove the Drum. (REP6.2.1 Steps 1 to 5)
5. Cover the Drum with paper to prevent light fatigue. (Figure 2) j0ry40629

6. Remove the Cleaner Blade. (REP6.4.1) 9. Remove the Auger. (Figure 3)


(Figure 1) j0ry40628 1) Remove the Auger.

(Figure 3) j0ry40630

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-79


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Installation
Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Note When installing the Auger, push the Auger Shaft into
the Left Frame of the Xero Housing. (Figure 4)
A) Left Frame
B) Auger Shaft

(Figure 4) j0ry40631

4-80 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
7. Fusing Unit 4. Remove the Left Inner Cover. (Figure 2) 6. Remove the Filter Duct and the Left Hand Exhaust Fan.
1) Remove the screw. (Figure 4)
REP7.1.1 (SCC) Heater Rod (Center/Side/Sub)
1) Disconnect the connector.
Reference PL: PL7.1 2) Remove the Left Inner Cover.
2) Remove the screw (x2).
3) Remove the Filter Duct and the Left Hand Exhaust
Removal Fan at the same time.
WARNING
Because of high temperature, perform the following
procedures only after the parts cool down enough.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
CAUTION
Do not touch the surface of the Platen Glass with your
bare hands.
Procedure
1. Remove the Left Upper Cover. (REP9.3.1)
2. Remove the Right Upper Cover. (REP9.2.1)
3. Disconnect the connectors at the Right side of the Heater
Rod. (Figure 1) (Figure 2) j0bn40702
1) Disconnect the connector (x3). 5. Remove the Filter. (Figure 3)
2) Release the clamp to remove the Wire Harness (x3). 1) Remove the Filter.
(Figure 4) j0bn40761

(Figure 1) j0bn40701 (Figure 3) j0bn40760

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-81


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
7. Remove the Lamp Bracket at the Left side. (Figure 5) 8. Remove the Heater Rod (x3) from the Lamp Bracket at Installation
the Right side. (Figure 6)
1) Disconnect the connector (x3). Procedure
1) Remove the Heater Rod (x3) from the Lamp Bracket.
2) Release the clamp to remove the Wire Harness (x3). To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
3) Remove the screws. Note Install the Heater Rod (x3) at the positions shown in
4) Remove the Lamp Bracket. the following figure. (Figure 8)

(Figure 6) j0bn40704
9. Remove the Heater Rod (x3) from the Left side. (Figure 7)
WARNING (Figure 8) j0ry40705
To prevent burn injuries, remove carefully.
Reference The Heater Rods do not have a difference
between Right and Left sides and can be
installed at opposite side.

(Figure 5) j0bn40703

(Figure 7) j0bn40705

4-82 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Note Install the Left Hand Exhaust Fan in the direction
shown in the following figure. (Figure 9)

(Figure 9) j0bn40762

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-83


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP7.1.2 (SCC) Fusing Drive Motor 2. Disconnect the Left Inner Cover and Heater Rod 3. Remove the Tension Bracket. (Figure 2)
connector. (Figure 1) 1) Remove the screw.
Reference PL: PL7.1
1) Remove the screw. 2) Remove the hook of the Tension Spring.
2) Remove the Left Inner Cover. 3) Remove the Tension Bracket.
Removal
3) Disconnect the connector (x3).
WARNING
Because of high temperature, perform the following 4) Release the clamp (x2) to remove the Wire Harness
procedures only after the parts cool down enough. (x4).
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Left Upper Cover. (REP9.3.1)

(Figure 2) j0bn40707

(Figure 1) j0bn40706

4-84 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
4. Remove the Fusing Drive Motor. (Figure 3) Installation
1) Disconnect the connector. Procedure
2) Remove the screw (x2). To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
3) Remove the Fusing Drive Motor. Note When installing the Fusing Drive Motor, insert and set
the Tab (protrusion) of the Fusing Drive Motor into
the U-Groove of the Manual Feed Clutch. (Figure 4)
A) U-Groove of the Manual Feed Clutch

(Figure 3) j0bn40708

(Figure 4) j0bn40709

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-85


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP7.2.1 Heat Roll 7. Remove the Upper Duct. (Figure 1) 8. Release the clamp (x5) to remove the Wire Harness.
(Figure 2)
Reference PL: PL7. 2 1) Remove the screw (x2).
1) Release the clamp (x5) to remove the Wire Harness.
2) Remove the Upper Duct.
2) Disconnect the connector.
Removal
WARNING
Because of high temperature, perform the following
procedures only after the parts cool down enough.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Right Upper Cover. (REP9.2.1)
2. Remove the Left Upper Cover. (REP9.3.1)
3. Remove the Toner Bottle. (PL 6.1)
4. Remove the Document Shelf. (REP9.2.4)
5. Remove the Heater Rod (Center/Side/Sub). (REP7.1.1)
6. Remove the Upper Exit Baffle Assembly. (REP7.3.1)

(Figure 2) j0bn40711

(Figure 1) j0bn40710

4-86 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
9. Lift the Upper Exit Baffle and disconnect the connector of 10. Remove the Lower Duct. (Figure 4) 11. Remove the Right Inner Cover. (Figure 3)
the Exit Motion Sensor. (Figure 3) 1) Release the clamp to remove the Wire Harness. 1) Release the clamp to remove the Wire Harness.
CAUTION 2) Disconnect the connector. 2) Remove the screw (x4).
When disconnecting the connector, take extra care
not to touch the Strip Finger etc. to prevent injury. 3) Remove the screw (x2). 3) Remove the Right Inner Cover.
1) Lift the Upper Exit Baffle. 4) Remove the Lower Duct.
2) Disconnect the connector.

(Figure 3) j0bn40230
(Figure 4) j0bn40713
(Figure 3) j0bn40712

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-87


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
12. Remove the Lamp Bracket at the Right side. (Figure 4) 13. Remove the Bearing Collar at the Right side of the Heat 14. Remove the Bearing Collar at the Left side of the Heat
Roll. (Figure 5) Roll. (Figure 6)
1) Remove the screw.
1) Remove the Heat Roll Ring. 1) Remove the Heat Roll Ring.
2) Remove the Lamp Bracket.
2) Remove the collar and Bearing Collar. 2) Remove the Heat Roll Gear. Remove the Heat Roll
Gear.
A) The removed collar and Bearing Collar
3) Remove the Bearing Collar.
A) The removed Bearing Collar

(Figure 4) j0bn40714

(Figure 5) j0bn40715

(Figure 6) j0bn40716

4-88 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
15. Remove the Heat Roll. (Figure 7) Installation
1) Remove the Heat Roll. Procedure
A) Installation Precautions: Notch on Left side To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

(Figure 7) j0bn40717

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-89


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP7.2.2 Pressure Roll 6. Remove the Right Inner Cover. (Figure 1) 7. Remove the Nip Spring.
Reference PL: PL7.2 1) Release the clamp (x2) to remove the Wire Harness. 1) Use the Tool (Spring Release) to remove the Nip
Spring (x2).
2) Remove the screw (x4).
Removal 3) Remove the Right Inner Cover.
WARNING
Because of high temperature, perform the following
procedures only after the parts cool down enough.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Right Upper Cover. (REP9.2.1)
2. Remove the Left Upper Cover. (REP9.3.1)
3. Remove the Toner Bottle. (PL 6.1)
4. Remove the Fusing Drive Motor. (REP7.1.2)
5. Remove the Upper Exit Baffle Assembly. (REP7.3.1)

(Figure 2) j0bn40718

(Figure 1) j0bn40202

4-90 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
8. Remove the Lower Exit Chute. (Figure 3) 9. Remove the pulley on the Left side of the Fusing Exit Roll. 10. Remove the Plastic Sleeve Bearing of the Fusing Exit
(Figure 4) Roll. (Figure 5)
1) Remove the screw (x4).
1) Remove the KL-Clip. 1) Remove the KL-Clip.
2) Remove the Lower Exit Chute.
2) Remove the pulley. 2) Remove the Plastic Sleeve Bearing.

(Figure 4) j0bn40720 (Figure 5) j0bn40721

(Figure 3) j0bn40719

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-91


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
11. Remove the Fusing Exit Roll. (Figure 6) 12. Remove the Pressure Roll Ball Bearing at the Left side of 13. Remove the Pressure Roll Ball Bearing at the Right side
the Pressure Roll. (Figure 7) in the same way. (Figure 8)
1) Remove the KL-Clip.
1) Remove the Pressure Roll Ring. 1) Remove the Pressure Roll Ring.
2) Remove the Plastic Sleeve Bearing.
2) Remove the Pressure Roll Ball Bearing. 2) Remove the Pressure Roll Ball Bearing.
3) Remove the Fusing Exit Roll.
A) The removed Pressure Roll Ring and Pressure A) The removed Pressure Roll Ring and Pressure
Roll Ball Bearing. Roll Ball Bearing.

(Figure 7) j0bn40723 (Figure 8) j0bn40724

(Figure 6) j0bn40722

4-92 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
14. Remove the Pressure Roll. (Figure 9) Installation
1) Remove the Pressure Roll. Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

(Figure 9) j0bn40725

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-93


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP7.3.1 Upper Exit Baffle Assembly 4. Lift the Upper Exit Baffle Assembly and disconnect the 5. Remove the screws on the Left side of the Upper Exit
connector of the Exit Motion Sensor. (Figure 3) Baffle Assembly. (Figure 2)
Reference PL: PL7.3
CAUTION 1) Remove the screw.
When disconnecting the connector, take extra care
Removal not to touch the Strip Finger etc. to prevent injury.
WARNING 1) Lift the Upper Exit Baffle Assembly.
Because of high temperature, perform the following 2) Disconnect the connector.
procedures only after the parts cool down enough.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Document Shelf. (REP9.2.4)
2. Remove the Left Upper Cover. (REP9.3.1)
3. Disconnect the Upper Exit Baffle Assembly connector.
(Figure 1)
1) Release the clamp (x3) to remove the Wire Harness.
2) Disconnect the connector.

(Figure 2) j0bn40727

(Figure 2) j0bn40712

(Figure 1) j0bn40726

4-94 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
6. Remove the Upper Exit Baffle Assembly. (Figure 3) Installation
CAUTION Procedure
When removing the Upper Exit Baffle, take extra care To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
not to touch the Strip Finger etc. to prevent injury.
1) Remove the Upper Exit Baffle Assembly from the
thread of the screw.

(Figure 3) j0bn40728

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-95


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP7.3.2 Heat Roll Thermistor 1, 2, 3, 4 3. Release the clamp (x5) to remove the Wire Harness. 4. Lift the Upper Exit Baffle and disconnect the connector of
(Figure 2) the Exit Motion Sensor. (Figure 3)
Reference PL: PL7.3
1) Release the clamp (x5) to remove the Wire Harness. CAUTION
2) Disconnect the connector. When disconnecting the connector, take extra care
Removal not to touch the Strip Finger etc. to prevent injury.
WARNING 1) Lift the Upper Exit Baffle.
Because of high temperature, perform the following 2) Disconnect the connector.
procedures only after the parts cool down enough.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Document Shelf. (REP9.2.4)
2. Remove the Upper Duct. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Remove the Upper Duct.

(Figure 2) j0bn40711

(Figure 3) j0bn40712

(Figure 1) j0bn40710

4-96 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
5. Remove the Lower Duct. (Figure 4) 6. Remove the Heat Roll Thermistor 1, 2, 3, and 4. (Figure 7. When replacing the Heat Roll Thermistor 1, 2, 3, and 4,
4) remove the Thermostat from the Heat Roll Thermistor 1, 2,
1) Release the clamp to remove the Wire Harness.
3, and 4.
1) Remove the screw (x4).
2) Disconnect the connector.
1) Remove the Faston Terminal (x2) connected to the
2) Remove the screw.
3) Remove the screw (x2). Thermostat.
3) Release the clamp (x12) and remove the Heat Roll
4) Remove the Lower Duct. 2) Remove the Thermostat.
Thermistor 1, 2, 3, and 4.
4) Remove the Heat Roll Thermistor 1, 2, 3, and 4.

(Figure 5) j0bn40730

Installation
Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

(Figure 4) j0bn40713

(Figure 4) j0bn40729

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-97


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP7.3.3 Thermostat 3. Release the clamp (x5) to remove the Wire Harness. 4. Lift the Upper Exit Baffle and disconnect the connector of
(Figure 2) the Exit Motion Sensor. (Figure 3)
Reference PL: PL7.3
1) Release the clamp (x5) to remove the Wire Harness. CAUTION
2) Disconnect the connector. When disconnecting the connector, take extra care
Removal not to touch the Strip Finger etc. to prevent injury.
WARNING 1) Lift the Upper Exit Baffle.
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the 2) Disconnect the connector.
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Document Shelf. (REP9.2.4)
2. Remove the Upper Duct. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Remove the Upper Duct.

(Figure 2) j0bn40711

(Figure 3) j0bn40712

(Figure 1) j0bn40710

4-98 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
5. Remove the Lower Duct. (Figure 4) 6. Remove the Thermostat. (Figure 5) Installation
1) Release the clamp to remove the Wire Harness. 1) Release the clamp (x2) to remove the Wire Harness. Procedure
2) Disconnect the connector. 2) Remove the screw. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
3) Remove the screw (x2). 3) Disconnect the Faston (x2).
4) Remove the Lower Duct. 4) Remove the screw (x2).
5) Remove the Thermostat.

(Figure 4) j0bn40713
(Figure 5) j0bn40731

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-99


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP7.4.1 Strip Finger 5. Remove the Strip Finger. (Figure 1) Installation
Reference PL: PL7.4 1) Remove the KL-Clip. Procedure
2) Remove the Strip Finger. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Removal Note Install the Torsion Spring as shown in the figure.
(Figure 2)
WARNING
Because of high temperature, perform the following
procedures only after the parts cool down enough.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
CAUTION
Since the tip of the Strip Finger is sharp, take extra care
not to touch it to prevent injury.
Note If the life of one of the parts has been exceeded,
replace all 15 parts simultaneously.
Procedure
1. Remove the Document Shelf. (REP9.2.4)
2. Remove the Left Upper Cover. (REP9.3.1)
3. Remove the Upper Exit Baffle Assembly. (REP7.3.1) (Figure 1) j0bn40732
4. Turn the Upper Exit Baffle Assembly upside down.
(Figure 2) j0bn40733

4-100 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
8. Electrical 3. Disconnect the IOT USB Cable. (Figure 1) 4. Remove the screw for the USB Connector (P451). (Figure
2)
REP8.1.1 (SCC) IOT PWB 1) Disconnect the connector.
1) Remove the screw.
Reference PL: PL8.1 2) Remove the IOT USB Cable connector through the
hole.

Removal
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from
static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some
metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static
electricity.
Procedure
1. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (REP9.3.5)
2. Remove the Right Lower Cover. (REP9.2.3)

(Figure 2) j0bn40802
5. Disconnect the IOT PWB connectors (x9). (Figure 3)

(Figure 1) j0bn40801

(Figure 3) j0bn40803

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-101


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
6. Remove the IOT PWB. (Figure 4) Installation Note Connect the IOT USB Cable connector following the
1) Remove the screw (x6). Procedure direction in the figure. (Figure 6)

2) Remove the IOT PWB. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. A) Orientation of connector

Note Before replacing the IOT PWB, install the NVM


(ROM) attached to the IOT PWB to the new IOT
PWB. (Figure 5)
A) U2 ROM

(Figure 4) j0bn40804 (Figure 6) j0bn40805


Note Enter the Self Diagnosis mode and execute IOT
DC108 SOFTWARE LEVES to check the version. If
required, perform version update. (Refer to 6.8
"Firmware Update" in Chapter 6 "General".)
(Figure 5) j0ry40807

4-102 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP8.1.2 (SCC) AC Relay PWB 3. Remove the AC Relay PWB. (Figure 2) Installation
Reference PL: PL8.1 1) Release the hook (x6) of the PWB Support. Procedure
2) Remove the AC Relay PWB. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Removal
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (REP9.3.5)
2. Disconnect the AC Relay PWB connectors (x8). (Figure
1)

(Figure 2) j0bn40807

(Figure 1) j0bn40806

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-103


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP8.2.1 (SCC) HVPS 3. Remove the HVPS. (Figure 2) Installation
Reference PL: PL8.2 1) Remove the Forming Screws (x2). Procedure
2) Loosen the screw (x2). Loosen the screw (x2). To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Removal 3) Remove the HVPS. Note When the HVPS has been replaced, check copy/print
quality and if required, perform Xerographic Set Up.
WARNING (ADJ8.1.6)
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from
static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some
metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static
electricity.
Procedure
1. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (REP9.3.5)
2. Disconnect the HVPS connectors (x7). (Figure 1)

(Figure 2) j0bn40809

(Figure 1) j0bn40808

4-104 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP8.5.1 (SCC) RFC Motor PWB 3. Remove the RFC Motor PWB. (Figure 2) Installation
Reference PL: PL8.5 1) Release the hook (x4) of the PWB Support. Procedure
2) Remove the RFC Motor PWB. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Removal
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from
static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some
metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static
electricity.
Procedure
1. Remove the Left Lower Cover. (REP9.3.4)
2. Disconnect the RFC Motor PWB connectors (x7). (Figure
1)

(Figure 2) j0bn40811

(Figure 1) j0bn40810

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-105


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP8.6.1 (SCC) WF01 PWB 2. Remove the ESS Cover. (Figure 1) 3. Remove the WF01 PWB. (Figure 2)
Reference PL: PL8.6 1) Loosen the screw (x14). 1) Disconnect the connector (x2).
2) Remove the ESS Cover. 2) Remove the screw.
Removal 3) Remove the WF01 PWB.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from
static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some
metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static
electricity.
Procedure
1. Remove the Right Lower Cover. (REP9.2.3)

(Figure 2) j0bn40812

(Figure 1) j0bn40814

4-106 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Installation
Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Note Before replacing the WF01 PWB, install the NVM
(ROM) attached to the WF01 PWB to the new WF01
PWB. (Figure 3)

(Figure 3) j0bn40813

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-107


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP8.6.2 CP Control LVPS 2. Remove the ESS Cover. (Figure 1) 3. Disconnect the CP Control PWB Chassis connectors.
(Figure 2)
Reference PL: PL8.6 1) Loosen the screw (x14).
1) Disconnect the connector.
2) Remove the ESS Cover.
2) Disconnect the connector from the CP Control PWB
Removal Chassis.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from
static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some
metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static
electricity.
Procedure
1. Remove the Right Lower Cover. (REP9.2.3)

(Figure 2) j0bn40819

(Figure 1) j0bn40814

4-108 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
4. Remove the CP Control LVPS. (Figure 3) Installation
Note Since the Wire Harness for the CP Cont Exhaust Procedure
Fan is installed directly to the CP Control LVPS, To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
do not disconnect the connector shown in the
blowout section in the following figure.
1) Disconnect the connector (x5).
2) Remove the screw (x4).
3) Remove the CP Control LVPS.

(Figure 3) j0bn40820

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-109


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP8.6.3 (SCC) (ISC) HDD 2. Remove the ESS Cover. (Figure 1) 3. Remove the HDD Assembly. (Figure 2)
Reference PL: PL8.6 1) Loosen the screw (x14). 1) Release the clamp.
2) Remove the ESS Cover. 2) Disconnect the connector.
Removal 3) Loosen the screw (x2).
WARNING 4) Remove the screw (x2).
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the 5) Remove the HDD Assembly.
power plug to prevent electric shock.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from
static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some
metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static
electricity.
Procedure
1. Remove the Right Lower Cover. (REP9.2.3)

(Figure 1) j0bn40814

(Figure 2) j0bn40817

4-110 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
4. Remove the HDD from the HDD Bracket. (Figure 3) Installation
1) Remove the screw (x4). Procedure
2) Remove the HDD. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Note If the power is turned ON after the HDD has been
replaced, the error code 124-325 (Serial Number
Mismatch) is displayed. In this case, enter the Diag
mode and execute DC132 Machine ID/Billing Data to
match the billing data with that of the IOT or SYS1.
(Figure 4)
At this time, never match with the data of the SYS2.
(For details, refer to 6.4.5 "Diag Code Functions and
Operation Procedures" in Chapter 6 "General".)

(Figure 3) j0bn40818

(Figure 4)
Note After replacing the HDD, update the firmware.

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-111


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP8.6.4 (SCC) WF02 PWB Assembly 2. Remove the ESS Cover. (Figure 1) 3. Remove the WF02 PWB Assembly. (Figure 2)
Reference PL: PL8.6 1) Loosen the screw (x14). 1) Disconnect the connector.
2) Remove the ESS Cover. 2) Disconnect the connector.
Removal 3) Disconnect the UI I/F Cable.
WARNING 4) Remove the screw (x3).
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the 5) Remove the WF02 PWB Assembly.
power plug to prevent electric shock.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from
static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some
metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static
electricity.
Procedure
1. Remove the Right Lower Cover. (REP9.2.3)

(Figure 1) j0bn40814

(Figure 2) j0bn40815

4-112 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
4. Before replacing the WF02 PWB Assembly, disconnect Installation
the connector from the WF02 PWB. (Figure 3) Procedure
1) Release the clamp. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2) Disconnect the connector.

(Figure 3) j0bn40816

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-113


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP8.6.5 (SCC) CP Control PWB Assembly 4. Disconnect the connector from the ESS Chassis. (Figure 5. Remove the ESS Assembly. (Figure 2)
1) 1) Loosen the screw (x4).
Reference PL: PL8.6
1) Disconnect the connector. 2) Remove the ESS Assembly.
2) Disconnect the connector.
Removal
3) Release the clamp (x2) and pull out the Wire Harness
WARNING from the hole of the ESS Chassis.
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from
static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some
metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static
electricity.
Procedure
1. Remove the WF01 PWB. (REP8.6.1)
2. Remove the WF02 PWB Assembly. (REP8.6.2)
3. Disconnect the IIT USB Cable and IOT USB Cable from
the ESS Assembly.

(Figure 2) j0bn40822

(Figure 1) j0bn40821

4-114 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
6. Disconnect the CP Control PWB connectors. (Figure 3) 7. Remove the CP Control PWB Assembly. (Figure 4) 8. Remove the DIMM. (Figure 5)
1) Disconnect the connector (x5). 1) Remove the screw (x10).
2) Remove the CP Control PWB Assembly.

(Figure 5) j0bn40825
(Figure 3) j0bn40823

(Figure 4) j0bn40824

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-115


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Installation
Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Note When connecting the connectors to the CP Control
PWB Assembly, connect the JFP1 to the black
connector under the SATA Connector.
Do not connect it to the neighboring yellow connector
which has the same number of pins. (Figure 6)

(Figure 6) j0bn40826

4-116 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP8.6.6 CP Control CPU 3. Remove the CP Control CPU. (Figure 2) Installation
Reference PL: PL8.6 1) Turn the Lock Screw counterclockwise by 180 Procedure
degrees. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2) Remove the CP Control CPU.
Removal Note To install the CP Control CPU, insert the CP Control
CPU into the CPU Socket with the triangle mark on
WARNING the CP Control CPU facing downwards and securely
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the turn the Lock Screw clockwise by 180 degrees.
power plug to prevent electric shock. (Figure 3)
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from
static damage. If a wrist strap is not available, touch some
metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static
electricity.
Procedure
1. Remove the CP Control PWB Assembly. (REP8.6.5)
2. Remove the Heat Sink Fan. (Figure 1)
1) Disconnect the connector.
2) Release the hook (x2) and remove the Heat Sink
Fan.
(Figure 2) j0bn40828

(Figure 3) j0bn40829

(Figure 1) j0bn40827

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-117


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
9. Cover 4. Remove the Pivot Bracket, Fusing Cover and Front Upper 5. Remove the Pivot Bracket, Fusing Cover from the Front
Cover together in one piece. (Figure 2) Upper Cover. (Figure 3)
REP9.1.1 Front Upper Cover
1) Remove the Pivot Bracket (x2) from the square hole 1) Remove the E-Clip (x2).
Reference PL: PL9.1 (x2) of the Frame.
2) Remove the pivot (x2).
3) Remove the Pivot Bracket (x2).
Removal
4) Remove the Fusing Cover.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Open the Front Upper Cover.
2. Open the Fusing Cover.
3. Remove the screw (x4) on the PWB Bracket (x2). (Figure
1)
1) Remove the screw (x4).

(Figure 3) j0bn40903

Installation
Procedure
(Figure 2) j0bn40902
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

(Figure 1) j0bn40901

4-118 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP9.1.2 Front Left Door Installation 2. Install the bracket. (Figure 3)
Reference PL: PL9.1 Procedure 1) Stick the Front Left Door to the Catch Magnets (x2).
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 2) Install the bracket.
Removal 1. Install the Front Left Door. (Figure 2)
WARNING 1) Attach the Front Left Door to the Stud of the bracket.
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the 2) Insert the Pin of the Front Left Door into the
power plug to prevent electric shock. positioning hole on the bracket.
Procedure
1. Remove the Catch Tray and Stopper. (PL9.1)
2. Remove the Left Upper Cover. (REP9.3.1)
3. Remove the Front Left Door. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Remove the bracket.
3) Remove the Front Left Door.

(Figure 3) j0bn40906

(Figure 2) j0bn40905

(Figure 1) j0bn40904

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-119


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP9.1.3 Front Right Door Installation 2. Insert the Pin of the Front Right Door into the positioning
hole on the Bracket. (Figure 3)
Reference PL: PL9.1 Procedure
A) Pin
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
B) Positioning hole
Removal 1. Attach the Front Right Door to the Stud of the Bracket.
(Figure 2)
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the A) Stud of Bracket
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Catch Tray and Stopper. (PL9.1)
2. Remove the Right Upper Cover. (REP9.2.1)
3. Remove the Front Right Door. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Remove the bracket.
3) Remove the Front Right Door.

(Figure 3) j0bn40908
3. Stick the Front Right Door to the Catch Magnets (x2).
(Figure 4)
(Figure 2) j0ry40911
A) Catch Magnet

(Figure 1) j0bn40907

(Figure 4) j0bn40909

4-120 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
4. Insert Stud of the Bracket into the hole on the Front Right
Door. (Figure 5)
A) Stud of Bracket

(Figure 5) j0bn40918
5. Install the bracket. (Figure 6)
1) Tighten the screw (x2).

(Figure 6) j0bn40919
6. After replacing the Front Right Door, remove the Tag
Label from the old Front Right Door and install it to the
new Front Right Door.

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-121


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP9.2.1 Right Upper Cover 3. Open the Front Upper Cover. 6. Loosen the screws on the Right Upper Cover. (Figure 3)
Reference PL: PL9.2 4. Open the Fusing Cover. 1) Remove the screw.
5. Remove the screw on the Right Upper Cover. (Figure 2) 2) Loosen the screw (x2).
Removal 1) Remove the screw (x2).
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Open the Swing Frame.
2. Remove the screw on the Right Upper Cover. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x2).

(Figure 2) j0bn40911

(Figure 3) j0bn40912

(Figure 1) j0bn40910

4-122 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
7. Remove the Right Upper Cover. Installation
1) Close the Swing Frame up to the position indicated in Procedure
the figure. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2) Remove the Right Upper Cover in the direction of the
arrow. (Figure 4)

(Figure 4) j0bn40913

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-123


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP9.2.2 Right Swing Cover 3. Remove the screw at the rear of the Right Swing Cover. 6. Remove the Right Swing Cover. (Figure 3)
(Figure 2)
Reference PL: PL9.2 1) Remove the Tapping Screw.
1) Remove the screw (x2). 2) Remove the Right Swing Cover while raising the
Latch Lever.
Removal
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Turn Guide (x2). (PL3.1)
2. Remove the Upper Document Transport. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the Upper Document Transport in the
direction of the arrow.

(Figure 2) j0bn40914
4. Open the Rear Top Cover. (PL9.3) (Figure 3) j0bn40926
5. Open the Swing Frame.
Installation
Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Note For easy installation, set the Right Swing Cover while
raising the Latch Lever.

(Figure 1) j0bn40407

4-124 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP9.2.3 Right Lower Cover 3. Open the Front Right Door. Installation
Reference PL: PL9.2 4. Loosen the screws at the Front side of the Right Lower Procedure
Cover. (Figure 2) To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
1) Loosen the screw (x2).
Removal
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the I/F Cover. (Figure 1)
1) Loosen the Knob Screw.
2) Remove the I/F Cover.

(Figure 2) j0bn40917
5. Remove the Right Lower Cover. (Figure 3)
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Remove the Right Lower Cover.

(Figure 1) j0ry40928
2. Disconnect the CP Control PWB Chassis LAN connector
and the optional machine cables.

(Figure 3) j0ry40923

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-125


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP9.2.4 Document Shelf Assembly Installation
Procedure
Reference PL: PL9.2 To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Removal
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Open the Swing Frame.
2. Open the Front Upper Cover.
3. Remove the Document Shelf Assembly. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Remove the Document Shelf Assembly.

(Figure 1) j0bn40928

4-126 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP9.3.1 Left Upper Cover 3. Open the Front Upper Cover. 6. Remove the Left Upper Cover. (Figure 3)
Reference PL: PL9.3 4. Open the Fusing Cover. 1) Close the Swing Frame up to the position indicated in
the figure.
5. Remove the screw on the Left Upper Cover. (Figure 2)
2) Bend the Rear side of the Left Upper Cover to
Removal 1) Remove the screw (x3).
release the catch of the Tab.
WARNING 3) Bend the Left side of the Document Shelf in the
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the direction of the arrow and remove the Left Upper
power plug to prevent electric shock. Cover.
Procedure
1. Open the Swing Frame.
2. Remove the screw on the rear of the Left Upper Cover.
(Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw.

(Figure 2) j0bn40930

(Figure 1) j0bn40929

(Figure 3) j0bn40921

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-127


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Installation
Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Note Insert the Left Upper Cover in the groove of the
Document Shelf. (Figure 4)

(Figure 4) j0bn40922

4-128 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP9.3.2 Left Swing Cover 3. Remove the screw at the rear of the Left Swing Cover. 4. Open the Swing Frame.
(Figure 2)
Reference PL: PL9.2 5. Remove the Left Swing Cover. (Figure 3)
1) Remove the screw (x2). 1) Remove the Tapping Screw.
Removal 2) Remove the Left Swing Cover.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Turn Guide (x2). (PL3.1)
2. Remove the Upper Document Transport. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the Upper Document Transport in the
direction of the arrow.

(Figure 2) j0bn40924

(Figure 3) j0bn40925

(Figure 1) j0bn40407
Installation
Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-129


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP9.3.3 Rear Cover Assembly Installation
Reference PL: PL9.3 Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Removal
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Turn Guide (x2). (PL3.1)
2. Remove the Rear Cover Assembly. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x3).
2) Open the Rear Top Cover.
3) Remove the screw (x2).
4) Remove the Rear Cover Assembly.

(Figure 1) j0ry40919

4-130 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP9.3.4 Left Lower Cover 3. Remove the Left Lower Cover. (Figure 2) Installation
Reference PL: PL9.3 1) Remove the screw (x2). Procedure
2) Remove the Left Lower Cover. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Removal
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Open the Front Left Door.
2. Loosen the screws at the Front side of the Front Left
Cover. (Figure 1)
1) Loosen the screw (x2).

(Figure 2) j0bn40931

(Figure 1) j0bn40927

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-131


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP9.3.5 Rear Lower Cover Installation 2. 2. When installing the Rear Lower Cover, orientate it such
that Rear Cover is on top, and Rear Lower Cover is below.
Reference PL: PL9.3 Procedure
(Figure 3)
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
A) Rear Cover: Top
Removal 1. Attach the hook (x2) of the Rear Lower Cover to the
Frame Bracket. (Figure 2) B) Rear Lower Cover: Bottom
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the A) Hook
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x8).
2) Remove the Rear Lower Cover.

(Figure 3) j0ry40925
3. When the Rear Lower Cover has been replaced, remove
the Data Plate, VCCI Label, and Earth Label from the old
Rear Lower Cover and install them to the new Rear
Lower Cover.

(Figure 1) j0bn40933
(Figure 2) j0ry40926

4-132 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
10. RFC 4. Move the Connector Bracket. (Figure 2) 5. Remove the screws at the Left side of the RFC. (Figure 3)
REP10.1.1 RFC Assembly 1) Disconnect the connector. 1) Remove the screw (x2).

Reference PL: PL10.1 2) Remove the screw.


3) Move the Connector Bracket.

Removal
WARNING
The RFC is a heavy component (22kg), perform service
with 2 personnel.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Note The procedure here is for removing the lower section
of the 2-RFC Type.
Procedure
1. Pull out the RFC.
2. Remove the Roll Paper.
3. Remove the Left Inner Cover. (Figure 1)
(Figure 3) j0bn41006
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Remove the Left Inner Cover.
(Figure 2) j0bn41005

(Figure 1) j0bn41001

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-133


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
6. Remove the Right Inner Cover. (Figure 4) 8. Remove the RFC. (2 person operation) (Figure 6) Installation
1) Remove the screw (x2). WARNING Procedure
2) Remove the Right Inner Cover. 2 person operation: Have one person hold section A To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
and another person hold section B when pulling out
from the Rail. (Do not hold onto any other section WARNING
other than A and B.) Refer to the removal step 8 to perform installation with 2
persons.
WARNING:
The Frame in the middle section is fragile and hence Note When installing the RFC, align with the Pin of the Rail.
must not be used for holding. (Figure 5)
A) Pin of the Rail

(Figure 4) j0bn41003
7. Remove the screws at the Right side of the RFC. (Figure
5)
1) Remove the Round Point Screw (x2).

(Figure 6) j0bn41008
(Figure 5) j0bn41009

(Figure 5) j0bn41007

4-134 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP10.1.2 Left Rail and Right Rail 5. Remove the ESS Cover. (Figure 1) 6. Disconnect the UI I/F Cable, the IIT USB Cable, and the
IOT USB Cable from the ESS Assembly. (Figure 2)
Reference PL: PL10.1 1) Loosen the screw (x14).
1) Disconnect the UI I/F Cable.
2) Remove the ESS Cover.
2) Disconnect the IIT USB Cable.
Removal
3) Disconnect the IOT USB Cable.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Pull out the RFC.
2. Remove the Roll Paper.
3. Remove the RFC. (REP10.1.1)
4. Remove the Right Lower Cover. (REP9.2.3)

(Figure 2) j0bn41016

(Figure 1) j0bn40814

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-135


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
7. Disconnect the connector from the ESS Chassis. (Figure 8. Remove the ESS Assembly. (Figure 4) 9. Remove the Right Rail. (Figure 5)
3) 1) Loosen the screw (x4). 1) Remove the screw (x4).
1) Disconnect the connector. 2) Remove the ESS Assembly. 2) Remove the Right Rail.
2) Disconnect the connector.
3) Release the clamp (x2) and pull out the Wire Harness
from the hole of the ESS Chassis.

(Figure 4) j0bn40822 (Figure 5) j0bn41010

Installation
(Figure 3) j0bn40821
Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

4-136 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP10.2.1 (SCC) Cutter Assembly 4. Remove the screw at the Left side of the Cutter. (Figure CAUTION
2) Do not touch the Cutter Blade to prevent injury.
Reference PL: PL10.2
1) Remove the screw. (Figure 4)
A) Cutter Blade
Removal
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Pull out the RFC.
2. Remove the Roll Paper.
3. Remove the Left Inner Cover. (Figure 1)
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Remove the Left Inner Cover.

(Figure 2) j0bn41011
5. Remove the Right Inner Cover. (Figure 3) (Figure 4) j0bn41012

1) Remove the screw (x2).


2) Remove the Right Inner Cover.

(Figure 1) j0bn41001

(Figure 3) j0bn41003

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-137


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
6. Remove the Cutter Assembly. (Figure 5) Installation
1) Open the Cutter Cover. Procedure
2) Release the clamp (x2) to remove the Wire Harness To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(x2).
3) Disconnect the connector (x2).
4) Remove the screw.
5) Remove the Cutter Assembly.

(Figure 5) j0bn41013

4-138 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP10.4.1 Feed Roll 5. Remove the Feed Roll. (Figure 2) Installation
Reference PL: PL10.4 1) Remove the KL-Clip. Procedure
2) Remove the Ball Bearing. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Removal 3) Remove the Feed Roll.
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Pull out the RFC.
2. Remove the Roll Paper.
3. Remove the Cutter. (REP10.3.1)
4. Remove the Ball Bearing at the Left side of the Feed Roll.
(Figure 1)
1) Remove the KL-Clip.
2) Remove the gear.
3) Remove the KL-Clip.
4) Remove the Ball Bearing.

(Figure 2) j0bn41015

(Figure 1) j0bn41014

4.2 Disassembly/Assembly 4-139


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
12. UI 2. Remove the UI Rear Cover. (Figure 2) 3. Remove the UI Assembly. (Figure 3)
REP12.1.1 (SCC) UI Assembly 1) Remove the screw. 1) Disconnect the UI I/F Cable.

Reference PL: PL12.1 2) Remove the UI Rear Cover. 2) Remove the clamp (x2) of the UI I/F Cable.
3) Release the clamp to remove the UI I/F Cable.

Removal 4) Loosen the screw (x4).

WARNING 5) Remove the UI Assembly.


Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Left Hinge Cover and the Right Hinge Cover.
(Figure 1)
Note When removing the Left/Right Hinge Covers, be
careful not to damage the hooks.
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Remove the hook of the Left Hinge Cover from the
hole of the Hinge Assembly, and then remove the
Left Hinge Cover.
3) Remove the hook of the Right Hinge Cover from the
hole of the Hinge Assembly, and then remove the (Figure 2) j0bn41202
Right Hinge Cover.

(Figure 3) j0bn41203

Installation
Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

(Figure 1) j0bn41201

4-140 4.2 Disassembly/Assembly


Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
REP12.1.2 Left Hinge Cover and Right Hinge Cover Installation
Reference PL: PL12.1 Procedure
To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Removal
WARNING
Turn OFF the power and the breaker, then unplug the
power plug to prevent electric shock.
Procedure
1. Remove the Left Hinge Cover and the Right Hinge Cover.
(Figure 1)
Note When removing the Left Hinge Cover and the
Right Hinge Cover, be careful not to damage the
hooks.
1) Remove the screw (x2).
2) Remove the hook of the Left Hinge Cover from the
hole of the Hinge Assembly, and then remove the
Left Hinge Cover.
3) Remove the hook of the Right Hinge Cove